Carrier Aquaforce 30Xw150 400 Users Manual 30xw 1t Reprint 210

30XW150-400 to the manual db6f7276-cd6f-459f-b122-5b0f36fc8166

2015-01-24

: Carrier Carrier-Aquaforce-30Xw150-400-Users-Manual-311028 carrier-aquaforce-30xw150-400-users-manual-311028 carrier pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 148

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

AQUAFORCE®
30XW150-400
Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers

Controls, Start-Up, Operation, Service
and Troubleshooting
CONTENTS

Page
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Conventions Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Display Module Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
• TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY
• NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY MODULE
CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Main Base Board (MBB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Compressor Protection Module (CPM) . . . . . . . . . . 10
Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) Board . . . . . . . . 13
MLV/Condenser Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Enable-Off-Remote Contact Switch (SW1) . . . . . . . 16
Emergency On/Off Switch (SW2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Energy Management Module (EMM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Local Equipment Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Board Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Touch Pilot Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Control Module Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
• RED LED
• GREEN LED
• YELLOW LED
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) Interface. . . . . . . 18
Remote Alarm and Alert Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-46
Touch Pilot Operation Configuration Tables . . . . . 18
Machine Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Machine On/Off Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
• TOUCH PILOT MACHINE CONTROL
• NAVIGATOR DISPLAY MACHINE CONTROL
Entering Fluid Control Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Cooling Set Point Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
• SET POINT OCCUPANCY
Chilled Water Fluid Type Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
• FRESH WATER
• BRINE OR GLYCOL OPERATION
Cooler Pump Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
• COOLER PUMP CONTROL CONFIRGURATIONS
Machine Start Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Circuit/Compressor Staging and Loading . . . . . . . 29
• CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR STAGING
• CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR LOADING
Minimum Load Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Dual Chiller Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
• DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR PARALLEL
APPLICATIONS
• DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR PARALLEL
CHILLER APPLICATIONS
• DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR SERIES
APPLICATIONS
• DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR SERIES
CHILLER APPLICATIONS

Page
Ramp Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Temperature Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
• RETURN WATER RESET
• SPACE TEMPERATURE RESET
• 4-20 mA TEMPERATURE RESET
Demand Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
• SWITCH CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT
• EXTERNALLY POWERED CAPACITY BASED
DEMAND LIMIT
• EXTERNALLY POWERED CURRENT BASED
DEMAND LIMIT
• CCN LOADSHED CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT
Ice Storage Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Broadcast Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
• ACTIVATE
• BROADCAST ACKNOWLEDGER
Alarm Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
• ALARM ROUTING CONTROL
• ALARM EQUIPMENT PRIORITY
• COMMUNICATION FAILURE RETRY TIME
• RE-ALARM TIME
• ALARM SYSTEM NAME
Daylight Saving Time Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Capacity Control Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Head Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
• LOW CONDENSER FLUID TEMPERATURE HEAD
PRESSURE CONTROL OPTION
PRE-START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46,47
System Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-53
Actual Start-Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Operating Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
• TEMPERATURES
• VOLTAGE
• MINIMUM FLUID LOOP VOLUME
• FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS
OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-59
Sequence of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Dual Chiller Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
• PUMP OPERATION
Operating Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
• THERMISTORS
• TRANSDUCERS
SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-67
Economizer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
• MAIN EXV CONTROL
• ECONOMIZER EXV CONTROL
• EXV TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
Compressor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
• COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53300024-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 30XW-1T
Pg 1
11-09
Replaces: New

CONTENTS (cont)

WARNING

Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
• SUCTION SERVICE VALVE
• LOW FLUID TEMPERATURE
• LOSS OF FLUID FLOW PROTECTION
• TUBE PLUGGING
• RETUBING
• TIGHTENING COOLER HEAD BOLTS
• INSPECTING/CLEANING HEAT EXHANGERS
• WATER TREATMENT
• CHILLED WATER FLOW SWITCH
Refrigerant Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
• LEAK TESTING
• REFRIGERANT CHARGE
Safety Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
• COMPRESSOR PROTECTION
• COOLER PROTECTION
Relief Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
• PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Recommended Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . 67
TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67-85
Alarms and Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
• DIAGNOSTIC ALARM CODES AND POSSIBLE
CAUSES
Service Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™
DISPLAY TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-104
APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY
TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-117
APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-132
APPENDIX D — 30XW150-400 CPM
DIP SWITCH ADDRESSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133,134
APPENDIX E — PIPING AND
INSTRUMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135, 136
APPENDIX F — GLOBAL TIME SCHEDULE
CONFIGURATION FOR i-Vu® DEVICE AND CSM
CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137-139
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
START-UP CHECKLIST
FOR 30XW LIQUID CHILLERS . . . . . . . .CL-1 to CL-7

DO NOT VENT refrigerant relief valves within a building.
Outlet from relief valves must be vented in accordance
with the latest edition of ANSI/ASHRAE (American
National Standards Institute/American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers) 15 (Safety
Code for Mechanical Refrigeration). The accumulation of
refrigerant in an enclosed space can displace oxygen and
cause asphyxiation. Provide adequate ventilation in
enclosed or low overhead areas. Inhalation of high concentrations of vapor is harmful and may cause heart irregularities, unconsciousness or death. Misuse can be fatal. Vapor
is heavier than air and reduces the amount of oxygen available for breathing. Product causes eye and skin irritation.
Decomposition products are hazardous.

WARNING
DO NOT attempt to unbraze factory joints when servicing
this equipment. Compressor oil is flammable and there is
no way to detect how much oil may be in any of the refrigerant lines. Cut lines with a tubing cutter as required when
performing service. Use a pan to catch any oil that may
come out of the lines and as a gage for how much oil to add
to system. DO NOT re-use compressor oil.

CAUTION
This unit uses a microprocessor-based electronic control
system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out
components, or to bypass or otherwise depart from recommended procedures. Any short-to-ground of the control board or accompanying wiring may destroy the
electronic modules or electrical components.

CAUTION
To prevent potential damage to heat exchanger tubes,
always run fluid through heat exchanger when adding or
removing refrigerant charge. Use appropriate antifreeze
solutions in evaporator and condenser fluid loops to prevent the freezing of heat exchangers or interconnecting piping when the equipment is exposed to temperatures below
32 F (0° C). Proof of flow switch is factory installed on all
models. Do NOT remove power from this chiller during
winter shut down periods without taking precaution to
remove all water from heat exchangers. Failure to properly
protect the system from freezing may constitute abuse and
may void warranty.

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Installing, starting up, and servicing this equipment can be
hazardous due to system pressures, electrical components, and
equipment location. Only trained, qualified installers and service technicians should install, start up, and service this equipment. When working on this equipment, observe precautions in
the literature, on tags, stickers, and labels attached to the equipment, and any other safety precautions that apply. Follow all
safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use care in
handling, rigging, and setting this equipment, and in handling
all electrical components.

CAUTION

WARNING

Compressors require specific rotation. Swap any two
incoming power leads to correct compressor rotation.

Electrical shock can cause personal injury and death. Shut
off all power to this equipment during installation and service. There may be more than one disconnect switch. Tag
all disconnect locations to alert others not to restore power
until work is completed.

GENERAL

LCD TOUCH
SCREEN

This publication contains controls, operation, start-up, service and troubleshooting information for the 30XW150-400
water-cooled liquid chillers with electronic controls. The
30XW chillers are equipped with ComfortLink™ controls and
electronic expansion valves. The AquaForce® 30XW chillers
offer two different user interface devices, the Touch Pilot™
display and the Navigator ™ display.

a30-4456 (b&w)

ALARM
INDICATOR
LIGHT
START-STOP
BUTTON

Conventions Used in This Manual — The follow-

ing conventions for discussing configuration points for the
Navigator module and Touch Pilot display will be used in this
manual.
Point names for the Touch Pilot display will be shown in
bold. See Appendix A for a complete list of point names. Item
names for the Navigator module will be shown in bold italics.
See Appendix B for the complete path name preceding the item
name. The point and item names in Appendices A and B will
be listed in alphabetical order and the path name for each will
be written with the mode name first, then any sub-modes, each
separated by an arrow symbol ( .
This path name will show the user how to navigate through the
Navigator module or the Touch Pilot display to reach the desired
configuration. The user would scroll through the modes and submodes using the
and
keys on the Navigator display. For
the Touch Pilot display, the user would simply touch the menu
item on the screen. The arrow symbol in the path name represents
pressing ENTER to move into the next level of the menu structure for the Navigator module, or touching the menu item on the
screen for the Touch Pilot display.

Fig. 1 — Touch Pilot™ Display
“HOME” displays the Default Group Display screen
for Touch Pilot display. The Default Screen is a userconfigured display of up to 9 points on each of 8 screens. This
allows for quick access to various, frequently viewed points,
without navigating through the Main Menu structure. This button is available at all menu levels and returns the user to the
first Default Group Display screen.
“MAIN MENU” displays the Main Menu screen. This
allows access for viewing and configuration, where
possible, of all points supported by the controller. This includes
points such as set point and operational configuration. This
button is available at all menu levels and returns the user to the
Main Menu screen.
“PREVIOUS” moves the user to the next earlier
screen in a group of sequential screens of the same
type.
“NEXT” advances the user to the next screen in a
group of sequential screens of the same type.
“OK” agrees with, or says “yes” to a prompt and performs the appropriate processing.

When a value is included as part of the point name, it will be
shown after the point name after an equals sign. If the value
represents a configuration setting, an explanation will be
shown in parentheses after the value. The Touch Pilot name
will be shown first with the Navigator name following. As an
example,
(Staged Loading Sequence = 1, LLCS = Circuit A leads).
Press the ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously on
the Navigator module to display an expanded text description of
the point name or value. The expanded description is shown in the
Navigator display tables (Appendix B) but will not be shown with
the path names in text. The Touch Pilot display will show an expanded description of the point name. To view the expanded point
name for the Touch Pilot display go to Appendix A.

“NO” rejects, or says “no” to a prompt and performs
the appropriate processing.
“CANCEL” terminates an ongoing action and returns
to the current screen without any other processing.
“CLEAR DATA” clears the data value in a data entry
dialog box. This button is used to clear incorrect data.
“RESET DATA” zeros the data value in a data entry
dialog box.
“ADD” adds the active point to a Group Display
screen.
“REMOVE” deletes a point from a Group Display
screen.
“INCREASE” modifies the value of a field within its
defined limits or “SCROLL UP” and shifts the screen
view up by one item.
“DECREASE” modifies the value of a field within its
defined limits or “SCROLL DOWN” and shifts the
screen view down by one item.
“PAGE DOWN” will replace the items currently on
the screen with the next group of items if the current
table or list has more data than will fit on the screen.
“PAGE UP” will replace the items currently on the
screen with the previous group of items if the current
table or list has more data than will fit on the screen.
“FORCE” begins the process of forcing or overriding
the value of a point.
“AUTO” begins the process of removing a force from
a point.
“MODIFY” begins the process of modifying a configuration value.

The Touch Pilot display configures the unit via the CCN
(Carrier Comfort Network®) Tables, which are located in Appendix C of this manual.

Display Module Usage
TOUCH PILOT DISPLAY — The Touch Pilot display is the
standard user interface for the AquaForce 30XW chillers with
the ComfortLink control system. The display includes a large
LCD (liquid crystal display) touch screen for display and user
configuration, a Start/Stop button, and an Alarm Indicator LED
(light-emitting diode). See Fig. 1.
The Touch Pilot display can be used to access various
Carrier Comfort Network® devices. For operation under these
circumstances, contact your Carrier representative.
Operation of the Touch Pilot display is driven from the
displays on the touch screen. The Touch Pilot display uses the
following screen “buttons” to allow the user to operate the display and navigate within and between screens.
“BACK” returns to the next higher screen in the
hierarchy.

“ALARM INDICATOR LIGHT” activates when a
new alarm condition occurs. The alarm indicator light
LED, located on the right side of the display, remains
activated until it is manually reset using the Reset button on the
Main menu.
“START/STOP BUTTON” enables the user to start
or stop the chiller from the Touch Pilot™ display.
See Enable-Off-Remote Contact Switch (SW1) on
page 16 for additional information.
Several items are password protected. When required, a
Password dialog box will be displayed for field input of the
password. The default password is 3333. The password can be
changed if desired.
Power-Up Display — When the Touch Pilot display is powered up, it displays an initialization progress bar and attaches
(initiates communication) to the Main Base Board. The Touch
Pilot display then shows that controller’s default Group Display screen. See Fig. 2. This is a user-configured display screen
with up to 9 points on 8 separate screens. For more information
on adding or removing points from the Group Display screen,
see the Group Display Screens section on page 7.
Touch any of the screen point buttons and Point Data Dialog
box will be displayed with expanded information. In the example shown, the CTRL_PNT button in the bottom left corner
was selected. See Fig. 2 and 3.
To exit the box, press
.
Main Menu Display — The default screen for the Touch Pilot
controller is the Group Display screen. To access the Main
Menu, press the
button. The screen shown in Fig. 4 will be
displayed. Selecting a button will display the screens associated with that category. The user can also access the login screen
from the Main Menu if needed.

PDS-XAXQXW

Fig. 2 — Group Display Screen a30-4910.ep

Fig. 3 — Point Data Dialog Box

a30-4471

Touch Pilot Menu Structure — The user can navigate through
the Touch Pilot display screens by selecting the buttons that appear on the screen. When a button is selected, either a submenu or a list of point names and values will be shown. Submenus will display a list of associated point names. See Fig. 5
for the Touch Pilot menu structure.
If the list of point names and values are shown, the top line
of the display is the table name. The line and total line counter
is displayed in the upper right corner of the display. Selecting
an item will cause a Point Data dialog box to appear.
Setup Menu Screen — The Setup Menu screen, shown in
Fig. 6, is accessed by pressing the Setup button from the Main
Menu. This configuration allows the user to configure the basic
operation and look of the display. Table 1 summarizes the Setup Menu functions.

Fig. 4 — Main Menu Display

a30-4472

User interface

Group display x 8

Status

Schedule

Service

Maint

Config

Alarms

GENUNIT

OCC1PO1S

FACTORY

LOADFACT

Ctrl-ID

ALARHIST

Regional

CIRCA_AN

OCC2PO2S

FACTORY2

FANCTRL

DISPCONF

ALARHIS2

Language

CIRCA_D

SERVICE1

M_MSTSLV

USER

ALAM_CUR

Contrast

CIRCB_AN

CP_UNABL

DEFROSTM

MST_SLV

Backlight

CIRCB_D

UPDTHOUR

LAST_POR

CFG_TAB1

Calibrate

CIRCC_D

UPDHRFAN

PR_LIMIT

…

Password

CIRCC_AN

MAINTCFG

BOARD_PN

…

Display

STATEGEN

SERMAINT

CFG_TAB8

CCN

RECLAIM

EXV_CTRL

BRODEFS

MODES

CUR_PHAS

OCCDEFCS

STRTHOUR

OCCDEFCFM

HOLIDAY

FANHOURS

Setpoint

Main menu

Reset

Time

Attach

Setup

ALARMDEF

a30-4829
FREECOOL

QCK_TST1

QCK_TST2

SERV_TST

Fig. 5 — Touch Pilot™ Display Menu Structure

a30-4474

Fig. 6 — Setup Menu Display

Table 1 — Setup Menu
SETUP MENU BUTTON
REGIONAL

LANGUAGE

CONTRAST
BACKLIGHT
CALIBRATE

PASSWORDS

FUNCTION
This button specifies the time and date format and the base unit of measure. Time display can be configured as
12-hour AM/PM setting or as a 24-hour setting. The date can be formatted in one of 3 settings, MM-DD-YYYY (MonthDay-Year), DD-MM-YYYY (Day-Month-Year), or YYYY-MM-DD (Year-Month-Day). Units of measure can be either US
(English) or Metric (SI).
This button selects the active language and font of the display. Available languages are English and Spanish (Espanol).
If a preferred language is not available, additional software for the Main Base Board (MBB) and the Touch Pilot™ display are required. Contact your Carrier representative for instructions and software.
This button adjusts the LCD contrast. Press and hold the [MOON] button to increase/darken the contrast or the [STAR]
button to decrease/lighten the current contrast.
NOTE: Touching the screen anywhere for 5 seconds while powering-up will prompt the user to restore contrast and
calibration settings to factory defaults.
This button specifies whether backlighting should be kept on at all times or turned off during inactive periods.
This button is used to adjust the LCD touch screen calibration. Touch the screen in the circular targets located first in
the upper left and then in the lower right corner of the screen to adjust.
This button is used to configure the limited and full logged-in access system passwords. In order to change passwords,
the user must be logged in with full access to view and change the passwords. All passwords must consist of 4-digits,
which can be entered using the numeric keypad. Access levels and associated privileges are as follows:
Limited Logged-in Access - Provides the user with read/write access to all available tables (except service configuration tables, where the user will not be permitted to modify point data, and Group Display tables, where the user will not
be permitted to add points.) This access level also provides read/write access to all Touch Pilot display setup properties
except Display, CCN, and Password.
Full Logged-in Access - Provides user with read/write access to all available tables for the attached device and all
Touch Pilot display properties.

DISPLAY

If the user does not log in, read-only access to all tables is allowed. The user will be prompted to log in when attempting
to access password-required functions.
This button is used to view the description data and part number from the Ctlr-ID Table and to specify the Operating
Mode. The Operating mode can be configured for Equipment mode or Network mode. For Touch Pilot displays that are
standard with the unit, Operating mode should not be changed from Equipment mode. Equipment mode provides
access only to the chiller’s MBB via the Local Equipment Network (LEN) Bus. For remote access, a remote Touch Pilot
display can be set to Network mode. Network mode provides access to all devices on the CCN (Carrier Comfort Network®) bus.

CCN

NOTE: When changing the operating mode, a power cycle is required in order for the new operating mode to take
effect. The user should view and correct the following CCN data: address and baud rate, alarm acknowledger, and
broadcast acknowledger designation.
This button is used to configure the bus and element numbers and the baud rate of the control on the network.

To Remove A Point From A Group Display — From the Point
Data Dialog box, press the REMOVE button and follow the
prompts. The display will return to the Group Display screen
from which the point was removed, and the button corresponding to the deleted point will be blank and disabled.
NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY MODULE — The Navigator display module provides a mobile user interface to the
ComfortLink control system. The display has up and down arrow keys, an ENTER key, and an ESCAPE key. These keys
are used to navigate through the different levels of the display
structure. Press the ESCAPE key until ‘Select a Menu Item’ is
displayed. Use the up and down arrow keys to move through
the top 11 mode levels indicated by LEDs on the left side of the
display. See Fig. 7. See Table 2 and Appendix B for more details about the display menu structure.

Setting the Time and Date — The ComfortLink™ control has
a time and date function. This can be useful for diagnostics to
determine when alarms occur. The control is factory configured for the proper date and is set for the Eastern Time Zone.
The date and time zone must be checked and corrected if necessary, to allow the machine to function on an internal time
schedule and to display a proper time and date stamp for
alarms. The time and date is displayed on the Group Display
Screen.
To change the Time and Date, press the
Main Menu
button. Select

Time. On the display, a day and date box

with a time box will be shown. To change the day and date,
press the day and date box. A calendar will be displayed. If the
correct month is displayed, touch the correct date. If the wrong
month is displayed, use the

to change to the correct

Once within a mode or sub-mode, a “>” indicates the
currently selected item on the display screen. Pressing the
ENTER and ESCAPE keys simultaneously will put the
Navigator module into expanded text mode where the full
meaning of all sub-modes, items, and their values can be displayed. Pressing the ENTER and ESCAPE keys when the
display says ‘Select Menu Item’ (Mode LED level) will return
the Navigator module to its default menu of rotating display
items (those items in Run StatusVIEW). In addition, the
password will be disabled, requiring that it be entered again before changes can be made to password protected items. Press
the ESCAPE key to exit out of the expanded text mode.

month and select the correct date. The date will highlighted.
Press

to accept the change. The previous screen will be

displayed with the corrected day and date shown. To correct
the time, use the
the

on the left to change the hour. Use

on the left to change the minutes. Continuously

touching the

will sequence the numbers. The time is

shown in a 24-hour format. To accept the changes, press the
or

buttons. A “Save” dialog box is displayed with the

words, “Do you wish to save changes?” Press

to accept

the changes.

When a specific item is located, the item name appears on
the left of the display, the value will appear near the middle of
the display and the units (if any) will appear on the far right of
the display. Press the ENTER key at a changeable item and
the value will begin to flash. Use the up and down arrow keys
to change the value, and confirm the value by pressing the
ENTER key.

Group Display Screens — The Touch Pilot™ display supports up to eight Group Display screens. Group Display
screens show status information along the top of the screens
and 9 buttons that display 9 point names and point values that
are chosen by the user. All Group Display screen points are
user configurable. The bottom line of the screen contains navigation buttons that can be used to move between the Group
Display screens.
Pressing a point button will show that point’s Point Data
dialog box. See Fig. 2 and 3. This box contains buttons that
remove the point from the group display and apply or remove a
force (point override). When touching any button in the display
screen, the button will be outlined to acknowledge input. There
may be a delay in response to input, but if the button is outlined, do NOT press any other button until the previous input
has been processed.
If there is a communication failure with the MBB (Main
Base Board), all point buttons will be displayed in inverse video and the message Communication Failure will be displayed
in the top left line of the screen.
Default Group Designation — The default group is the first of
the 8 Group Display screens. This is the default screen of the
display. Information on this screen as well as the other 7
screens can be user-modified to meet the needs of the site.
To Add A Point To A Group Display — From the Main Menu,
press the desired menu button (Status, Setpoint, Service,
Maint, or Config) and, if necessary, the sub-menu button to
access the point to be added. Press the point button to show the
source point’s Point Data dialog box. See Fig. 3. From the
Point Data dialog box, press the ADD button. The display will
show the last Group Display accessed. Use the navigation buttons to access the destination Group Display. Press an existing
point button or a blank button to update the highlighted button
with the source point’s name. Press to add the highlighted
point to the group and return to the table display.

Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in
the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. Press
ENTER so that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to
change the value or state and press the ENTER key to accept
it. Press the ESCAPE key to return to the next higher level of
structure. Repeat the process as required for other items.
Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are password protected. The words Enter Password will be displayed
when required, with 1111 also being displayed. The default
password is 0111. Use the arrow keys to change each number
and press ENTER to accept the digit. Continue with the
remaining digits of the password. The password can only be
changed through CCN operator interface software such as
ComfortWORKS®, ComfortVIEW™ and Service Tool.
Power-Up Display — When the Navigator display is powered
up it will display:
ComfortLink
Navigator
By
Carrier

Adjusting the Contrast — The contrast of the display can be
adjusted to suit ambient conditions. To adjust the contrast, enter
the LED Test mode of the device.

This indicates an initialization period while the Navigator™
display initiates communication with the Main Base Board.
Once communication is established, the default rotating display will be shown. If communication is not established, the
Navigator module will display:
Communication
Failure
If the Navigator module is connected to a Main Base Board
without software loaded, the display will remain at the
powered-up initialization display.
Setting the Time and Date — The ComfortLink control has a
time and date function. This can be useful for diagnostics to determine when alarms occur. The control is factory configured
for the proper date and for use in the Eastern Time Zone. The
control must be checked and corrected if necessary. The correct
time is important if the machine is to function on an internal
time schedule and display a proper time and date stamp for
alarms. The time and date will be displayed on the default rotating display of the Navigator module. The time and date can
also be checked and changed under the Time Clock mode as
described below.
ITEM
HH.MM

ITEM EXPANSION
Time of Day

PATH
Time Clock TIME

ITEM
TEST

PATH
Time Clock DATE
Time Clock DATE
Time Clock DATE
Time Clock DATE

Adjusting the Backlight Brightness — The backlight of the
display can be adjusted to suit ambient conditions. The factory
default is set to the highest level. To adjust the backlight of the
Navigator module, enter the LED Test mode of the device.

VALUE
XX.XX

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION
PATH
VALUE
TEST Test Display LED’s Configuration Mode DISP

Pressing ENTER will access the TEST point. Pressing
ENTER again will cause the “OFF” to flash. Use the up or
down arrow to change “OFF” to “ON.” Pressing ENTER will
illuminate all LEDs and display all pixels in the view screen.
Pressing the up and down arrow keys simultaneously allows
the user to adjust the display brightness. The display will read:

VALUE
WW
XX
YY
ZZ

Adjust Brightness
-----------------+
Use the up or down arrow keys to adjust screen brightness.
Press ENTER to accept the change. The Navigator module
will keep this setting as long as it is plugged in to the LEN bus.

NOTE: WW is the current month of the controller, (01=January,
02=February, etc.).
XX is the current day of the month
YY is the day of the week, (01=Monday, 02-Tuesday, etc.)
ZZ is the year of the century, (06=2006, 07=2007)

Changing the Unit of Measure — The Navigator display has
two options for unit of measure on the display, English or SI
(metric). The factory default for the units of measure is
English. To change the unit of measure, the following item
must be changed.

Comf
o

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION
METR Metric Display

rtLi

PATH

VALUE
OFF – English
Configuration DISP ON – SI (Metric)

Changing the Display Language — The Navigator display
has five language options to select from, English, Espanol,
Francais, Portugues, and Translated. The “Translated” option is
not supported at this time. The factory default language is
English. To change the display language, the following item
must be changed.
ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION

LANG Language Selection

PATH
Configuration DISP

VALUE

Adjust Contrast
- - - -+ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Use the up or down arrows to adjust the contrast. The
screen’s contrast will change with the adjustment. Press
ENTER to accept the change. The Navigator module will
keep this setting as long as it is plugged in to the LEN (Local
Equipment Network) bus.

To check or change the date, the following items must be
checked and changed if necessary.
ITEM EXPANSION
Month of Year
Day of Month
Day of Week
Year of Century

PATH
Configuration DISP

Pressing ENTER will access the TEST point. Pressing
ENTER again will cause the “OFF” to flash. Use the up or
down arrow to change “OFF” to “ON.” Pressing ENTER will
illuminate all LEDs and display all pixels in the view screen.
Pressing ENTER and ESCAPE simultaneously allows the
user to adjust the display contrast. The display will read:

To change the time, press the arrow key to move to the correct hour and press ENTER . The minutes can be changed in a
similar manner.

ITEM
MNTH
DOM
DAY
YEAR

ITEM EXPANSION
Test Display LEDs

MODE
Run

Alarm

Statu

Servi

ce Te

Temp
Pres

eratur

sures
Setpo
ints
Inputs
Outpu

Confi
gurat
ion
Time
Cloc
k
Opera
ting
Mode
Alarm
s
s

VALUE
English
Espanol
Francais
Portugues
Translated

ESC

ENTE

a30-3924

NOTE: When the Language Selection (Configuration
 DISP LANG) variable is changed, all appropriate display
expansions will immediately change to the new language. The
four letter/digit code will not change. No power-off or control
reset is required when reconfiguring languages.

Fig. 7 — Navigator Display Module

Table 2 — ComfortLink™ Navigator™ Display Menu Structure
RUN
STATUS
Auto Display
(VIEW)
Machine
Starts/Hours
(RUN)
Compressor
Run Hours
(HOUR)
Compressor
Starts
(STRT)
Fan Run
Hours
(FAN)

MODE
SERVICE
SET
TEMPERATURES
PRESSURES
INPUTS
OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION
TEST
POINTS
Manual
Unit
Circuit A
Cooling General Circuit A
Display
Test Mode
Temperatures
Pressures
Setpoints Inputs
Outputs
Configuration
(TEST)
(UNIT)
(PRC.A)
(COOL) (GEN.I)
(CIR.A)
(DISP)
Quick
Circuit A
Circuit B
Heating
Circuit B
Unit
Test Mode
Temperatures
Pressures
Setpoints
Outputs
Configuration
(QUIC)
(CIR.A)
(PRC.B)
(HEAT)
(CIR.B)
(UNIT)
Circuit B
Circuit C
Misc.
Circuit C
Service
Temperatures
Pressures
Setpoints
Outputs
Configurations
(CIR.B)
(PRC.C)
(MISC)
(CIR.C)
(SERV)
Circuit C
General
Options
Temperatures
Outputs
Configuration
(CIR.C)
(GEN.O)
(OPTN)
Reset,
Demand Limit,
Master/Slave
(RSET)

Compressor
Disable
(CP.UN)

TIME
OPERATING
ALARMS
CLOCK
MODES
Time of Day
Operating Reset Current
(TIME)
Control Type
Alarms
(SLCT)
(R.ALM)
Day, Date
Operating
Current
(DATE)
Modes
Alarms
(MODE)
(ALRM)
Schedule 1
Alarm
(SCH1)
History
(H.ALM)
Schedule 2
(SCH2)
Holidays
(HOLI)
Service
Maintenance
Configuration
(MCFG)

Predictive
Maintenance
(MAIN)
Software Versions
(VERS)

machine. See Fig. 8. The MBB continuously monitors input/
output channel information received from its inputs and from
all other modules. The MBB receives inputs from status and
feedback switches, pressure transducers and thermistors. The
MBB also controls several outputs. Some inputs and outputs
that control the chiller are located on other boards, but are
transmitted to or from the MBB via the internal communications bus. Information is transmitted between modules via a
3-wire communication bus or LEN (Local Equipment Network). The CCN (Carrier Comfort Network®) bus is also supported. Connections to both LEN and CCN buses are made at
TB3. For a complete description of Main Base Board inputs
and outputs and their channel identifications, see Table 3.

CONTROLS
General — The 30XW water-cooled liquid chillers contain
the ComfortLink™ electronic control system that controls and
monitors all operations of the chiller. The control system is
composed of several components as listed in the following sections. All machines have a Main Base Board (MBB), Touch Pilot™ module or Navigator™ device, electronic expansion
valve board (EXV), auxiliary board, Compressor Protection
board, Emergency On/Off switch, and an Enable-Off-Remote
Contact switch.
Main Base Board (MBB) — The MBB is the core of
the ComfortLink control system. It contains the major portion
of operating software and controls the operation of the
CCN

J13

J9D
SIO
(LEN)

LEN

+ G –

J9C

J9B

LEN

+ G –

STATUS
J10

221

J7C

CH9

J9A

CH8

221

J7D

+ G -

221

D15
TR2

TR3

TR4

TR5

24 VAC

12/11

195

12/11

195

C41

C42

C32
J2A

C43
C34

CH21

CH22 CH23

C35
J2C

RELAY
OUTPUTS

195

ANALOG J8
J3 INPUTS

195

C16
J4
CH + + CH + CH
15a C C 16a C 16b

CH19

CH20

CH24 CH25 CH26

CH7

DISCRETE
INPUTS
J5A

195

C33
J2B

CH6

MOV1

CH1

TR1

J1A

CH3
CH2

CH4

THERMISERS

CH5

J7A

PRESSURES

J7B

CCN

CH10

CH11 CH12 CH13 CH14 CH
15A

LOCATION OF
SERIAL NUMBER

Fig. 8 — Main Base Board
9

J5B

J5C

CH17

CH18

a30-4255

Table 3 — Main Base Board Inputs and Outputs
CONNECTION POINT
Pin
Notation
MBB-J1, MBB-J1A,
MBB-J1B
11
24 vac
12
Ground
MBB-J9A, MBB-J9B,
MBB-J9C, MBBJ9D
+
RS485 Port (D+)
G
RS485 Port (Gnd)
RS485 Port (D-)
MBB-J12
+
RS485 Port (D+)
G
RS485 Port (Gnd)
RS485 Port (D-)
MBB-J5B-CH17
17
MBB-J4-CH13
16A MBB-J5A-CH16A
MBB-J7A-CH6
5V
+5 vdc Ref.
S
Signal
R
Return
MBB-J7C-CH8
5V
+5 vdc Ref.
S
Signal
R
Return

DESCRIPTION

INPUT/OUTPUT

I/O TYPE

DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME

Power (24 vac supply)

—

Local Equipment Network

—

Carrier Communication
Network

—

Chilled Water Flow Switch

CWFS

Switch

Cooler Flow Switch, LOCK

Demand Limit Switch No. 1
Condenser Flow Switch

Demand Limit SW1
CDFS

Switch
Switch

Limit Switch 1 Status, DLS1
Condenser Flow Switch, COND

Circuit A Discharge
Pressure Transducer

DPTA

Pressure Transducer

Discharge Pressure, DP.A

Circuit B Discharge
Pressure Transducer

DPTB

Pressure Transducer

Discharge Pressure, DP.B

DUAL

5k Thermistor

CHWS Temperature, CHWS

MBB-J6-CH3

Dual Chiller
LWT Thermistor
Dual Set Point Input
Heat/Cool Switch
Entering Water Thermistor
Leaving Water Thermistor
Condenser Entering Water
Thermistor
Condenser Leaving Water
Thermistor
External Chilled
Water Pump Interlock

Dual Set Point

Switch

Remote Setpoint Switch, DUAL

MBB-J4-CH12

HC_SW
EWT
LWT

Switch
5k Thermistor
5k Thermistor

Heat/Cool Select Contact, HC_SW
Cooler Entering Fluid, EWT
Cooler Leaving Fluid, LWT

MBB-J4-CH14
MBB-J6-CH2
MBB-J6-CH1

CEWT

5k Thermistor

Condenser Entering Fluid, CEWT

MBB-J6-CH5

CLWT

5k Thermistor

Condenser Leaving Fluid, CLWT

MBB-J6-CH4

PMPI

Switch

Electrical Box Interlock, ELEC

MBB-J4-CH15A

Circuit A Suction
Pressure Transducer

SPTA

Pressure Transducer

Suction Pressure, SP.A

Circuit B Suction
Pressure Transducer

SPTB

Pressure Transducer

Suction Pressure, SP.B

Unit Status
Alarm Relay
Alert Relay
Cooler Pump Relay 1
Cooler Pump Relay 2
Condenser Pump Relay
Pump #1 Interlock
Pump #2 Interlock

Remote Contact-Off-Enable
ALM R
ALT R
PMP1
PMP2
CPMP
PMP_1
PMP_2

Switch
Relay
Relay
Contactor
Contactor
Contactor

On/Off Remote Switch, ONOF
Alarm Relay Output, ALRM
Alert Relay Output, ALRT
Cooler Pump 1, CPUMP_1
Cooler Pump 2, CPUMP_2
Condenser Pump, COND_PMP

Switch

Cooler Pump Run Status, PUMP

MBB-J7B-CH7
+5 vdc Ref.
Signal
Return
MBB-J7D-CH9
5V
+5 vdc Ref.
S
Signal
R
Return
MBB-J4-CH11
MBB-J3-CH24
MBB-J3-CH25
MBB-J2A-CH19
MBB-J2A-CH20
MBB-J2C-CH22
5V
S
R

MBB-J5C-CH18

LEGEND
I/O
— Input or Output
LWT — Leaving Water Temperature

Equipment Network). The CPM has three DIP switch input
banks, Switch 1 (S1), Switch 2 (S2), and Switch 3 (S3). The
CPM board DIP switch (S1) configures the board for the type
of starter, the location and type of the current transformers and
contactor failure instructions. See Table 4 for description of
DIP switch 1 (S1) inputs. See Appendix D for DIP switch
settings.

Compressor Protection Module (CPM) — There
is one CPM per compressor. See Fig. 9. The device controls the
compressor contactors, oil solenoid, and loading/unloading the
solenoid. The CPM also monitors the compressor motor temperature, high pressure switch, oil level switch, discharge gas
temperature, oil pressure transducer, motor current, MTA
(must trip amps) setting and economizer pressure transducer
(sizes 175,200,350,400 only). The CPM responds to commands from the MBB (Main Base Board) and sends the MBB
the results of the channels it monitors via the LEN (Local
10

DIP
SWITCH 2
(S2)

CH
06 C

CH
10

CH
12

CH
11

CH
13

CH
14

J10B

J10A

R
R
CH02
CH01
DG
MOT
TMP J9 TMP

J11

J2
CH
05

S 5
CH03

SMT

S 5
CH04
OIL
PRESS

LOADERS

OLS MOTOR COOLING

151

R20 ECO

AUX

PRESS

151

24 VDC/OLL

151

HPS

151

561

DIP
SWITCH 3
(S3)

561

561
151
102

151

151
151

102

620
0N

102
102

102

1 2 3 4

101

S3
CT1 CT2

LOCATION OF
SERIAL NUMBER

MTA
K40

CT3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

S2
J8
K40

S1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
151

151

100K
100 K
101

101

– G
3 2

+ – G
1 3 2

J12
SIO
(LEN)

CH
09

102
100 K

SI0 STATUS
(LEN)

+
1

CH
07

CH
08

DIP
STATUS SWITCH 1
(S1)

a30-4215

Fig. 9 — Compressor Protection Module
Table 4 — DIP Switch 1 (S1) Inputs
DIP SWITCH POSITION
1

FUNCTION
Starter Configuration
Current Transformer (CT) Position

2, 3

Current Transformer (CT) Selection

4, 5, 6

7
8

Contactor Failure Action
Not Used

SETTING
OFF
ON
OFF (2), OFF (3)
ON (2), OFF (3)
OFF (2), ON (3)
ON (2), ON (3)
OFF (4), OFF (5), OFF (6)
ON (4), OFF (5), OFF (6)
OFF (4), ON (5), OFF (6)
ON (4), ON (5), OFF (6)
OFF (4), OFF (5), ON (6)
ON (4), OFF (5), ON (6)
OFF (4), ON (5), ON (6)
ON (4), ON (5), ON (6)
OFF
ON
—

MEANING
Across-the-line Start
Wye-Delta Start
CT is located in the main line
CT is located in the Delta of the motor
Reserved for future use
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm
100A/1V CT1
100A/0.503V CT2
100A/0.16V CT3
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm
Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm
All units should be off
Used when Shunt Trip is available in the unit
—

See below for CPM board DIP switch S3 address information. See Table 5 for CPM inputs and outputs.

The CPM board DIP switch S2 setting determines the must
trip amps (MTA) setting. See Appendix D for DIP switch settings. The MTA setting which is calculated using the settings
S2 must match the MTA setting in the software or an MTA
alarm will be generated.

CPM-A DIP Switch 3
Address:

1
OFF

2
OFF

3
OFF

4
OFF

CPM-B DIP Switch 3
Address:

1
OFF

2
OFF

3
ON

4
OFF

Table 5 — Compressor Protection Module Inputs and Outputs*
DESCRIPTION

INPUT/OUTPUT

I/O TYPE

DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME

Power (24 vac supply)

—

Local Equipment Network

—

Circuit X High Pressure Switch

HPS-X

Switch

Not available

CONNECTION POINT
Pin
Notation
CPM-X-J1
11
24 vac
12
Ground
CPM-X-JP12
1
RS485 Port (D+)
2
RS485 Port (Gnd)
3
RS485 Port (D-)
CPM-X-J12
1
RS485 Port (D+)
2
RS485 Port (Gnd)
3
RS485 Port (D-)
CPM-X-J7-CH05
1
2
CPM-X-J6-CH06

Oil Level Switch

Oil LS X

Switch

Circuit X Oil Solenoid, OLS.X

1
2

Must Trip Amps†

MTA (S2)

8-Pin DIP Switch

Must Trip Amps, MTA.X

Configuration Switch†

8-Pin DIP Switch

S1 Config Switch, C.SW.X

Compressor X Motor Temperature

MTR-X

NTC Thermistor

Motor Temperature, CTP.X

CPM-X-J9-CH01
1
2
CPM-X-J9-CH02
Compressor X Discharge Gas Temperature

DGT X

NTC Thermistor

Discharge Gas Temp, DGT.X

1
2
CPM-X-J10B-CH04
5V

Oil Pressure Transducer

OPT X

Pressure Transducer

Oil Pressure, OP.X

+ 5 vdc ref

Signal

Return
CPM-X-J10A

Economizer Pressure Transducer
(sizes 175,200,350,400 only)

5V
EPT X

Pressure Transducer

Economizer Pressure, ECP.X

+ 5 vdc ref

Signal

Return
CPM-X-J8-CH01

Compressor Current X Phase A

Current Sensor

CUR.A

1
2
CPM-X-J8-CH02

Compressor Current X Phase B

Current Sensor

CUR.B

1
2
CPM-X-J8-CH3

Compressor Current X Phase C

Current Sensor

CUR.C

1
2
CPM-X-J1-CH07

Compressor X 1M Contactor

C X 1M

Contactor

Compressor Output, CP.X

1
2

Compressor X 2M Contactor

C X 2M

Contactor

Not available

1
2

Compressor X S Contactor

CXS

Contactor

Not available

1
2

Oil Solenoid X

Oil solenoid-X

Solenoid

Oil Solenoid Output, OLS.X

1
2

Load Solenoid X

Loading Solenoid-X

Solenoid

Slide Valve 1 Output, SL1.X

Unload Solenoid X

Unloading Solenoid-X

Solenoid

Slide Valve 2 Output, SL2.X

CPM-X-J2-CH8

CPM-X-J2-CH9

CPM-X-J2-CH12

CPM-X-J2-CH13
1
CPM-X-J2-CH14

*“X” denotes the circuit, A or B.
†See Appendix D for MTA settings.

1
2

Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) Board —

EXV BOARD 1
(150-400)
DIP SWITCH
Address:

The 30XW150-325 units have one EXV board. The
30XW350,400 units have one EXV board per circuit. See
Fig. 10. The board is responsible for monitoring the suction gas
temperature and economizer gas temperature thermistors. The
board also signals the main EXV and economizer EXV
(ECEXV) motors to open or close. The electronic expansion
valve board responds to commands from the MBB and sends
the MBB the results of the channels it monitors via the LEN
(Local Equipment Network). See below for DIP switch information. See Tables 6 and 7 for EXV inputs and outputs.

ON ON

EXV BOARD 2
(350,400)
DIP SWITCH
Address:

ON
3

ON ON
4

S1
ON

D15

C10

THB

D2
L1

C37

C39

712

THA

C25

C11

TEMP

100

100K

C49
100K
4

Q12

Q17

Q15

Q20

Q22

Q27

Q25

Q10

J2B

3
4
EXVB

257-01

2
J2A

3
4
EXVA

D29

SI0
(LEN)

STATUS

DIP
SWITCH

100

Q30
Q2

Q1
L4

U5
G2

Q37

Q42

Q35
Q45

D5
+

C16
C15

LOCATION OF
SERIAL NUMBER

C17

MOV1

J1
24VAC
12/11

a30-4216

Fig. 10 — EXV Board

OFF

OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON

COMM J4
3 2 1
- G +
R3

Table 6 — EXV1 Board Inputs and Outputs (30XW150-325)
DESCRIPTION

INPUT/OUTPUT

I/O TYPE

DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME

Power (24 vac supply)

—

Local Equipment Network

—

Circuit A Suction Gas Thermistor

SGTA

5k Thermistor

Compressor Suction Temp, SGT.A

Circuit B Suction Gas Thermistor

SGTB

5k Thermistor

Compressor Suction Temp, SGT.B

Circuit A EXV

EXV-A

Stepper Motor

EXV Position, EXV.A

Circuit B EXV
(size 325 only)

EXV-B

Stepper Motor

EXV Position, EXV.B

CONNECTION POINT
Pin
Notation
EXVA-J1
11
24 vac
12
Ground
EXVA-J4
1
RS485 Port (D+)
2 RS485 Port (Gnd)
3
RS485 Port (D–)
EXVA-J3
TH
A
EXVA-J3
TH
B
EXVA-J2A
1
2
3
4
EXVA-J2B
1
2
3
4

Table 7 — EXV1,2 Board Inputs and Outputs* (30XW350,400)
DESCRIPTION

INPUT/OUTPUT

I/O TYPE

DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME

Power (24 vac supply)

—

Local Equipment Network

—

Circuit X Suction Gas Thermistor

SGT X

5k Thermistor

Compressor Suction Temp, SGT.X

Circuit X Economizer Gas Thermistor

ECT X

5k Thermistor

Economizer Gas Temp, ECT.X

Circuit X EXV

EXV-X

Stepper Motor

EXV Position, EXV.X

Circuit X Economizer EXV

ECEXV-X

Stepper Motor

Cir X Economizer EXV Pos, ECO.X

*“X” denotes the circuit: 1 = Circuit A; 2 = Circuit B.

—

CONNECTION POINT
Pin
Notation
EXVX-J1
11
24 vac
12
Ground
EXVX-J4
1
RS485 Port (D+)
2 RS485 Port (Gnd)
3
RS485 Port (D–)
EXVX-J3
TH
A
EXVX-J3
TH
B
EXVX-J2A
1
2
3
4
EXVX-J2A
1
2
3
4

Network (LEN). See below for auxiliary board A, B and C DIP
switch addresses. See Table 8 for inputs and outputs.

MLV/Condenser Board — One auxiliary board is optionally installed in each unit. See Fig. 11. The auxiliary board
contains an analog output for head pressure control and discrete outputs for minimum load control. The auxiliary board
responds to commands from the MBB and sends the MBB the
results of the channels it monitors via the Local Equipment

AUX BOARD
DIP SWITCH
Address:

OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF

DIP SWITCH

LOCATION OF
SERIAL NUMBER

a30-4046

STATUS SIO (LEN)

100K

–
3
U21

Q11

Q10

–
3

U10

G
2

Q12

Q60

G
2

100K

+
1

24 VAC

+
1

CH1

TR2

CH2

TR3

CH3

TR4
J3

CH4

TR5

TR6

TR7

TR8

CH5

CH6

CH7

CH8

CH9

CH10

CH11

CH13

CH14

JP2
C61

J4
TR1

CH13
D12 JP1

CH12

Fig. 11 — Auxiliary Board with Optional Minimum Load Control or Head Pressure Control

Table 8 — Auxiliary Board Outputs
DESCRIPTION

INPUT/OUTPUT

I/O TYPE

DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME

Power (24 vac supply)

—

Local Equipment Network

—

Condenser Head Pressure Control
Speed Signal

HD_A

0-10 VDC

Head Press Actuator Pos, SPD.A

Minimum Load Valve A
Minimum Load Valve B

MLV-A
MLV-B

Solenoid
Solenoid

Minimum Load Valve Circuit A, MLV.A
Minimum Load Valve Circuit B, MLV.B

CONNECTION POINT
Pin
Notation
AUX-J1
11
24 vac
12
Ground
AUX-J9
+
RS485 Port (D+)
G
RS485 Port (Gnd)
RS485 Port (D-)
+
RS485 Port (D+)
G
RS485 Port (Gnd)
RS485 Port (D-)
AUX-CH9
+
Signal
Ground
AUX-J2-CH3
AUX-J2-CH4

Energy Management Module (EMM) — The EMM

Enable-Off-Remote Contact Switch (SW1) —

is available as a factory-installed option or as a field-installed
accessory. See Fig. 12. The EMM receives 4 to 20 mA inputs
for the temperature reset, cooling set point and demand limit
functions. The EMM also receives the switch inputs for the
field-installed second stage 2-step demand limit and ice done
functions. The EMM communicates the status of all inputs
with the MBB, and the MBB adjusts the control point, capacity
limit, and other functions according to the inputs received. See
Table 9.

This switch is installed in all units and provides the owner and
service person with a local means of enabling or disabling the
machine. It is a 3-position switch and it is used to control the
chiller. When switched to the Enable position, the chiller will
be under its own control. When switched to the Off position,
the chiller will shut down. When switched to the Remote Contact position, a field-installed dry contact can be used to start
the chiller. The contacts must be capable of handling a 24-vac,
50-mA load. In the Enable and Remote Contact (dry contacts
closed) positions, the chiller is allowed to operate and respond
to the scheduling configuration, CCN configuration, and set
point data.
For units with a Touch Pilot™ display, the position of the
Enable/Off/Remote contact switch is ignored except when the
Remote Mode operating type is selected. Refer to the Machine
Control Methods section on page 20 for more details.

CAUTION
Care should be taken when interfacing with other manufacturer’s control systems due to possible power supply differences, full wave bridge versus half wave rectification,
which could lead to equipment damage. The two different
power supplies cannot be mixed. ComfortLink™ controls
use half wave rectification. A signal isolation device should
be utilized if incorporating a full wave bridge rectifier signal generating device is used.

Emergency On/Off Switch (SW2) — This switch is

installed in all units. The Emergency On/Off switch should
only be used when it is required to shut the chiller off immediately. Power to all modules is interrupted when this switch is
off and all outputs from these modules will be turned off.

J9B
+ G -

+ G -

SIO LEN
100K

CH 7

221

SIO LEN

221

J9A

221

100K
100K

CH 6

CH 5

100K

J7B
J7A

CH
12

CH
13

CH
14

CH
15

CH
1

CH
2

CH
3

CH
4

100K

CH
11b

24 VAC
12 11
CH

J2A

CH CH
17 16

CH
17

CH
18

CH
19

CH
20

CH
21

CH
22

CH
23

J2B

Fig. 12 — Energy Management Module

a30-4911

Table 9 — Energy Management Module (EMM) Inputs and Outputs
INPUT/OUTPUT
4-20 mA Demand Limit
4-20 mA Temperature
Reset/Cooling Setpoint
Demand Limit SW2
Ice Done
Occupancy Override
Remote Lockout Switch
SPT
% Total Capacity
RUN R
SHD R
CA_S
CB_S

DESCRIPTION
4-20 mA Demand Limit
4-20 mA Temperature Reset/
Cooling Set point
Demand Limit Step 2
Ice Done Switch
Occupied Schedule Override
Chiller Lockout
Space Temperature Thermistor
Percent Total Capacity Output
Run Relay
Shutdown Relay
Run Status for Circuit A
Run Status for Circuit B

I/O TYPE
4-20 mA*
4-20 mA*
Switch Input
Switch Input
Switch Input
Switch Input
10k Thermistor
0-10 vdc
Relay
Relay
Relay
Relay

DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME
Limit 4-20 mA Signal, DMD

CONNECTION POINT
EMM-J7B-CH6
EMM-J7A-CH5

Reset/Setpnt 4-20 mA Signal, RSET
Switch Limit Setpoint 2, DLS2
Ice Done Storage Switch, ICE.D
Occupied Override Switch, OCCS
Remote Interlock Switch, RLOC
Optional Space Temp, SPT
Chiller Capacity Signal, CATO
Running Status, RUN
Shutdown Indicator State, SHUT
Compressor A Run Status, Q_RUN_A
Compressor B Run Status, Q_RUN_B

EMM-J4-CH9
EMM-J4-CH11A
EMM-J4-CH8
EMM-J4-CH10
EMM-J6-CH2
EMM-J8-CH7
EMM-J3-CH25
EMM-J3-CH24
EMM-J2A-CH17
EMM-J2A-CH18

* A field-supplied 1/2 watt 250 ohm resistor is required across terminals TB6-1,2 (CH6) and/or TB6-3, 4 (CH5).

potential communication errors at the board connectors. See
input/output Tables 3-10 for LEN connector designations. A
3-wire bus accomplishes communication between modules.
These 3 wires run in parallel from module to module. The J9A
connector on the MBB provides communication directly to the
Navigator™ display module.
YELLOW LED — The MBB has one yellow LED. The
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) LED will blink during times
of network communication.

Local Equipment Network — Information is transmitted between modules via a 3-wire communication bus or
LEN (Local Equipment Network). External connection to the
LEN bus is made at TB3.

Board Addresses — All boards (except the Main Base
Board and Energy Management Module Board) have
8-position DIP switches.
Touch Pilot™ Display — The Touch Pilot display port

connections are shown in Table 10. Wiring is shown in Fig. 13.

Table 10 — Touch Pilot™ Display Port
Connections

Control Module Communication
RED LED — Proper operation of the control boards can be
visually checked by looking at the red status LEDs (lightemitting diodes). When operating correctly, the red status
LEDs will blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If
the red LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify that correct
power is being supplied to all modules. Be sure that the Main
Base Board (MBB) is supplied with the current software. If
necessary, reload current software. If the problem still persists,
replace the MBB. A red LED that is lit continuously or blinking at a rate of once per second or faster indicates that the board
should be replaced.
GREEN LED — All boards have a green LEN (SIO) LED
which should be blinking whenever power is on. If the LEDs
are not blinking as described check LEN connections for

CONNECTOR
J1 (Power)

J2 (COM1)

J3 (RJ11)

Fig. 13 — Touch Pilot™ Display Wiring

PIN
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6

FUNCTION
24VAC +
24VAC Earth Ground
RS485 Port (D+)
RS485 Port (GND)
RS485 Port (D-)
24VAC (+)
RS485 Port (D+)
RS485 Port (GND)
Unused (no connect)
RS485 Port (D-)
24VAC(-)

1. Turn off power to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropriate colors for different colored cables.)
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on TB3 of the plug,
the white wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the
(–) terminal.
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on TB3 can also be used, but is
only intended for temporary connection (for example, a
laptop computer running Service Tool).

Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) Interface —

All 30XW units can be connected to a CCN system, if desired.
The communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor cable
with drain wire and is field supplied and installed. The system
elements are connected to the communication bus in a daisy
chain arrangement. The positive pin of each system element
communication connector must be wired to the positive pins of
the system elements on either side of it. The negative and signal ground pins of each system element must also be wired in
the same manner. Wiring connections for CCN should be made
at TB3. Consult the CCN Contractor’s Manual for further information. See Fig. 14.
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper. Individual
conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl,
Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester 100% foil
shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl,
or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of
–20 C to 60 C is required. See Table 11 for recommended wire
manufacturers and part numbers.

IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent
some routines from running and may prevent the unit
from starting. If abnormal conditions occur, disconnect the CCN bus. If conditions return to normal,
check the CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if
necessary. A short in one section of the bus can cause
problems with all system elements on the bus.

Remote Alarm and Alert Relays — The 30XW

Table 11 — CCN Communication Bus Wiring

It is important when connecting to a CCN communication
bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network
to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used
for the signal positive, black for the signal negative, and white
for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables containing different colored wires.
At each system element, the shields of its communication
bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is
entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield
must be connected to a ground at one point only. If the communication bus cable exits from one building and enters another,
the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning
suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the
building (one point per building only). To connect the unit to
the network:

configuration information entered in the following configuration tables. These tables are accessible by using Network Service Tool or ComfortVIEW™ software. The tables are the
CtrlID (Controller Identification) configuration table and the
USERCONF (User Configuration) table. See Tables 12 and 13.
NOTE: Always perform an Upload to obtain the latest configuration before making configuration table changes.

(+) (COM) (-) SHIELD
CCN

CCN

BLK

LEN

RED

SHIELD

CCN

CCN
RED

LEN

WHT

BLK

RED

WHT

CCN

Touch Pilot™ Operation Configuration
Tables — The Touch Pilot display operation is controlled by

(+) (COM) (-) SHIELD

LEN

CONFIGURATION

WHT

Alpha
American
Belden
Columbia
Manhattan
Quabik

chiller can be equipped with a remote alert and remote alarm
annunciator contacts. Both relays connected to these contacts
must be rated for a maximum power draw of 10 va sealed,
25 va inrush at 24 volts. The alarm relay, indicating that the
complete unit has been shut down, can be connected to TB5-12
and TB5-13. Refer to unit wiring diagrams. For an alert relay,
indicating that at least 1 circuit is off due to the alert, a fieldsupplied and installed relay must be connected between MBBJ3-CH25-3 and TB5-13. The action of the alarm and alert relays can be reversed from normally open to normally closed by
using the Reverse Alarms Relay configuration (Reverse
Alarms Relay, RV.AL).

PART NUMBER
Regular Wiring
Plenum Wiring
1895
—
A21451
A48301
8205
884421
D6451
—
M13402
M64430
6130
—

BLK

MANUFACTURER

TO NEXT
DEVICE

CCN
LEN

LEGEND
— Carrier Comfort Network®
— Local Equipment Network

a30-4706
Fig. 14 — ComfortLink™ CCN Communication Wiring

Table 12 — Touch Pilot Controller Identification Configuration Table
CONTROLLER ID DATA

BLOCK NO.

Device Name

Local address
Bus number

2
2

Device (driver) type

Primary baud rate
Secondary baud rate

3
3

Device description

Device location

Software part number
Model number
Serial number
Reference number

4
4
4
4

Broadcast address processing list (primary)

Broadcast address processing list (secondary)

VALUE AND RANGE
CHILLDSP
8 character Name field
115
0
0 = Non-bridge
3 = Broadcast Acknowledger
38400
38400
Global Chiller Display
24 character text field
(Blank)
24 character text field
CESR-131363-01
(Blank)
(Blank)
Version 1.0
241-251, 254, 255 enabled
241-255 enabled/disabled
none

QUALIFIERS
Default
Optional
Default
Default
Default
Optional
Default
Fixed
Default
Optional
Default
Optional
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Defaults
Optional
Not applicable

Table 13 — Touch Pilot™ User Configuration (USERCONF) Table
DESCRIPTION
Backlight always on?
Full access password
Limited access password
Active language
Time format
Date format
Units base
Contrast control
Network mode

LIMITS
No
Yes
0
9999
0
9999
0
1
0
1
0
2
US
Metric
Manual
Auto
0
1

UNITS

NAME

DEFAULT

BACKLITE

PSWDFULL

3333

PSWDLMTD

2222

ACTLANG

TIMEFMT

DATEFMT

UNITBASE

CONTRAST

Auto

NETWORK

ALARMACK

BROADACK

EQUIPBUS

EQUIPELE

EQSTATUS

NOT USED

STARSTOP

NOT USED

ALSTATUS

NOT USED

ALRESET

NOT USED

Network settings
Alarm acknowledger
Broadcast acknowledger

No
Yes
No
Yes

Equipment CCN address
Bus number
Element number

0
239
1
239

Control variables
Equipment status (Not Used)
Equipment start/stop (Not Used)
Alarm status (Not Used)
Alarm reset (Not Used)

Name
char 8
Name
char 8
Name
char 8
Name
char 8

FULL ACCESS PASSWORD — This configuration is used
to specify the full access password. Refer to Table 1, Setup
Menu, for additional information on passwords.
Allowable Entries: 0 through 9999
Default Value:
3333

BACKLIGHT ALWAYS ON? — This configuration is used
to keep the backlight on continuously or to turn it off after 60
seconds with no activity.
Allowable Entries: No/Yes (No=0 or Yes=1)
Default Value:
No

BROADCAST ACKNOWLEDGER — This configuration
is used to indicate whether the Touch Pilot display will act as
the broadcast acknowledger for its CCN bus. There can be only
one broadcast acknowledger per CCN bus.
NOTE: The display must be in Network mode and this decision set to Yes for broadcast acknowledgement to be enabled.
Allowable Entries: No
Yes
Default Value:
0
EQUIPMENT CCN ADDRESS — When in equipment
mode (USERCONF Table’s Network Mode decision is set to
Disable), the Bus Number and Element Number decisions are
used to specify the CCN address of the piece of equipment to
communicate with. An Attach or power cycle must be
performed for changes to take effect. These decisions will be
ignored when the display is connected to the LEN bus or in
Network mode. In Network mode, specify the bus and element
number of the equipment communicate with using the display’s Attach function.
NOTE: In Network mode, these configurations will be overwritten with the default device address if it is changed through
the Attach process.
BUS NUMBER — This configuration is used to specify the
Equipment Controller bus number.
Allowable Entries: 0 through 239
Default Value:
0
ELEMENT NUMBER — This configuration is used to specify the Equipment Controller element number.
Allowable Entries: 1 through 239
Default Value:
1

LIMITED ACCESS PANEL — This configuration is used to
specify the limited access password.
Allowable Entries: 0 through 9999
Default Value:
2222
ACTIVE LANGUAGE — This configuration is used to specify the display’s active language. All translatable text will be
displayed in this language.
Allowable Entries: 0 (English), 1 (alternate, installed by user)
Default Value:
0
TIME FORMAT — This configuration is used to specify the
format for display of time.
Allowable Entries: 0 = H:MM AM/PM without leading zero
1 = HH:MM with leading zero when
necessary
Default Value:
0
DATE FORMAT — This configuration is used to specify the
format for display of date.
Allowable Entries: 0 = MM-DD-YYYY with leading zero
when necessary
1 = DD-MM-YYYY with leading zero
when necessary
2 = YYYY-MM-DD
Default Value:
0
UNITS BASE — This configuration is used to specify the format of the units of measure.
Allowable Entries: U.S.
Metric
Default Value:
U.S.
CONTRAST CONTROL — This configuration is used to enable or disable the display’s auto contrast adjustment feature.
When enabled, the display’s contrast will be automatically adjusted as required, based on temperature.
Allowable Entries: Manual
(Auto Contrast Adjustment Disabled)
Auto
(Auto Contrast Adjustment Enabled)
Default Value:
Auto
NETWORK MODE — This configuration is used to set the
display’s operating mode. For additional information on operating mode, refer to Display in the Table Setup Menu. This decision will be ignored and the mode will default to Equipment
when the display is connected to a device (the LEN Bus).
NOTE: A power cycle is required for this decision to take
effect.
Allowable Entries: Disable = Equipment Mode
Enable = Network Mode
Default Value:
Disable
ALARM ACKNOWLEDGER — This configuration is used
to specify whether the Touch Pilot™ display will act as the
alarm acknowledger for the CCN. There can be only one alarm
acknowledger per CCN. Therefore, if another CCN device
such as ComfortVIEW™ software, the Autodial Gateway or
TeLINK is already set as the alarm acknowledger for the CCN
network then this decision should be set to No.
NOTE: The display must be in Network mode and connected
to the primary CCN bus and this decision set to Yes for alarm
acknowledgement to be enabled.
Allowable Entries: No
Yes
Default Value:
No

Machine Control Methods — Three variables control how the machine operates. These variables control the
On-Off function, set point operation, and Heat-Cool operation.
Machine On/Off Control — Machine On/Off control
depends on which interface display is used. The control is different for Touch Pilot™ or Navigator™ displays. Select the
correct configuration procedure below based on which interface is being used.
TOUCH PILOT MACHINE CONTROL — Machine On/Off
control is determined locally by pushing the Start/Stop button
on the Touch Pilot display. Pressing this button will cause the
Equipment Start screen to be displayed. See Fig. 15.

Fig. 15 — Equipment Start Screen

Schedule 2 is used for Dual Set Point/Occupied-Unoccupied set point control. The control will ignore the position of
Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch and all CCN network force
commands, except the Emergency Stop Command.
The Run Status variable will indicate the current status of
the machine — OFF, RUNNING, DELAY, or READY. The
Chiller Occupied? variable will indicate the occupied state of
the machine according to Time Schedule 1 and will be either
YES (occupied) or NO (unoccupied). The Control Type variable will indicate the type of control. For this configuration,
Control Type will be Local. The Operating Type variable
will change to L-Sched (Local Schedule).
The schedules consist of 8 user-configurable occupied time
periods. The control supports time schedules for local control,
remote control, and ice building. These time periods can be
flagged to be in effect or not in effect on each day of the week.
The day begins at 00.00 and ends at 24.00. The machine will be
in unoccupied mode unless a scheduled time period is in effect.
If an occupied period extends past midnight, the occupied
period will automatically end at 24:00 hours (midnight) and the
new occupied period must be programmed to begin at 00:00
hours.
In the following example, the occupied period starts at 6:00
AM, Monday through Friday and 10:00 AM on Saturday and
Sunday. The occupied time ends at 6:30 PM on Monday
through Friday and 2:00 PM on Saturday and Sunday. See
Fig. 16.
NOTE: This schedule was designed to illustrate the programming of the schedule function and is not intended as a
recommended schedule for chiller operation.
If the chiller is to be controlled to a single set point, use
Schedule 1 (OCCPC01S). This will start and stop the machine.
During the unoccupied times, the chiller will be off. If the chiller is to be controlled to 2 set points, occupied and unoccupied,
use Schedule 2 (OCCPC02S). This will cause the chiller to
control to an occupied set point and an unoccupied set point.
The machine will be able to provide cooling at any time.
To configure this option on the Touch Pilot™ display see
Table 15.

Table 14 summarizes the unit control type and stop or go
status with regard to the following parameters:
• Operating type: this is selected by using the start/stop button
on the front of the user interface.
• Remote start/stop contacts: these contacts are used when the
unit is in remote operating type (Remote mode).
• CHIL_S_S: this network command variable relates to the
chiller start/stop when the unit is in CCN control (CCN
mode). When this variable forced to Disable, then the unit is
stopped. When this variable is forced to Enable, then the
unit runs in accordance with schedule 1.
• Start/Stop schedule: occupied or unoccupied status of the
unit as determined by the chiller start/stop program (Schedule 1).
• Master control type: This parameter is used when the unit is
the master unit in a two chiller lead/lag arrangement. The
master control type determines whether the unit is to be
controlled locally, remotely or through CCN (this parameter
is a Service configuration).
• CCN emergency shutdown: if this CCN command is activated, it shuts the unit down whatever the active operating
type.
• General alarm: the unit is totally stopped due to failure.
Local Mode — To start the machine in local mode, press the
Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot display. The Equipment
Start screen will be displayed. Select Local On. The control
will ignore the position of Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch
and all CCN network force commands, except an Emergency
Stop Command. The Run Status variable, indicating the current status of the machine, will change to RUNNING, DELAY
or READY. The Chiller Occupied? variable will change to
YES. The Control Type variable indicates the type of control.
For this configuration, Control Type will be Local. The Operating Type variable will change to L-On (Local On).
Local Schedule — To start the machine with a local schedule,
press the Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot display. The
Equipment Start screen will be displayed. Select Local Schedule. The unit will start and stop according to the schedule defined in the Time Schedule menu. Two Internal Time Schedules are available and must be field programmed. Time
Schedule 1 is used for single set point On-Off control. Time

Table 14 — Touch Pilot™ Start/Stop Control
ACTIVE OPERATING TYPE
Remote
Local Local
Local
Remote CCN Master CHIL_S_S Start/Stop
On
On
Schedule Mode Mode Mode
Variable
Contact
Active
Active
Active
Off
Active
Active
Off
Active
Active
Active
Off
Active
Active
Off
Active
Active
Active
Active
On Cool
Active
On
Active
Active
On Cool
Active
On
-

PARAMETER STATUS
CONTROL
Start/Stop
CCN
TYPE
Schedule
Emergency General
Alarm
Mode
Shutdown
Active
Yes
Local
Unoccupied
Local
Remote
Unoccupied
Remote
CCN
CCN
Local
Unoccupied
Local
Remote
Remote
Remote
Unoccupied
Remote
CCN
CCN
CCN
Unoccupied
CCN
Disabled
No
Local
Occupied
Disabled
No
Local
Occupied
Disabled
No
Remote
Occupied
Disabled
No
CCN
Local
Occupied
Disabled
No
Local
Remote
Occupied
Disabled
No
Remote
CCN
Occupied
Disabled
No
CCN

Master Unit
Control Type

UNIT
STATUS
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
On
On
On

on a one-time basis. To configure this option for the Touch
Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME

PATH

Timed Override
Config\OCCDEFCS\
Hours
OCC1P01S or OCC1P02S

Table 15 — Configuring the Schedule with
Touch Pilot Display
PATH

Config\
OCCDEFCS\
OCC1P01S
or OCC1P02S

LINE NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

VALUE
10000000
00:00
03:00
11000000
07:00
18:00
00100000
07:00
21:30
00011000
07:00
17:00
00000100
07:00
12:00

Holiday Schedule — For the Touch Pilot display, the control
allows up to 16 holiday periods. All holidays are entered with
numerical values. To configure, first change the month (Holiday Start Month), then the day (Holiday Start Day), then the
duration (Holiday Duration) of the holiday period in days. If a
holiday in included in one of the Occupied Time Periods of the
schedule, the machine will follow that operating condition for
the holiday. In the following examples, the holidays July 4 and
December 25-26 are programmed for Holiday 1 and Holiday 2,
respectively. To configure these holidays with the Touch Pilot
display, see Table 16. To configure Holidays with the Navigator display, check the H (holiday) schedule on the Schedule
screen and program in the desired occupied times. See Fig. 16.
Table 16 — Programming Holiday Schedules with
Touch Pilot Display
DISPLAY NAME
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (days)
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (days)

PATH
Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01

Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_02

LINE NO.
1
2
3
1
2
3

VALUE

Range: 0 to 4
Default: 0

If configured for a timed override, the override can be cancelled by changing the Timed Override Hours to 0.
CCN Global Time Schedule — A CCN global schedule can
be used if desired. The schedule number can be set anywhere
from 65 to 99 for operation under a CCN global schedule. The
30XW chillers can be configured to follow a CCN Global
Time Schedule broadcast by another system element. The
ComfortVIEW™ Network Manager’s Configure and Modify
commands or the Service Tool’s Modify/Names function must
be used to change the number of the Occupancy Equipment
Part Table Name (OCC1P01E) to the Global Schedule Number. The Schedule Number can be set from 65 to 99
(OCC1P65E to OCC1P99E).
The Occupancy Supervisory Part table name (OCC1P01S)
number must be changed to configure the unit to broadcast a
Global Time Schedule. The Schedule Number can be set from
65 to 99 (OCC1P65S to OCC1P99S). When OCC1PxxS is set
to a value greater than 64, an occupancy flag is broadcast over
the CCN every time it transitions from occupied to unoccupied
or vice-versa. By configuring their appropriate Time Schedule
decisions to the same number, other devices on the network can
follow this same schedule. The Enable/Off/Remote Contact
must be in the Enable position or the Remote Contact position
with the contacts closed for the unit to operate. The Unit Run
Status (STAT) will indicate the current status of the machine
(OFF, RUNNING, STOPPING or DELAY), depending on the
schedule. The unit Occupied status (OCC) will indicate the
current occupied schedule according to the schedule, either NO
or YES. The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will be LOCAL
OFF when the switch is Off. The Status Unit Control Type will
be CCN when the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch input is
On.
Refer to Appendix F for more detailed instructions regarding global schedules and the i-Vu® device.
CCN Mode — To allow machine control by CCN commands,
press the Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot™ display. The
Equipment Start screen will be displayed. Select CCN Mode.
The unit will be controlled by a CCN command to the CCN
Chiller Start/Stop variable. An external CCN device, such as
Chillervisor, controls the On/Off state of the machine. When
controlled by a Chillervisor, it is recommended that the Auto
Start When SM Lost configuration be set to Yes. In the event
of a loss of communication with the network, the machine will
start and be controlled locally.
Careful evaluation of chilled water plant control should be
reviewed. In the event local control is established, be sure that
all pumps, valves, and other devices are capable of operating
properly. The control will ignore the position of Enable/Off/
Remote Contact switch. The Run Status variable will indicate
the current status of the machine — OFF, RUNNING, DELAY,
or READY. The Control Type variable will change to CCN.
The Operating Type variable will change to CCN.
For dual chiller control applications, the slave chiller must
be enabled using the CCN Mode button.
Remote Mode — To allow machine to start and stop via a
remote contact closure, press the Start/Stop button on the
Touch Pilot display. The Equipment Start screen will be displayed. Select Remote Mode. The unit will be controlled by the
Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch (SW1). Switching the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch to the Enable or Remote
Contact position (external contacts closed) will force the unit
into an occupied state. In this mode, all CCN network force

Fig. 16 — Chiller Schedule Screen

DISPLAY NAME
Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied from
Occupied to
Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied from
Occupied to
Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied from
Occupied to
Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied from
Occupied to
Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied from
Occupied to

LINE
NO.

VALUE
7
4
1
12
25
2

Timed Override — With the Touch Pilot display only, each
time schedule can be overridden to keep the chiller in an
Occupied mode (Timed Override Hours) for 1, 2, 3 or 4 hours

NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY MACHINE CONTROL — Machine On/Off control with the Navigator display is determined
by the configuration of the Operating Type Control (OPER).
Options to control the machine locally via a switch, from a local Time Schedule, or via a Carrier Comfort Network® command are offered. See Table 17.
The schedules consist of 8 user-configurable occupied time
periods. The control supports time schedules for local control,
remote control, and ice building. These time periods can be
flagged to be in effect or not in effect on each day of the week.
The day begins at 00.00 and ends at 24.00. The machine is in
unoccupied mode unless a scheduled time period is in effect. If
an occupied period is to extend past midnight, the occupied
period must end at 24:00 hours (midnight) and a new occupied
period must be programmed to begin at 00:00 hours.
In the following example, a early morning pulldown time
period is scheduled for Monday morning from 12:00 AM to
3:00 AM. The occupied period starts at 7:00 AM, Monday
through Saturday. The occupied time ends at 6:00 PM on Monday and Tuesday, 9:30 PM on Wednesday, 5:00 PM on Thursday and Friday, and 12:00 PM on Saturday.
NOTE: This schedule was designed to illustrate the programming of the schedule function and is not intended as a recommended schedule for chiller operation.
Switch Control — In the Switch Control operating type, the
Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch controls the machine locally. All models are factory configured with Operating Type
Control (OPER) set to SWITCH CTRL (Switch Control).
With SWITCH CTRL, switching the Enable/Off/Remote
Contact switch to the Enable or Remote Contact position (external contacts closed) will put the chiller in an occupied state.
The Unit Run Status (STAT) will indicate the current status of
the machine and will change from OFF to RUNNING or
DELAY. The unit Occupied Status (OCC) will change from
NO to YES. The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will change
from LOCAL OFF when the switch is Off to LOCAL ON
when in the Enable position or in the Remote Contact position
with external contacts closed.

commands, except the Emergency Stop Command will be
ignored. The Run Status variable will indicate the current status of the machine (OFF, RUNNING, DELAY, or READY),
depending on the position of the Remote/Off/Enable Switch
closure. The Chiller Occupied? variable will change to YES.
The Control Type variable will change to Remote. The Operating Type variable will change to Remote.
Master Mode — To activate Dual Chiller Control, each machine must be individually configured for Dual Chiller Control.
To operate the machines in Dual Chiller Mode, one machine
must be designated as the master unit and one machine as the
slave unit. On the master unit, press the Start/Stop button on the
Touch Pilot display. The Equipment Start screen will be displayed. Select Master Mode. Failure to start the Master unit in
this manner will cause both machines to operate in local mode.
The Master Unit Control can be done locally, remotely or
through CCN commands per the master/slave configuration
(Master Control Type). The control will ignore the position of
Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch if the Master Control
Type is configured for Local Control or CCN Control. The
Run Status variable, Chiller Occupied? variable, and Control Type variable will change based on the Master Control
Type configured above and the Machine On/Off Control defined above. The Operating Type variable will change to
Master.
To Turn Machine Off — To turn the machine off, press the
Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot display. See Fig. 17. The
machine will shut down. While the unit is in Local Off, it will
remain shut down and ignore all CCN commands as well as
the position of Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch. The Run
Status variable, indicating the current status of the machine,
will change to OFF. The Chiller Occupied? variable will
change to NO. The Control Type variable will indicate
Local. The Operating Type variable will change to L-OFF
(Local Off).

ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION
PATH
Operating
Control
Operating
OPER
Type
Modes SLCT OPER

VALUE
SWITCH
CTRL

Fig. 17 — Equipment Stop Screen
Table 17 — Navigator Start/Stop Control
CONTROL
ACTIVE
CCN CHILLER EMERGENCY
REMOTE
UNIT
METHOD OPERATING REMOTE/OFF/ENABLE REMOTE ON/OFF TIME SCHEDULE 1 START/STOP
STOP
ALARM LOCKOUT
SWITCH
SWITCH
(OPER)
TYPE
(CHIL_S_S)
(EMSTOP)
SWITCH STATUS

All

Local Off

Switch
Control

Local On

Time
Schedule

Local
Schedule

CCN
Control

CCN

Off

—

Remote
—
—
—
Enable
Remote
Enable
Remote
—
Remote
Remote
Enable
Enable

Open
—
—
—
—
Closed
—
Closed
—
Closed
Closed
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
Occupied
Occupied
Unoccupied
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Enable
Disable
Enable
Disable

—
Enable
—
—
Disable
Disable
Disable
Disable
Disable
Disable
Disable
Disable
Disable

—
—
Yes
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
Closed
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off

Time Schedule — With Time Schedule Operating Type control, the machine operates under a local schedule programmed
by the user as long as the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch is
in the Enable or Remote Contact position (external contacts
closed). To operate under this Operating Type Control (OPER)
must be set to TIME SCHED (Time Schedule). Two Internal
Time Schedules are available and must be field programmed.
Time Schedule 1 (SCH1) is used for single set point On-Off
control. Time Schedule 2 (SCH2) is used for dual set point
On-Off and Occupied-Unoccupied set point control. The
control will use the operating schedules as defined under the
Time Clock mode in the Navigator display module.
ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION
PATH
Operating Control
Operating
OPER Type
Modes SLCT OPER

Table 18 — Configuring Schedules with
Navigator™ Display
ITEM
OCC.1
UNO.1
MON.1
TUE.1
WED.1
THU.1
FRI.1
SAT.1
SUN.1
HOL.1
OCC.2
UNO.2
MON.2
TUE.2
WED.2
THU.2
FRI.2
SAT.2
SUN.2
HOL.2
OCC.3
UNO.3
MON.3
TUE.3
WED.3
THU.3
FRI.3
SAT.3
SUN.3
HOL.3
OCC.4
UNO.4
MON.4
TUE.4
WED.4
THU.4
FRI.4
SAT.4
SUN.4
HOL.4
OCC.5
UNO.5
MON.5
TUE.5
WED.5
THU.5
FRI.5
SAT.5
SUN.5
HOL.5

VALUE
TIME
SCHED

If the chiller is to be controlled to a single set point, use
Schedule 1 (SCH1). This type of schedule will start and stop
the machine only. During the unoccupied times, the chiller will
be off. If the chiller is to be controlled to 2 set points, occupied
and unoccupied, use Schedule 2 (SCH2). This will cause the
chiller to control to an occupied set point and an unoccupied set
point. The machine will be able to provide cooling at any time.
To configure this option while using the Navigator™ display, see Table 18.
Holiday Schedule — The unit control allows up to 16 holiday
periods. All holidays are entered with numerical values. First
enter the month (MON.x), then the day (DAY.x), then the
duration (DUR.x) of the holiday period in days. If a holiday in
included in one of the Occupied Time Periods of the schedule,
the machine will follow that operating condition for the
holiday. In the following examples, the holidays July 4 and
December 25-26 are programmed for Holiday 1 and Holiday 2
respectively.
To configure this option for the Navigator display, see
Table 19.
CCN Global Time Schedule — A CCN global schedule can
be used if desired. The schedule number can be set anywhere
from 65 to 99 for operation under a CCN global schedule. The
30XW chillers can be configured to follow a CCN Global
Time Schedule broadcast by another system element. The
ComfortVIEW™ Network Manager’s Configure and Modify
commands or the Service Tool’s Modify/Names function must
be used to change the number of the Occupancy Equipment
Part Table Name (OCC1P01E) to the Global Schedule Number. The Schedule Number can be set from 65 to 99
(OCC1P65E to OCC1P99E).
The Occupancy Supervisory Part table name (OCC1P01S)
number must be changed to configure the unit to broadcast a
Global Time Schedule. The Schedule Number can be set from
65 to 99 (OCC1P65S to OCC1P99S). When OCC1PxxS is set
to a value greater than 64, an occupancy flag is broadcast over
the CCN every time it transitions from occupied to unoccupied
or vice-versa. By configuring their appropriate Time Schedule
decisions to the same number, other devices on the network can
follow this same schedule. The Enable/Off/Remote Contact
must be in the Enable position or the Remote Contact position
with the contacts closed for the unit to operate. The Unit Run
Status (STAT) will indicate the current status of the machine
(OFF, RUNNING, STOPPING or DELAY), depending on the
schedule. The unit Occupied status (OCC) will indicate the
current occupied schedule according to the schedule, either NO
or YES. The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will be LOCAL
OFF when the switch is Off. The Status Unit Control Type will
be CCN when the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch input is
On.
Refer to Appendix F for more detailed instructions regarding global schedules and the i-Vu® device.

ITEM EXPANSION
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select

PATH

Time
Clock SCH1 PER.1
or Time
Clock SCH2 PER.1

Time
Clock SCH1 PER.2
or Time
Clock SCH2 PER.2

Time
Clock SCH1 PER.3
or Time
Clock SCH2 PER.3

Time
Clock SCH1 PER.4
or Time
Clock SCH2 PER.4

Time
Clock SCH1 PER.5
or Time
Clock SCH2 PER.5

VALUE
00:00
03:00
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
07:00
18:00
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
07:00
21:30
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
07:00
17:00
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
07:00
12:00
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No

Table 19 — Configuring Holiday Schedules
for Navigator Display
ITEM
MON.1
DAY.1
DUR.1
MON.2
DAY.2
DUR.2

ITEM EXPANSION
Holiday Start Month
Holiday Start Day
Holiday Duration in Day
Holiday Start Month
Holiday Start Day
Holiday Duration in Day

PATH

VALUE
7
Time
4
Clock HOLI HOL.1
1
12
Time
25
Clock HOLI HOL.2
2

CCN Control — With CCN Operating Type control, the machine operates under CCN control as long as the Enable/Off/
Remote Contact Switch is in the Enable or Remote Contact
position (external contacts closed.) To operate under this
Operating Control, OPER must be set to CCN CONTROL. An
external CCN device, such as Chillervisor, controls the On/Off
state of the machine. When controlled by a Chillervisor, it is
recommended that the Auto Start When SM Lost (AU.SM) be
set to Yes.
Careful evaluation of Chilled Water Plant control should be
reviewed. In the event Local Control is established, be sure that
all pumps, valves, and other devices are capable of operating
properly. In the event of a loss of communication with the network, the machine will start and be controlled locally. The
CCN device forces the variable CHIL_S_S to control the chiller. The Unit Run Status (STAT) will indicate the current status
of the machine (OFF, RUNNING, STOPPING or DELAY),
depending on the CCN command. The unit Occupied status
(OCC) will indicate the current occupied state according to the
CCN command and will be displayed as either NO or YES.
The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will be LOCAL OFF
when the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch is Off. The Status
Unit Control Type will be CCN when the Enable/Off/Remote
Contact switch input is Closed and the CHIL_S_S variable is
Stop or Start.
For Dual Chiller Control applications, the Slave Chiller
must be enabled using the CCN CONTROL option.
ITEM
OPER
AU.SM

ITEM EXPANSION
Operating Control
Type
Auto Start when
SM Lost

PATH
Operating
Modes SLCT OPER

VALUE
CCN
CONTROL

Configuration SERV

YES

Table 20A — Cooling Set Point Selection
with Touch Pilot Display

Entering Fluid
Control

PATH
Service\
SERVICE1

LINE
NO.
5

ITEM EXPANSION
Entering Water
Control

Setpoint

Cooling Ice Setpoint

Setpoint

LINE NO.
VALUE
2
Range: 14 to 70 F
(–10.0 to 21.1 C)
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)
3
Range: 14 to 70 F
(–10.0 to 21.1 C)
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)
4
Range: -20 to 32 F
(–28.9 to 0 C)
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH

CSP.1 Cooling Setpoint 1

Setpoints COOL

CSP.2 Cooling Setpoint 2

Setpoints COOL

CSP.3 Ice Setpoint

Setpoints COOL

VALUE
Range: 14 to 70 F
(–10.0 to 21.1 C)
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)
Range: 14 to 70 F
(–10.0 to 21.1 C)
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)
Range: -20 to 32 F
(–28.9 to 0 C)
Default: 44 F (6.6 C)

In all cases, there are limits on what values are allowed for
each set point. These values depend on the Cooler Fluid Type
and the Brine Freeze Set point, discussed later. See Table 21.
Table 21 — Configuration Set Point Limits
SET POINT LIMITS
Minimum *
Maximum

COOLER FLUID TYPE
(COOLER FLUID TYPE, FLUD)
1, Water
2, Brine
38 F (3.3 C)
14 F (–10.0 C)
60 F (15.5 C)

*The minimum set point for Medium Temperature Brine applications
is related to the Brine Freeze Point. The set point is limited to be no
less than the Brine Freeze Point +5° F (2.8° C).

The Setpoint Select configuration can be set to five different
control options: Set Point Occupancy, Set Point 1, Set Point 2,
4-20 mA Input, and Dual Switch.

CAUTION
Brine duty application (below 40 F [4.4 C] LCWT) for
chiller normally requires factory modification. Contact a
Carrier Representative for details regarding specific
applications. Operation below 40 F (4.4 C) LCWT without modification can result in compressor failure.

VALUE
No = Leaving Water Control
Yes = Entering Water Control

PATH
Configuration SERV

Cooling Setpoint 2

ITEM

To configure this option for the Navigator™ display:
ITEM
EWTO

PATH
Setpoint

Table 20B — Cooling Set Point Selection
with Navigator Display

Entering Fluid Control Option — The factory default for the chilled water fluid set point is controlling to the
leaving water temperature. An option to configure the machine
for entering water control is available. The control operation
remains the same except the control point is focused on the
entering water temperature, rather than the leaving water temperature when configured.
To configure this option for the Touch Pilot™ display:
DISPLAY NAME

DISPLAY NAME
Cooling Setpoint 1

VALUE
No = Leaving
Water Control
Yes = Entering
Water Control

SET POINT OCCUPANCY — Set Point Occupancy is the
default configuration for the Setpoint Select variable. When
Setpoint Select (Setpoint Select, SP.SE) is configured to 0
(Setpoint Occ), the unit’s active set point is based on Cooling
Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1) during the occupied
period while operating under Time Schedule 1 (SCH1). If the
Time Schedule 2 (SCH2) is in use, the unit’s active set point is
based on Cooling Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1) during the occupied period and Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2) during the unoccupied period. See Tables 22
and 23.
To configure this option while using a Touch Pilot display:

Cooling Set Point Selection — Several options for

controlling the Leaving Chilled Water Set Point are offered and
are configured by the Cooling Set Point Select (Setpoint Select, SP.SE) variable. In addition to the Cooling Set Point Select, Ice Mode Enable discussed later in this book, and Heat
Cool Select (Heat/Cool Select, HC.SE) variables also have a
role in determining the set point of the machine. All units are
shipped from the factory with the Heat Cool Select set to 0.
All default set points are based on Leaving Water Control
(Entering Fluid Control, EWTO) set to No. Values must be
confirmed for the individual set points. Limits for the set points
are listed in the configurations noted below.
To configure these options for the Touch Pilot display, see
Table 20A. To configure these options for the Navigator display, see Table 20B.

DISPLAY NAME
Setpoint select

PATH
LINE NO.
VALUE
Status GENUNIT
25
0 (Setpoint Occupied)

To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.
When configured correctly, Setpoint Control (Setpoint Control, SP.SE) will indicate Auto.
To configure this option while using a Navigator display:
ITEM
SP.SE

ITEM EXPANSION
PATH
Setpoint Select
Operating Modes SLCT

VALUE
Setpoint Occ

Table 22 — Cooling Set Point Selection Touch Pilot™ Parameters
SET POINT
CONFIGURATION
(Setpoint Select)

ICE MODE
ENABLE
(ice_cnfg)
NO

0
(Auto)

YES

1 (Setp 1)
2 (Setp 2)
3 (4-20 mA)

—
—
—
NO

4 (Setp Sw)
YES

DUAL SET
POINT INPUT
(SETP_SW)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Closed

ICE DONE INPUT
(ICE_SW)

TIME
SCHEDULE 2

ACTIVE
SET POINT

—
—
Open
Closed
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Open
Closed

Occupied
Unoccupied
Unoccupied
Unoccupied
Occupied
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Cooling Setpoint 1
Cooling Setpoint 2
Cooling Ice Setpoint
Cooling Setpoint 2
Cooling Setpoint 1
Cooling Setpoint 1
Cooling Setpoint 2
4 to 20 mA Input
Cooling Setpoint 1
Cooling Setpoint 2
Cooling Setpoint 1
Cooling Ice Setpoint
Cooling Setpoint 2

Table 23 — Cooling Set Point Selection Navigator™ Parameters
PARAMETER STATUS
Control Method
(OPER)

Heat/Cool
Select (HC.SE)

LOCAL

COOL

CCN

COOL

Setpoint
Select (SP.SE)

Ice Mode
Enable (ICE.M)

Ice Done
(ICE.D)

Dual Setpoint
Switch (DUAL)

Setpoint Occ
Setpoint Occ
Setpoint Occ
Setpoint 1
Setpoint 2
4-20mA Setp
—
—
—
Dual Setp Sw
—
—

—
—
Enable
—
—
—
Enable
Enable
—
—
—
—

—
—
Open
—
—
—
Open
Closed
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
Closed
Closed
Open
Closed
—
—

Set Point 1 — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select, SP.SE)
is configured to 1 (Setpoint 1), the unit’s active set point is
based on Cooling Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1).
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME
Setpoint Select

PATH
Status GENUNIT

LINE
NO.
25

4 to 20 mA Input — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select,
SP.SE) is configured to 3 (4-20 mA Setp), the unit’s active set
point is based on an field supplied, external 4 to 20 mA signal
input to the Energy Management Module (EMM). Care should
be taken when interfacing with other manufacturer’s control
systems, due to power supply differences of full wave bridge
versus half wave rectification. The two different power supplies cannot be mixed. ComfortLink™ controls use half wave
rectification. A signal isolation device should be utilized if a
full wave bridge signal generating device is used.
The following equation is used to control the set point. See
Fig. 18.
Fahrenheit Set Point = 10 + 70(mA – 4)/16 (deg F)
Celsius Set Point = –12.2 + 38.9(mA – 4)/16 (deg C)
To configure this option while using a Touch Pilot display:

VALUE
1 (Set Point 1)

Set Point 2 — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select, SP.SE)
is configured to 2 (Setpoint 2), the unit’s active set point is
based on Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2).
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

Setpoint Select

Status GENUNIT

LINE
NO.
25

CSP.1
CSP.2
CSP.3
CSP.1
CSP.2
4_20mA
CSP.3
CSP.2
CSP.1
CSP.2
CSP.1
CSP.2

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION
PATH
VALUE
SP.SE Setpoint Select
Operating Modes SLCT Setpoint 2

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION
PATH
VALUE
SP.SE Setpoint Select
Operating Modes SLCT Setpoint 1

PATH

ACTIVE
SET POINT

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.
When configured correctly, Setpoint Control will indicate
Setp 1.
To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:

DISPLAY NAME

Setpoint
Occupied
(SP.OC)
Occupied
Unoccupied
Unoccupied
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Occupied
Unoccupied

VALUE

DISPLAY NAME

PATH

2 (Set Point 2)

Setpoint Select

Status GENUNIT

LINE
VALUE
NO.
25
3 (4-20 mA Input)

To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.
When configured correctly, Setpoint Control will indicate
4-20 mA.

To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.
When configured correctly, Setpoint Control (Status
GENUNIT) will indicate Setp 2.

70
Max LWT

Set Point

50
Min LWT, Cooler Fluid Type = 1, FLUD=Water
40

20
Min LWT, Cooler Fluid Type = 1, FLUD=Brine
10

0
0

A30-4830

mA Signal

Fig. 18 — 4 to 20 mA Set Point Control
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure this option while using a Navigator display:
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION
PATH
VALUE
SP.SE Setpoint Select
Operating Modes SLCT 4-20 mA Setp

DISPLAY
LINE VALUE
PATH
NAME
NO.
Cooler
Main Menu Service SERVICE1
1 1 = Water
Fluid Type

Dual Switch — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select,
SP.SE) is configured to 4 (Dual Setp Sw), the unit’s active set
point is based on Cooling Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1,
CSP.1) when the Dual Set Point switch contact is open and
Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2) when it is
closed.
To configure this option while using a Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME
Setpoint Select

PATH
Status GENUNIT

LINE
NO.

VALUE

4 (Dual
Setpoint Switch)

To configure this option with the Navigator display:
ITEM
FLUD

ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH
Operating Modes SLCT

PATH
Configuration SERV

VALUE
Water

BRINE OR GLYCOL OPERATION — Configure the unit
for Cooler Fluid Type (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD) to brine for
brine or glycol chilled water loops. This option will allow for a
set point temperature range of 14 to 60 F (–10.0 to 15.5 C).
Before configuring this selection, confirm that a suitable antifreeze has been added and is at a sufficient concentration to
protect the loop. Additionally, the Brine Freeze Set Point
(Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) must be set for proper freeze
protection operation. Set the Brine Freeze Set Point to the burst
protection provided by the glycol concentration. This value
will be Freeze Point for the fluid.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.
When configured correctly, Setpoint Control will indicate
Setp Sw.
To configure this option while using a Navigator display:
SP.SE Setpoint Select

ITEM EXPANSION
Cooler Fluid Type

VALUE
Dual
Setp Sw

DISPLAY
NAME
Cooler Fluid
Type
Brine Freeze
Setpoint

Chilled Water Fluid Type Selection — The chilled

water fluid must be configured. The fluid type must be configured to obtain the proper leaving water set point control range
and freeze protection. The Cooler Fluid Type (Cooler Fluid
Type, FLUD) can be set to water or brine.
FRESH WATER — Configure the unit for Cooler Fluid Type
(Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD) to water for units without brine or
glycol installed in the chilled water loop. The factory default
fluid type is fresh water. Use this option for fresh water systems. This will allow for a water temperature set point of 38 to
60 F (3.3 to 15.5 C). With water as the selection, the Freeze
Point is fixed at 34 F (1.1 C).

PATH
Main Menu

LINE
NO.

VALUE

 Service SERVICE1

2 = Brine

Main Menu

Dependent on
fluid concentration

 Service SERVICE1

To configure this option with the Navigator display:
ITEM ITEM EXPANSION
PATH
VALUE
FLUD Cooler Fluid Type Configuration SERV Brine
LOSP Brine Freeze
Configuration SERV Dependent on
Setpoint
fluid concentration

2 pumps, Pump 1 will be started on even days (such as day 2, 4,
or 6 of the month); Pump 2 will be started on odd days. The default for this option is PM.PS=NO.
The pump will continue to run for 60 seconds after an off
command is issued.
COOLER PUMP CONTROL CONFIGURATIONS
No Pump Control — To configure cooler pump control options with the Touch Pilot™ display:

Cooler Pump Control — It is required for all chillers

that the cooler pump control be utilized unless the chilled water
pump runs continuously or the chilled water system contains a
suitable concentration of antifreeze solution. When the Cooler
Pumps Sequence is configured, the cooler pump output will be
energized when the chiller enters an "ON" mode. The cooler
pump output is also energized when certain alarms are generated. The cooler pump output should be used as an override to
the external pump control if cooler pump control is not utilized.
The cooler pump output is energized if a P.01 Water Exchanger
Freeze Protection alarm is generated, which provides additional freeze protection if the system is not protected with a suitable
antifreeze solution.
The 30XW units can be configured for external cooler
pump control. Cooler Pumps Sequence is the variable that
must be confirmed in the field. Proper configuration of the
cooler pump control is required to provide reliable chiller operation. The factory default setting for Cooler Pumps Sequence is
0 (No Pump). The configuration settings for Cooler Pumps Sequence are 1 (1 pump only) for single pump control and 2 (2
pumps auto). Configuration settings 3 (PMP 1 Manual) and 4
(PMP 2 Manual) are for dual pump control only.
If the Cooler Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 1, the control will start the pump. If a flow failure is detected, the unit
will shut down and must be manually reset. If the Cooler
Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 2, the control will start the
lead pump and automatically alternate the operation of the
pumps to even the wear. If a flow failure is detected, the unit
will shut down and the lag pump will attempt to start. If flow is
established within the Unit Off to On Delay (DELY) period the
unit will restart automatically.
Two manual control options are also available. When the
Cooler Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 3, Cooler Pump 1
will always operate. If a flow failure is detected, the unit will
shut down and must be manually reset. When the Cooler
Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 4, Cooler Pump 2 will always operate. If a flow failure is detected, the unit will shut
down and must be manually reset.
For all Cooler Pumps Sequence (PUMP) settings (including
0), closure of both the chilled water flow switch (CWFS) and
the chilled water pump interlock contact (connected across
TB5 terminals 1 and 2) are required. In addition, for Cooler
Pumps Sequence settings of PUMP = 1, 2, 3, 4, normally open
auxiliary contacts for Pump 1 and Pump 2 (wired in parallel)
must be connected to the violet and pink wires located in the
harness from the MBB-J5C-CH18 connector. The wires in the
harness are marked "PMP1-13" and "PMP1-14". See the field
wiring diagram in the 30XW Installation Instructions.
Regardless of the cooler pump control option selected, if the
chilled water flow switch/interlock does not close within the
Unit Off to On Delay period after the unit is enabled and in an
ON mode, alarm P.91 will be generated. Other conditions
which will trigger this alarm include:
• Cooler pump interlock is open for at least 15 seconds during
chiller operation.
• Lag chiller in Master/Slave Control pump interlock does not
close after 1 minute of the pump start command.
• Cooler pump control is enabled and the chilled water flow
switch/interlock is closed for more than 2 minutes following
a command to shut down the pump.
The last alarm criterion can be disabled. If Flow Checked if
Pmp Off (Configuration OPTN P.LOC) is set to NO, the control will ignore the pump interlock input if the cooler pump
output is OFF.
The ComfortLink™ controls have the ability to periodically
start the pumps to maintain the bearing lubrication and seal integrity. If Pump Sticking Protection (Configuration OPTN
PM.PS) is set to YES, and if the unit is off at 2:00 PM, a pump
will be started once each day for 2 seconds. If the unit has

DISPLAY NAME
Cooler Pumps
Sequence

LINE
NO.

PATH
Main
Menu Config USER

VALUE
0 (No Pump
Control)

To configure cooler pump control options with the Navigator™ display:
ITEM
PUMP

ITEM EXPANSION
Cooler Pumps
Sequence

PATH

VALUE

Configuration OPTN

No Pump

Single Pump Control — To configure cooler pump control
options with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME

LINE
NO.

PATH

Cooler Pumps
Sequence

Main
Menu Config USER

Pump Sticking
Protection

Main
Menu Config USER

Flow Checked
if C Pump Off

Main
Menu Config USER

VALUE
1 (Single
Pump Control)
Default = No
No = Disabled
Yes = Enabled
Default = Yes
No = Disabled
Yes = Enabled

To configure cooler pump control options with the Navigator display:
ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION
Cooler Pumps
Sequence

Configuration OPTN

PM.PS

Periodic Pump
Start

Configuration OPTN

P.LOC

Flow Checked
if Pmp Off

Configuration OPTN

PUMP

PATH

VALUE
1 Pump Only
Default = No
No = Disabled
Yes = Enabled
Default = Yes
No = Disabled
Yes = Enabled

Dual Pump and Manual Control — To configure cooler
pump control options with the Touch Pilot™ display:
DISPLAY NAME

PATH

Cooler Pumps
Sequence

 Config USER

Main Menu

Pump Auto
Rotation Delay

 Config USER

Main Menu

Pump Sticking
Protection

 Config USER

Main Menu

Flow Checked
if C Pump Off

 Config USER

Main Menu

LINE
NO.
8
14
15

VALUE
2 (2 Pumps Automatic)
3 (Pump 1 Manual)
4 (Pump 2 Manual)
Default = 48 hours
Default = No
No = Disabled
Yes = Enabled
Default = Yes
No = Disabled
Yes = Enabled

To configure cooler pump control options with the Navigator™ display:
ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH

PUMP

Cooler Pumps
Sequence

Configuration OPTN

ROT.P

Pump Rotation
Delay

Configuration OPTN

PM.PS

Periodic Pump
Start

Configuration OPTN

P.LOC

Flow Checked
if Pmp Off

Configuration OPTN

VALUE
2 Pumps Auto
PMP1 Manual
PMP2 Manual
Default =
48 hours
Default = No
No = Disabled
Yes = Enabled
Default = Yes
No = Disabled
Yes = Enabled

The control will alternate between circuits to maintain the same
percentage of capacity on each circuit.
Staged Loading — If staged loading is selected, the circuit
which starts first will gradually load its slide valve to match
capacity requirements until the circuit is fully loaded. Once the
circuit is fully loaded and additional capacity is required, the
control will start an additional circuit fully unloaded. The control will gradually unload the circuit which was fully loaded to
match capacity requirements.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

Machine Start Delay — An option to delay the start of

the machine is also available. This parameter is useful in keeping multiple machines from starting at the same time in case of
a power failure. The parameter has a factory default of
1 minute. This parameter also has a role in the timing for a
chilled water flow switch alarm. The flow switch status is not
checked until the delay time has elapsed.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME
Unit Off to
On Delay

LINE
NO.

PATH
Main Menu
 Config USER

VALUE
Default = 1 Minute

DISPLAY NAME

To configure this option with the Navigator display:
ITEM
DELY

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH
Configuration OPTN

Minutes Off Time

Staged Loading
Sequence

VALUE
Default =
1 Minute

ITEM

The AquaForce® 30XW chillers employ one compressor per
circuit. As a result, circuit and compressor staging are the
same. The control has several control option parameters to load
the compressors. The circuit/compressor start can be configured as well as the loading of each circuit/compressor.
CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR STAGING — The control can be
configured to decide which circuit/compressor starts first, by
configuring Lead/Lag Circuit Select (Staged Loading
Sequence, LLCS). Three options for this variable are allowed:
Automatic Lead-Lag, Circuit A Leads or Circuit B Leads. The
factory default is Automatic Lead-Lag.
The automatic lead-lag function determines which circuit/
compressor starts. When enabled, the control will determine
which circuit/compressor starts to even the wear of the compressor. The compressor wear factor (combination of starts and
run hours) is used to determine which compressor starts.
Compressor Wear Factor = (Compressor Starts) + 0.1 (Compressor Run Hours)
The circuit/compressor with the lowest compressor wear
factor is the circuit that starts first.
If starting a particular circuit/compressor first is desired, that
can also be configured with the same variable.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

Circuit Loading
Sequence

LINE
NO.

PATH

Main Menu

 Config USER

LOAD

LLCS

ITEM EXPANSION
Lead/Lag
Circuit Select

PATH
Configuration

 OPTN

Default = No
No (Equal)
Yes (Staged)

ITEM EXPANSION
Loading Sequence
Select

PATH
Configuration OPTN

VALUE
Default = Equal
Equal
Staged

Minimum Load Control — Minimum Load Control
can be a factory-installed option or a field-installed accessory.
If installed, and its operation is desired, the Minimum Load
Control must be enabled. Once enabled, the valve will be operational only during the first stage of cooling.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME

Hot Gas
Bypass Select

LINE
NO.

PATH
Main
Menu Service
 FACTORY

VALUE
Default = No
No (No Minimum
Load Control)
Yes (Minimum Load
Control Installed)

A power cycle is required for the values to take effect.
To configure this option with the Navigator display:
ITEM

ITEM
EXPANSION

Hot Gas
HGBP Bypass Select

PATH
Configuration UNIT

VALUE
No = No Minimum
Load Control
Yes = Minimum Load
Control Installed

A power cycle is required for the values to take effect.

Dual Chiller Control — The dual chiller routine is

available for the control of two units installed in series or parallel supplying chilled fluid on a common loop. One chiller must
be configured as the master chiller, the other as the slave chiller. An additional leaving fluid temperature thermistor (dual
chiller LWT) must be installed in the common chilled water
piping as described in the Installation Instructions for both the
master and slave chillers. See the Field Wiring section in the
30XW Installation Instructions for dual chiller LWT sensor
control wiring.
The control algorithm relies on several parameters that must
be field configured for operation. Both chillers must be on the
same Carrier Comfort Network® bus with different addresses.
On both chillers, Master/Slave Select (Master/Slave Select,
MSSL) must be enabled. The water piping arrangement, Chillers in Series (Chiller in Series, SERI), must be configured.
The master chiller must be programmed with the Slave Chiller
Address (Slave Address, SLVA). Additional optional programming parameters may be configured to meet application
requirements.
Lead/Lag Balance Select (Lead Lag Select, LLBL) determines which chiller is the lead machine. The options are Always Lead, Lag if Fail, and Runtime Select. Under Runtime
Select control, the lead chiller will change based on the time increment selected in the Lead/Lag Balance Delta configuration
(Lead/Lag Balance Data, LLBD). If the run hour difference

VALUE
0 (Automatic Lead-lag)
1 (Circuit A Leads)
2 (Circuit B Leads)
Default = 0
(Automatic Lead-lag)

To configure this option with the Navigator display:
ITEM

Main
Menu Config USER

VALUE

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:

Circuit/Compressor Staging and Loading —

DISPLAY NAME

LINE
NO.

PATH

VALUE
Range: Automatic,
Cir A Leads,
Cir B Leads,
Cir C Leads
Default – Automatic

CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR LOADING — The control can
be configured to stage the circuit/compressors. The Loading
Sequence Select (Circuit Loading Sequence, LOAD) setting
determines how the control will perform loading. The configuration can be set to Equal or Staged.
Equal Loading — With Equal loading, the circuit which starts
first will maintain the minimum stage of capacity with the slide
valve fully unloaded. When additional capacity is required, the
next circuit with the lowest compressor wear factor is started
with its slide valve at minimum position. As additional capacity is required, the slide valve for a circuit will be adjusted in
approximately 5% increments to match capacity requirements.
29

Minimum Running Time, LAG.M). This parameter causes
the control to run the lag chiller for the programmed minimum
on time. The Lag Unit Pump Select (Lag Unit Pump Control,
LAGP) can be configured such that the pump can be on or off
while the chiller is off. This parameter is only active in Parallel
Chiller Operation.
For units with a Touch Pilot display, two additional steps
must be completed to start the machine. On the master chiller,
the Master Control Type must be configured for the start control defined in the Machine Control configuration. To start the
machines, the master chiller must be started with the Start/Stop
button and Master Mode selected. The slave chiller must be
started with the CCN Mode selected.
Each application, Parallel and Series, are described separately below.
DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR PARALLEL APPLICATIONS — To configure the master chiller for parallel
applications using the Touch Pilot display, see Table 24. To
configure the master chiller for parallel applications using the
Navigator display, see Table 25. A power cycle is required for
the values to take effect.
To configure the slave chiller for parallel applications using
the Touch Pilot display, see Table 26. To configure the slave
chiller for parallel applications using the Navigator display, see
Table 27.

between the master and the slave remains less than the Lead/
Lag Balance Delta, the chiller designated as the lead will
remain the lead chiller. The Lead/Lag changeover between the
master and the slave chiller due to hour balance will occur during chiller operating odd days, such as day 1, day 3, and day 5
of the month, at 12:00 a.m. If a lead chiller is not designated,
the master chiller will always be designated the lead chiller.
The dual chiller control algorithm has the ability to delay
the start of the lag chiller in two ways. The Lead Pulldown
Time parameter (Lead Pulldown Type, LPUL) is a one-time
time delay initiated after starting the lead chiller, before
checking whether to start an additional chiller. This time delay
gives the lead chiller a chance to remove the heat that the
chilled water loop picked up while being inactive during an unoccupied period. The second time delay, Lead/Lag Delay (Lag
Start Timer, LLDY) is a time delay imposed between the last
stage of the lead chiller and the start of the lag chiller. This prevents enabling the lag chiller until the lead/lag delay timer has
expired.
A quicker start of the lag chiller can be accomplished by
configuring the Start if Error Higher parameter (Start if Error
Higher, LL.ER). If the difference between the common leaving water temperature and the set point is greater than the configured value, then the lag chiller will start.
A minimum on time for the lag chiller can be programmed
with the Lag Minimum Running Time configuration (Lag

Table 24 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Touch Pilot™ Display
DISPLAY NAME

PATH

LINE NO.

Master/Slave Select

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Master Control Type

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Slave Address

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead Lag Select

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead/Lag Balance Delta

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Start Timer

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead Pulldown Time

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Start If Error Higher

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Minimum Running Time

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Unit Pump Control

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Chiller In Series

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

VALUE
1 (Master)
Default: 0 (Disable)
1=Local Control
2=Remote Control
3=CCN Control
Default: 1
Configure for proper control type.
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.
The master and slave chiller must have
different addresses and be on the same
Bus Number
Default: 2
0 (Master Always Leads)
1 (Lag Once Failed Only)
2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)
Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)
Range: 40 to 400 hours
Default: 168 hours
Range: 2 to 30 minutes
Default: 10 minutes
Range: 0 to 60 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)
Range: 0 to 150 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
0 (Stop If Unit Stops)
1 (Run If Unit Stops)
Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)
Default: No
Value: No

Table 25 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Navigator™ Display
ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH

MSSL

Master/Slave Select

Configuration RSET

SLVA

Slave Address

Configuration RSET

LLBL

Master Lead Lag Select

Configuration RSET

LLBD

Lead/Lag Balance Delta

Configuration RSET

LLDY

Lag Start Delay

Configuration RSET

LL.ER

Start If Error Higher

Configuration RSET

LAG.M

Lag Unit Pump Select

Configuration RSET

LPUL

Lead Pulldown Time

Configuration RSET

SERI

Chillers in Series

Configuration RSET

OPER

Operating Control Type

Operating Modes SLCT

VALUE
Master
Default: Disable
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.
The master and slave chiller must have
different addresses and be on the same
Bus Number
Default: 2
Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail, Runtime Sel
Default: Always Lead
Range: 40 to 400 hours
Default: 168 hours
Range: 2 to 30 minutes
Default: 10 minutes
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)
Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop
Default: Off If U Stp
Range: 0 to 60 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
No
Default: No
Set to desired control

Table 26 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Touch Pilot™ Display
DISPLAY NAME

PATH

LINE NO.

Master/Slave Select

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Master Control Type

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Slave Address

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead Lag Select

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead/Lag Balance Delta

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Start Timer

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead Pulldown Time

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Start If Error Higher

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Minimum Running Time

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Unit Pump Control

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Chiller In Series

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

VALUE
2 (Slave)
Default: 0 (Disable)
1 (Local Control)
2 (Remote Control)
3 (CCN Control)
Default: 1
Configure for proper control type.
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.
The master and slave chiller must have
different addresses and be on the same
Bus Number
Default: 2
0 (Master Always Leads)
1 (Lag Once Failed Only)
2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)
Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)
Range: 40 to 400 hours
Default: 168 hours
Range: 2 to 30 minutes
Default: 10 minutes
Range: 0 to 60 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)
Range: 0 to 150 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
0 (Stop If Unit Stops)
1 (Run If Unit Stops)
Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)
No
Default: No

configure the master chiller for series applications using the
Navigator™ display, see Table 29. A power cycle is required
for the values to take effect.
To configure the slave chiller for series applications using
the Touch Pilot™ display, see Table 30. To configure the slave
chiller for series applications using the Navigator™ display,
see Table 31.

DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR PARALLEL
CHILLER APPLICATIONS — It is recommended that a
dedicated pump be used for each unit. The chiller must start
and stop its own water pump located on its own piping. If
pumps are not dedicated for each chiller, chiller isolation
valves are required and each chiller must open and close its
own isolation valve.
DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR SERIES APPLICATIONS — To configure the master chiller for series applications using the Touch Pilot™ display, see Table 28. To

Table 27 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Navigator™ Display
ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH

MSSL

Master/Slave Select

Configuration RSET

SLVA

Slave Address

Configuration RSET

LLBL

Master Lead Lag Select

Configuration RSET

LLBD

Lead/Lag Balance Delta

Configuration RSET

LLDY

Lag Start Delay

Configuration RSET

LL.ER

Start If Error Higher

Configuration RSET

LAG.M

Lag Unit Pump Select

Configuration RSET

LPUL

Lead Pulldown Time

Configuration RSET

SERI

Chillers in Series

Configuration RSET

OPER

Operating Control Type

Operating Modes SLCT

VALUE
Slave
Default: Disable
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.
The master and slave chiller must have
different addresses and be on the same
Bus Number
Default: 2
Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail, Runtime Sel
Default: Always Lead
Range: 40 to 400 hours
Default: 168 hours
Range: 2 to 30 minutes
Default: 10 minutes
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)
Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop
Default: Off If U Stp
Range: 0 to 60 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
No,
Default: No
CCN Control

Table 28 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Touch Pilot Display
DISPLAY NAME

PATH

LINE NO.

Master/Slave Select

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Master Control Type

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Slave Address

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead Lag Select

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead/Lag Balance Delta

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Start Timer

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead Pulldown Time

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Start If Error Higher

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Minimum Running Time

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Unit Pump Control

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Chiller In Series

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

VALUE
1 (Master)
Default: 0 (Disable)
1 (Local Control)
2 (Remote Control)
3 (CCN Control)
Default: 1 (Local Control)
Value: Configure for proper control type.
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.
The master and slave chiller must have
different addresses and be on the same
Bus Number
Default: 2
0 (Master Always Leads)
1 (Lag Once Failed Only)
2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)
Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)
Range: 40 to 400 hours
Default: 168 hours
Range: 2 to 30 minutes
Default: 10 minutes
Range: 0 to 60 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)
Range: 0 to 150 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
0 (Stop If Unit Stops)
1 (Run If Unit Stops)
Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)
Yes
Default: No

Table 29 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Navigator™ Display
ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH

MSSL

Master/Slave Select

Configuration RSET

SLVA

Slave Address

Configuration RSET

LLBL

Master Lead Lag Select

Configuration RSET

LLBD

Lead/Lag Balance Delta

Configuration RSET

LLDY

Lag Start Delay

Configuration RSET

LL.ER

Start If Error Higher

Configuration RSET

LAG.M

Lag Unit Pump Select

Configuration RSET

LPUL

Lead Pulldown Time

Configuration RSET

SERI

Chillers in Series

Configuration RSET

OPER

Operating Control Type

Operating Modes SLCT

Table 30 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Touch Pilot™ Display
DISPLAY NAME

PATH

LINE NO.

Master/Slave Select

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Master Control Type

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Slave Address

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead Lag Select

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead/Lag Balance Delta

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Start Timer

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lead Pulldown Time

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Start If Error Higher

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Minimum Running Time

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Lag Unit Pump Control

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

Chiller In Series

Main Menu Config MST_SLV

VALUE
2 (Slave)
Default: 0 (Disable)
1 (Local Control)
2 (Remote Control)
3 (CCN Control)
Default: 1 (Local Control)
Value: Configure for proper control type.
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.
The master and slave chiller must have
different addresses and be on the same
Bus Number
Default: 2
0 (Master Always Leads)
1 (Lag Once Failed Only)
2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)
Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)
Range: 40 to 400 hours
Default: 168 hours
Range: 2 to 30 minutes
Default: 10 minutes
Range: 0 to 60 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)
Range: 0 to 150 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
0 (Stop If Unit Stops)
1 (Run If Unit Stops)
Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)
Yes
Default: No

Table 31 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Navigator Display
ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH

MSSL

Master/Slave Select

Configuration RSET

SLVA

Slave Address

Configuration RSET

LLBL

Master Lead Lag Select

Configuration RSET

LLBD

Lead/Lag Balance Delta

Configuration RSET

LLDY

Lag Start Delay

Configuration RSET

LL.ER

Start If Error Higher

Configuration RSET

LAG.M

Lag Unit Pump Select

Configuration RSET

LPUL

Lead Pulldown Time

Configuration RSET

SERI

Chillers in Series

Configuration RSET

OPER

Operating Control Type

Operating Modes SLCT

Under normal operation, the chiller will maintain a constant
entering or leaving fluid temperature, based on the configuration, approximately equal to the chilled fluid set point. As the
cooler load varies, the cooler fluid temperature difference will
change in proportion to the load. For example, if the chiller was
selected for a Entering to Leaving Water Temperature
difference of 10 F (5.5 C) at full load, at 50% load the temperature difference would be 5 F (2.2 C). See Fig. 19. Because the
change in temperature through the cooler is a measure of the
building load, the temperature difference reset is the average
building load. Usually the chiller size and fluid temperature set
point are selected based on a full-load condition. At part load,
the fluid temperature set point may be lower than required. If
the fluid temperature were allowed to increase at part load, the
efficiency of the machine would increase. The chiller can also
be set for return water temperature control. See Fig. 20.
Other indirect means of estimating building load and controlling temperature reset are also available and are discussed
below.
To verify that reset is functioning correctly, subtract the Setpoint Select (Current Setpoint, SETP) from the Control Point
(Control Point, CTPT) to determine the degrees reset.
RETURN WATER RESET — The control system is capable
of performing fluid temperature reset based on cooler fluid
temperature difference. Because the change in temperature
through the cooler is a measure of the building load, the temperature difference reset is, in effect, an average building load
reset method.
Return Water Temperature Reset allows for the chilled
water temperature set point to be reset upward as a function of
the fluid temperature difference (building load).
NOTE: Return Water Temperature Reset should not be used
with variable cooler flow rate systems.
To use Return Water Temperature Reset, four variables
must be configured. Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset
Select, CRST) must be enabled. The variable Delta T No Reset
Temp (Delta T No Reset Value, CRT1) should be set to the
cooler temperature difference (T) where no chilled water temperature reset should occur. The variable Delta T Full Reset
Temp (Delta T Full Reset Value, CRT2) should be set to the
cooler temperature difference where the maximum chilled
water temperature reset should occur. The variable Degrees
Cool Reset (Cooling Reset Deg. Value, DGRC) should be set
to the maximum amount of reset desired.

DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR SERIES
CHILLER APPLICATIONS — Pump control for series chiller applications is controlled by the master chiller only. The
control of the slave chiller is directed through commands emitted by the master chiller. The slave chiller has no action in
master/slave operations. The slave chiller only verifies that
CCN communication with the master chiller is present. See the
Dual Chiller Sequence of Operation section on page 54.

Ramp Loading — Ramp Loading limits the rate of
change of the leaving fluid temperature. If the unit is in a Cooling mode and configured for Ramp Loading Select (Ramp
Loading Select, RL.S), the control makes two comparisons
before deciding to increase capacity. First, the control calculates the temperature difference between the control point and
leaving fluid temperature. If the difference is greater than 4° F
(2.2° C) and the rate of change (°F or °C per minute) is more
than the configured Cool Ramp Loading rate (Cooling Ramp
Loading, CRMP), then the control does not allow any increase
of capacity.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME
PATH
Ramp Loading
Main Menu
Select
 Config USER
Cooling Ramp
Loading

LINE NO.

Main Menu

 Setpoint

5
14

VALUE
Yes
Range: 0.2 to 2.0 °F
(0.1 to 1.1 °C)
Default: 1.0 °F (0.5 °C)

To configure this option with the Navigator display:
ITEM
RL.S

ITEM
PATH
EXPANSION
Ramp Load
Configuration OPTN
Select

Cool Ramp
CRMP Loading

Setpoints COOL

VALUE
Slave
Default: Disable
Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.
The master and slave chiller must have
different addresses and be on the same
Bus Number
Default: 2
Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail,
Runtime Sel
Default: Always Lead
Range: 40 to 400 hours
Default: 168 hours
Range: 2 to 30 minutes
Default: 10 minutes
Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)
Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)
Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop
Default: Off If U Stp
Range: 0 to 60 minutes
Default: 0 minutes
YES
Default: NO
CCN Control

VALUE
Yes
Range: 0.2 to 2.0 °F
(0.1 to 1.1 °C)
Default: 1.0 °F (0.5 °C)

Temperature Reset — Temperature reset is a value
added to the basic leaving fluid temperature set point and the
resulting sum of these values is the new control point. When a
non-zero temperature reset is applied, the chiller controls to the
new control point, not the set point. The type of temperature reset is configured with the Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset
Select, CRST) variable. Types of temperature reset are available: Return Water Reset, Space Temperature Reset, and 4-20
mA Temperature Reset.
35

In the space temperature reset example in Fig. 22, 0° F
(0° C) chilled water set point reset at 72 F (22.2 C) space
temperature and 6° F (3.3° C) reset at 68 F (20.0 C) space
temperature.
4-20 mA TEMPERATURE RESET — The control system is
also capable of temperature reset based on an externally powered 4 to 20 mA signal. The Energy Management Module
(EMM) is required for temperature reset using a 4 to 20 mA
signal.
To use 4-20 mA Temperature Reset, four variables must be
configured. Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset Select, CRST)
must be enabled. The milliamp signal at which no temperature
reset is required, Current No Reset Value (Current No Reset
Value, CRV1), must be set. The milliamp signal at which full
temperature reset is required, Current Full Reset Value (Current Full Reset Value, CRV2), must be set. Finally, the
amount of temperature reset desired, Degrees Cool Reset
(Cooling Reset Deg. Value, DRGC), must be set.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:
DISPLAY NAME

PATH

LINE NO.

Cooling Reset
Select

Main
Menu Config USER

Delta T No
Reset Temp
Delta T Full
Reset Temp
Cooling Reset
Deg. Value

Main
Menu Setpoint SETPOINT
Main
Menu Setpoint SETPOINT
Main
Menu Setpoint SETPOINT

19
7
8
13

VALUE
Default =0
(No Reset)
2 (Delta T)
Default =
0 F (0 C)
Default =
0 F (0 C)
Default =
0 F (0 C)

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:
ITEM
CRST
CRT1
CRT2
DGRC

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH

Cooling Reset
Type

Configuration RSET

Delta T No
Reset Temp
Delta T Full
Reset Temp
Degrees Cool
Reset

Setpoints COOL
Setpoints COOL
Setpoints COOL

VALUE
Default =
No Reset
Delta T Temp
Default =
0 F (0 C)
Default =
0 F (0 C)
Default =
0 F (0 C)

CAUTION
Care should be taken when interfacing with other control
systems due to possible power supply differences such as a
full wave bridge versus a half wave rectification. Connection of control devices with different power supplies may
result in permanent damage. The ComfortLink™ controls
incorporate power supplies with half wave rectification. A
signal isolation device should be utilized if the signal generator incorporates a full wave bridge rectifier.

In the example in Fig. 21 using Return Water Temperature
Reset, the chilled water temperature will be reset by 5° F
(2.8° C) when the Fluid Temperature Difference is 2° F
(1.1° C) and 0° F (0° C) reset when the Temperature Difference
is 10° F.
SPACE TEMPERATURE RESET — The control system is
also capable of temperature reset based on space temperature
(SPT). An accessory sensor must be used for SPT reset
(33ZCT55SPT). The Energy Management Module (EMM) is
also required for temperature reset using space temperature.
To use Space Temperature Reset, four variables must be
configured. Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset Select, CRST)
must be enabled. The space temperature at which no temperature reset is required, Space T No Reset Temp (Space T No
Reset Value, CRS1) must be set. The space temperature at
which full temperature reset is required, Space T Full Reset
Temp (Space T Full Reset Value, CRS2) must be set. Finally,
the amount of temperature reset desired, Degrees Cool Reset
(Cooling Reset Deg. Value, DRGC), must be set.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME

LINE
NO.

PATH

Cooling Reset
Select

Main Menu
 Config USER

Space T No
Reset Value
Space T Full
Reset Value
Cooling Reset
Deg. Value

Main Menu
 Setpoint SETPOINT
Main Menu
 Setpoint SETPOINT
Main Menu
 Setpoint SETPOINT

19
11
12
13

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:
DISPLAY NAME

ITEM EXPANSION

CRST

Cooling Reset Type

CRS1

Space T No Reset
Temp
Space T Full Reset
Temp

CRS2
DGRC

Degrees Cool Reset

PATH
Configuration RSET
Setpoints COOL
Setpoints COOL
Setpoints COOL

LINE NO.

Cooling Reset
Select

 Config USER

Main Menu

Current No
Reset Value
Current Full
Reset Value
Cooling Reset
Deg. Value

 Setpoint SETPOINT

Main Menu

Main Menu
 Setpoint SETPOINT
Main Menu
 Setpoint SETPOINT

VALUE
Default =0
(No Reset)
3 (4-20mA
Control)

Default = 0.0

Default =
0.0 F (0.0 C)

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:
VALUE
ITEM

Default =0
(No Reset)
4 (Space Temp)
Default =
14 F (–10 C)
Default =
14 F (–10 C)
Default =
0 F (0 C)

CRST
CRV1
CRV2
DGRC

To configure this option with the Navigator display:
ITEM

PATH

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH

Cooling Reset
Type

Configuration RSET

VALUE
Default =
No Reset
4-20mA Input

Current No
Reset Temp
Current Full
Reset Temp
Degrees Cool
Reset

Setpoints COOL

Default = 0.0

Setpoints COOL

Default = 0.0

Setpoints COOL

Default = 0.0

In the example in Fig. 23, at 4 mA no reset takes place and
at 20 mA, 5° F (2.8° C) chilled water set point reset is required.

VALUE
Default =
No Reset
Space Temp
Default =
14 F (–10 C)
Default =
14 F (–10 C)
Default =
0 F (0 C)

Fluid Temperature (deg F)

52
EWT
50

Design
Rise
(typical)

46
LWT
44

40
0

100

a30-4066

% Load

Fig. 19 — Leaving Chilled Water Temperature Control

56
EWT
54

Fluid Temperature (deg F)

50
Design
Rise
(typical)

LWT
48

40
0

% Load

Fig. 20 — Return Water Temperature Control Load Profile

100 a30-4478

Degrees Reset (deg F)

Cooling
Reset
Deg. Value,
DGRC

Delta T No Reset Temp,
CRT1

Delta T Full Reset Temp,
CRT2

0
2

Entering-Leaving Water Temperature (deg F)

10
a30-4479

Fig. 21 — Return Water Reset

Degrees Reset (deg F)

4
Cooling Reset
Deg. Value,
DGRC

Space T No Reset Value,
CRS1

2
Space T Full Reset Value,
CRS2

0
60

70
Space Temperature (deg F)

Fig. 22 — Space Temperature Reset

80
a30-4481

Degrees Reset (deg F)

4
Cooling Reset
Deg. Value,
DGRC

Current No Reset Value,
CRV1

2
Current Full Reset Value,
CRV2

0
0

a30-4482

mA Signal

Fig. 23 — 4 to 20 mA Temperature Reset

Demand Limit — Demand limit is a feature that allows

To use demand limit, select the type of demand limiting to
use by configuring the Demand Limit Select variable (Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC) to Switch. Configure the
Demand Limit set points based on the type selected.
Switch Controlled (Capacity Based) — If using 2-step demand limit control, an energy management module must be installed. One-step demand limit control does not require the energy management module. To configure Demand Limit for
switch control, three parameters for 1-step switch control must
be configured. For 2-step control, four parameters must be
configured. The parameters are: the type of Demand Limit
Selection (Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the setting
for Switch Limit Set Point 1 (Switch Limit Setpoint 1, DLS1),
The setting for Switch Limit Set Point 2 (Switch Limit Setpoint 2, DLS2), and Current Limit Select (Current Limit Select, CUR.S). Current Limit Select must be set to NO.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

the unit capacity to be limited during periods of peak energy
usage. This allows the owner to keep energy costs down. There
are three types of demand limiting that can be configured. The
first type is through 2-step switch control, which will reduce
the maximum capacity to 2 user configurable percentages. The
second type is by 4 to 20 mA signal input which will reduce the
maximum capacity linearly between 100% at a 4 mA input
signal (no reduction) down to the user-configurable level at a
20 mA input signal. The third type uses the CCN Loadshed
module and has the ability to limit the current operating capacity to maximum and further reduce the capacity if required. Demand limit control can be based on a calculated capacity level
or by compressor current level.
NOTE: If using the compressor current level for demand limit,
take into account the other power draws such as the condenserfan motors when determining the limit value desired.
SWITCH CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT — The control system is capable of demand limit based on a field-supplied switch for 1-step demand limit or 2 switches for 2-step
demand limit. One-step demand limit is standard. The 2-step
switch control of demand limiting requires the Energy Management Module (EMM). Demand limit steps are controlled
by two relay switch inputs field wired to TB5-5 and TB5-14
for Switch 1 and TB6-14 and TB6-15 for Switch 2.
For demand limit by switch control, closing the first demand limit contact will put the unit on the first demand limit
level, either by capacity or compressor current. The unit will
not exceed the percentage of capacity or compressor current
entered as Demand Limit Switch 1 set point. Closing contacts
on the second demand limit switch prevents the unit from exceeding the demand limit entered as Demand Limit Switch 2
set point. The demand limit percent capacity or compressor
current that is set to the lowest demand takes priority if both demand limit inputs are closed. If the demand limit percentage
does not match unit operation, the unit will limit capacity or
current to the closest step without exceeding the value.

DISPLAY NAME
PATH
Demand Limit
Config USER
Type Select
Switch Limit
Setpoints SETPOINT
Setpoint 1

LINE NO.
24
33

Switch Limit
Setpoint 2

Setpoints SETPOINT

Current Limit
Select

Config USER

VALUE
1 (Switch Control)
Default = 0 (None)
Default = 100%
(Not required
for 1-Step)
Default = 100%
No
Default = No

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:
ITEM
DMDC
DLS1
DLS2

ITEM EXPANSION
Demand Limit
Select
Switch Limit
Setpoint 1
Switch Limit
Setpoint 2

Current Limit
CUR.S Select

Configuration RSET

PATH

VALUE
SWITCH
Default = NONE

Setpoints MISC

Default = 100%

Setpoints MISC
Configuration OPTN

(Not required
for 1-Step)
Default = 100%
NO
Default: NO

In the following example, 2-step demand limit based on
capacity is desired with the first switch closure limiting the
capacity to 60%. The second switch closure is to limit the
capacity to 40%. Demand Limit Switch 1 is 60% and Demand
Limit Switch 2 is 40%.
TOUCH PILOT DISPLAY
Display Name
Value
Demand Limit Type Select
1
Switch Limit Setpoint 1
60%
Switch Limit Setpoint 2
40%
Current Limit Select
No

CAUTION
Care should be taken when interfacing with other control
systems due to possible power supply differences such as a
full wave bridge versus a half wave rectification. Connection of control devices with different power supplies may
result in permanent damage. ComfortLink™ controls
incorporate power supplies with half wave rectification. A
signal isolation device should be utilized if the signal generator incorporates a full wave bridge rectifier.

NAVIGATOR DISPLAY
Item
Value
DMDC
SWITCH
DSL1
60%
DSL2
40%
CUR.S
NO

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

Switch Controlled (Current Based) — If using 2-step demand limit control, an energy management module must be
installed. One-step demand limit control does not require the
energy management module. Four parameters for 1-step switch
control must be configured. For 2-step control, five parameters
must be configured. The parameters are: the type of Demand
Limit Selection (Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the
setting for Switch Limit Set Point 1 (Switch Limit Setpoint 1,
DLS1), the setting for Switch Limit Set Point 2 (Switch Limit
Setpoint 2, DLS2), the Current Limit Select (Current Limit
Select, CUR.S), and the Compressor Current limit at 100%
signal, (Current Limit at 100%, CUR.F).
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME

LINE
NO.

PATH

DISPLAY NAME
Demand Limit
Type Select
mA For 100%
Demand Limit
mA For 0%
Demand Limit
Current Limit
Select

Demand Limit
Type Select

Config USER

Switch Limit
Setpoint 1

Setpoints SETPOINT

Default = 100%

Switch Limit
Setpoint 2

Setpoints SETPOINT

Current Limit
Select
Current Limit
at 100%

Config USER

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH

DMDC

Demand Limit
Select

Configuration RSET

DSL1

Switch Limit
Setpoint 1

Setpoints MISC

DSL2

Switch Limit
Setpoint 2

Setpoints MISC

Current Limit
Select
Current Limit
at 100%

Configuration OPTN

CUR.S
CUR.F

Configuration OPTN

VALUE
2 (4-20mA Control)
Default = 0 (None)

Config USER

Default = 0.0 mA

Config USER

Default = 10.0 mA

Config USER

No
Default = No

ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION
Demand
DMDC Select Limit
DMMX mA for 100%
Demand Lim
mA for 0%
DMZE Demand Limit
Limit
CUR.S Current
Select

PATH
Configuration RSET
Configuration RSET
Configuration RSET
Configuration OPTN

VALUE
4-20MA INPUT
Default = NONE
Default =
0.0 mA
Default =
10.0 mA
NO
Default: NO

In the following example, a 4 mA signal is Demand Limit
100% and a 20 mA Demand Limit signal is 0%. The 4 to
20 mA signal is connected to TB6-1 and TB6-2. The demand
limit is a linear interpolation between the two values entered. In
Fig. 24, if the machine receives a 12 mA signal, the machine
controls will limit the capacity to 50%.
EXTERNALLY POWERED (4 to 20 mA) CURRENT
BASED DEMAND LIMIT — The energy management
module is required for 4 to 20 mA demand limit control. An
externally powered 4 to 20 mA signal must be connected to
TB6-1 and TB6-2. To configure demand limit for 4 to 20 mA
control based on compressor current, five parameters must be
configured. The parameters are: the type of Demand Limit
Selection (Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the current at
which 100% capacity limit takes place (mA For 100%
Demand Limit, DMMX), the current at which 0% capacity
limit takes place (mA For 0% Demand Limit, DMZE), the
Current Limit Selection (Current Limit Select, CUR.S), and
the Compressor Current limit at 100% signal (Current Limit
at 100%, CUR.F).
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

(Not required
for 1-Step)
Default = 100%
Yes
Default = No
Default =
2000.0 Amps

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:
ITEM

LINE NO.

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

VALUE
1 (Switch Control)
Default = 0
(None)

PATH

VALUE
SWITCH
Default =
NONE
Default =
100%
(Not required
for 1-Step)
Default =
100%
NO
Default: NO
Default =
2000

EXTERNALLY POWERED (4 to 20 mA) CAPACITY
BASED DEMAND LIMIT — The energy management
module is required for 4 to 20 mA demand limit control. An
externally powered 4 to 20 mA signal must be connected to
TB6-1 and TB6-2. To configure demand limit for 4 to 20 mA
control based on unit capacity, four parameters must be configured. The parameters are: the type of Demand Limit Selection
(Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the current at which
100% capacity limit takes place (mA For 100% Demand
Limit, DMMX), the current at which 0% capacity limit takes
place (mA For 0% Demand Limit, DMZE), and the Current
Limit Selection (Current Limit Select, CUR.S).

DISPLAY NAME
Demand Limit
Type Select
mA For 100%
Demand Limit
mA For 0%
Demand Limit
Current Limit
Select
Current Limit
at 100%

PATH

LINE NO.

VALUE
2 (4-20mA Control)
Default = 0 (None)

Config USER

Default = 0.0 mA

Config USER

Default = 10.0 mA

Config USER

Yes
Default = No

Config USER

Default = 2000.0 Amps

100
90
80

% Demand Limit

70
60

mA For 0% Demand Limit,
DMZE

50
40
30
mA For 100% Demand Limit,
DMMX

20
10
0
0

12
8
10
mA Demand Limit Signal

20
a30-4831

Fig. 24 — 4 to 20 mA Demand Limit (Capacity)
Ice Setpoint, CSP.3) is used during the unoccupied period
while ice is building (Ice Done Switch is open).
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure this option with the Navigator display:
ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION

PATH

Demand Limit
Select

Configuration RSET

mA for 100%
DMMX Demand Lim
for 0%
DMZE mA
Demand Limit
CUR.S Current Limit
Select
Current Limit
CUR.F at 100%

Configuration RSET

DMDC

Configuration RSET
Configuration OPTN
Configuration OPTN

VALUE
4-20MA INPUT
Default =
NONE
Default =
0.0 mA
Default =
10.0 mA
YES
Default: NO
Default =
2000

DISPLAY NAME
Ice Mode Enable

PATH
Config USER

LINE NO.
42

VALUE
Yes

To configure this option with the Navigator display:
ITEM
ICE.M

ITEM EXPANSION
Ice Mode Enable

PATH
Configuration OPTN

VALUE
ENBL

A power cycle is required for the values to take effect.

In the following example, a 4 mA signal is Demand Limit
for compressor current is 2000 amps and a 20 mA Demand
Limit signal corresponds with a compressor current of 0 amps.
The 4 to 20 mA signal is connected to TB6-1 and TB6-2. The
demand limit is a linear interpolation between the two values
entered. If the machine receives a 12 mA signal, the machine
controls will limit the total compressor current capacity to
1000 amps. See Fig. 25.
CCN LOADSHED CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT —
To configure Demand Limit for CCN Loadshed control, the
unit Operating Type Control must be in CCN control. With the
Touch Pilot™ display, the machine must be started with CCN
Control. For the Navigator™ display, the Operating Control
Type (I/O Button, OPER) must be CCN CONTROL.
The unit must be controlled by a Chillervisor module. The
Chillervisor module can force the demand limit variable and
directly control the capacity of the machine. Additionally, the
unit’s set point will be artificially lowered to force the chiller to
load to the demand limit value.

Broadcast Configuration — The 30XW chiller is ca-

pable of broadcasting time, date, and holiday status to all elements in the CCN system. In the stand-alone mode, broadcast
must be activated to utilize holiday schedules and adjust for
daylight saving time. If the chiller is to be connected to a CCN
system, determine which system element is to be the network
broadcaster to all other system elements. Broadcast is activated
and deactivated in the BRODEFS Table. It is accessible from
Touch Pilot display (Config BRODEFS) or through Network
Service Tool. It is not accessible through Navigator display.
Only one element should be configured as a broadcaster. If
a broadcast is activated by a device that has been designated as
a network broadcaster, then broadcasted time, date, and holiday
status will be updated over the CCN system. If broadcast is enabled, a broadcast acknowledger must also be enabled. The acknowledger cannot be the same machine as the broadcasting
machine.
ACTIVATE — The Activate variable enables the broadcast
function of the ComfortLink controls. If this variable is set to 0,
this function is not used and holiday schedules and daylight
savings compensation are not possible. Setting this variable to
1 allows the machine to broadcast and receive broadcasts on
the network. The following information is broadcast: the time
with compensation for daylight savings, date, and holiday flag.

Ice Storage Operation — Chiller operation can be

configured to make and store ice. The energy management
module and an Ice Done Switch are required for operation in
the Ice Mode. In this configuration, the machine can operate
with up to three cooling set points: Cooling Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1) is used during the Occupied period;
Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2) is used during the Unoccupied period when the ice build is complete (Ice
Done Switch is closed); and Cooling Ice Set Point (Cooling
41

2000
1800
1600

Compressor Current

1400
1200
mA For 0% Demand Limit,
DMZE

1000
800
600
mA Fo r 100% Demand Limit,
DMMX

400

200
0
2

mA Signal

a30-4832

Fig. 25 — 4 to 20 mA Demand Limit (Compressor Current)

Typical configuration of the Alarm Routing variable is
11010000. This Alarm Routing status will transmit alarms to
ComfortVIEW software, TeLink, BAClink, and DataLINK.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

Set this variable to 2 for stand-alone units that are not connected to a CCN. With this configuration, daylight saving time
and holiday determination will be done without broadcasting
through the bus. This variable can only be changed when using
the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW™ software, or
Network Service Tool. This variable cannot be changed with
the Navigator display.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME
Activate

PATH

LINE NO.

Config BRODEFS

DISPLAY NAME
Alarm Routing
Control

PATH
Config Ctlt-ID

LINE NO.
10

LINE NO.

VALUE

Default = 00000000

ALARM EQUIPMENT PRIORITY — The ComfortVIEW
device uses the equipment priority value when sorting alarms
by level. The purpose of the equipment priority value is to determine the order in which to sort alarms that have the same
level. A priority of 0 is the highest and would appear first when
sorted. A priority of 7 would appear last when sorted. For example, if two chillers send out identical alarms, the chiller with
the higher priority would be listed first. The default is 4. This
variable can only be changed when using the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW software, or Network Service Tool. This
variable cannot be changed with the Navigator™ display. To
configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

VALUE
Range = 0 to 2
Default = 2

BROADCAST ACKNOWLEDGER — This configuration
defines if the chiller will be used to acknowledge broadcast
messages on the CCN bus. One broadcast acknowledger is
required per bus, including secondary buses created by the use
of a bridge. This variable can only be changed with the Touch
Pilot display, ComfortVIEW software, or Network Service
Tool. This variable cannot be changed with the Navigator
display.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME
Broadcast acknowledger

PATH
Config ALARMDEF

DISPLAY NAME
Alarm Equipment
Priority

VALUE
Yes

PATH

LINE NO.

Config ALARMDEF

VALUE
Range = 0 to 7
Default = 4

COMMUNICATION FAILURE RETRY TIME — This variable specifies the amount of time that will be allowed to elapse
between alarm retries. Retries occur when an alarm is not
acknowledged by a network alarm acknowledger, which may
be either a ComfortVIEW software or TeLink. If acknowledgement is not received, the alarm will be re-transmitted after the
number of minutes specified in this decision. This variable can
only be changed with the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW,
or Network Service Tool. This variable cannot be changed with
the Navigator display. To configure this option with the Touch
Pilot display:

Alarm Control
ALARM ROUTING CONTROL — Alarms recorded on the
chiller can be routed through the CCN. To configure this option, the ComfortLink control must be configured to determine
which CCN elements will receive and process alarms. Input for
the decision consists of eight digits, each of which can be set to
either 0 or 1. Setting a digit to 1 specifies that alarms will be
sent to the system element that corresponds to that digit. Setting all digits to 0 disables alarm processing. The factory default is 00000000. See Fig. 26. The default setting is is based
on the assumption that the unit will not be connected to a network. If the network does not contain a ComfortVIEW, ComfortWORKS®, TeLink, DataLINK™, or BAClink module, enabling this feature will only add unnecessary activity to the
CCN communication bus.
This option can be modified by the Touch Pilot display. It
cannot be modified with the Navigator display.

DISPLAY NAME
Comm Failure
Retry Time

PATH

LINE NO.

Config ALARMDEF

VALUE
Range =
1 to 240 minutes
Default =
10 minutes

RE-ALARM TIME — This variable specifies the amount of
time that will be allowed to elapse between re-alarms. A realarm occurs when the conditions that caused the initial alarm
continue to persist for the number of minutes specified in this
decision. Re-alarming will continue to occur at the specified interval until the condition causing the alarm is corrected. This
variable can only be changed with the Touch Pilot display,
ComfortVIEW, or Network Service Tool. This variable cannot
be changed with the Navigator display. To configure this option
with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY
NAME
Realarm
Time

PATH

LINE NO.

Config ALARMDEF

Table 32 — Daylight Savings Time Configuration
DISPLAY NAME

PATH
Config ALARMDEF

Range = 1 to 254 minutes
255 = Re-Alarm Disabled
Default = 30 minutes

Daylight Saving Time Configuration — The

30XW chiller control contains software which can automatically correct for daylight saving time. This software is accessible from the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW, or Network
Service Tool. It is not accessible through the Navigator display.
To enable this feature, Daylight Saving Select must be set to
1. The start of Daylight Saving must be configured by setting
the Month, Day of Week, and Week of Month. The end for
Daylight Saving must also be configured. To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display, see Table 32.

DESCRIPTION
Alarm Routing

Config BRODEFS

Month

Config BRODEFS

Day of Week
(1=Monday)

Config BRODEFS

Week of Month

Config BRODEFS

Leaving

Config BRODEFS

Month

Config BRODEFS

Day of Week
(1=Monday)

Config BRODEFS

Week of Month

Config BRODEFS

VALUE
1 or 2
Default = 2
Enable
Default = Dsble
Enter Starting
Month for
Daylight Saving
Enter the Day of
the Week Daylight
Saving Starts
Enter Week of
the Month Daylight
Saving Starts
Enter Ending
Month for
Daylight Saving
Enter the Day of
the Week Daylight
Saving ends
Enter Week of
the Month Daylight
Saving ends

Capacity Control Overrides — The following capacity control overrides (Active Capacity Override, CAP.S)
will modify the normal operation routine. If any of the override
conditions listed below are satisfied, the override will determine the capacity change instead of the normal control. Overrides are listed by priority order and are often linked to unit operating modes. See Table 33 for a list of overrides. See the Operating Modes section on page 54 for more information
regarding operating modes.
Override #1: Cooler Freeze Protection — This override attempts to avoid the freeze protection alarm. If the Leaving
Water Temperature is less than Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine
Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) + 2.0° F (1.1º C) then a stage of
capacity is removed.
NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C) for fresh water
systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=1). The freeze set point
is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP), for
Medium Temperature Brine systems (Cooler Fluid Type,
FLUD=2).

VALUE
Default =
PRO_XAXQ

Config BRODEFS

Daylight
Saving Select
Entering

VALUE

LINE NO.

Activate

ALARM SYSTEM NAME — This variable specifies the
system element name that will appear in the alarms generated
by the unit control. The name can be up to 8 alphanumeric
characters in length. This variable can only be changed when
using the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW, or Network
Service Tool. This variable cannot be changed with the
Navigator display.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:
DISPLAY NAME
Alarm System
Name

PATH

STATUS
0
0

POINT
ALRM_CNT

ComfortView™, or ComfortWorks®
TeLink
Unused
BacLink or DataLink™
Unused
a30-4485

Fig. 26 — Alarm Routing Control

another capacity stage is added or removed. If a condition of a
higher priority override occurs, the higher priority override will
take precedence. Operating Mode 10 (MD10) will be in effect.

Override #2: Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature
in Cooling
Override #3: Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature
in Cooling
These overrides attempt to avoid the low suction temperature
alarms and are active only when the compressor is running
beyond the fully unloaded level. The slide valve in the affected
circuit will be decreased in position if the Saturated Suction
Temperature is less than Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze
Setpoint, LOSP) –18.0 F (–10 C) for 90 seconds, or the Saturated Suction Temperature is less than –4 F (–20 C).
Override #5: Low Temperature Cooling and High Temperature Heating — This override decreases capacity when the difference between the Control Point (Control Point, CTPT) and
the Leaving Water Temperature (Cooler Leaving Fluid, LWT)
reaches a predetermined limit and the rate of change of the water is 0º F per minute or still decreasing.
Override #6: Low Temperature Cooling and High Temperature
Heating — This override decreases capacity (approximately
5% of circuit capacity) when the Entering Water Temperature
(Cooler Entering Fluid, EWT) is less than the Control Point
(Control Point, CTPT).
Override #7: Ramp Loading — No capacity stage increase
will be made if the unit is configured for ramp loading (Ramp
Loading Select, RL.S=ENBL) and the difference between the
Leaving Water Temperature and the Control Point is greater
than 4º F (2.2º C) and the rate of change of the leaving water is
greater than Cool Ramp Loading Rate (Cooling Ramp Loading, CRMP). Operating mode 5 (MD05) will be in effect.
Override #8: Service Manual Test Override — This override mode indicates the unit has been placed into Service Test
mode. The user can then use Service Test functions to test the
unit. All safeties and higher priority overrides are monitored
and acted upon.
NOTE: The user cannot activate this override mode.
Override # 9: Demand Limit — This override mode is active
when a command to limit the capacity is received. If the
current unit capacity is greater than the active capacity limit
value, a stage is removed. If the current capacity is lower than
the capacity limit value, the control will not add a stage that
will result in the new capacity being greater then the capacity
limit value. Operating mode 4 (MD04) will be in effect.
Override #10: Cooler Interlock Override — This override
prohibits compressor operation until the Cooler Interlock
(Cooler Flow Switch, LOCK) is closed.
Override #11: High Temperature Cooling and Low Temperature Heating — This override algorithm runs once when the
unit is switched to ON. If the difference between the Leaving
Water Temperature (Cooler Leaving Fluid, LWT) and the
Control Point (Control Point, CTPT) exceeds a calculated
value and the rate of change of the water temperature is greater
than –0.1º F/min, a stage will be added.
Override #12: High Temperature Cooling and Low Temperature Heating — This override runs only when Minimum
Load Control is Enabled, (Hot Gas Bypass Select, HGBP)
and is set to 1, 2 or 3. This override will add a stage of capacity
if the next stage is Minimum Load Control, when the difference between the Leaving Water Temperature (Cooler Leaving Fluid, LWT) and the Control Point (Control Point, CTPT)
exceeds a calculated value and the rate of change of the water
temperature is greater than a fixed value.
Override #13: Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay —
Whenever a capacity change has been made, the control will
remain at this capacity stage for the next 90 seconds. During
this time, no capacity control algorithm calculations will be
made. If the capacity step is a compressor, an additional
90-second delay is added to the previous hold time (see Override #22). This override allows the system to stabilize before

Table 33 — Capacity Control Overrides
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67

CAPACITY CONTROL OVERRIDES
Cooler Freeze Protection
Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling
Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling
—
Low Temperature cooling and High Temperature Heating (LWT)
Low Temperature cooling and High Temperature Heating (EWT)
Ramp Loading
Service Manual Test Override
Demand Limit
Cooler Interlock Override
High Temperature Cooling and Low Temperature Heating
High Temperature Cooling and Low Temperature Heating
(minimum load control in effect)
Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay
Slow Change Override
System Manager Capacity Control
Circuit A High Pressure Override
Circuit B High Pressure Override
—
Standby Mode
—
—
Minimum On Time Delay
Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling
Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Circuit A Low Refrigerant Charge
Circuit B Low Refrigerant Charge
—
—
—
—
—
Circuit A High Current Override
Circuit B High Current Override
—
Circuit A High Suction Superheat at Part Load
Circuit B High Suction Superheat at Part Load
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Circuit A Delay for Unloading the Slide Valve
Circuit B Delay for Unloading the Slide Valve
—
—
—
—
Circuit A Low Oil Level
Circuit B Low Oil Level
—
Circuit A High Motor Temperature Override
Circuit B High Motor Temperature Override
—
—
Circuit A High Discharge Gas Override
Circuit B High Discharge Gas Override

c. Outdoor air temperature is less than 32 F (0º C).
d. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge
temperature is less than the outdoor air temperature
by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).
3. All of these conditions must be true:
a. The saturated suction temperature or saturated
discharge temperature is less than leaving fluid
temperature by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).
b. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).
c. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge temperature is less than the brine freeze
point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) by more
than 6º F (3.3º C).
NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C)
for fresh water systems (Brine Freeze Setpoint,
FLUD=1). The freeze set point is brine freeze set
point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP), for medium
temperature brine systems (Cooler Fluid Type,
FLUD=2).
4. All of these conditions must be true:
a. The saturated suction temperature or saturated
discharge temperature is less than leaving water
temperature by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).
b. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge
temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).
c. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge
temperature is less than the outdoor-air temperature
by more than 9º F (5º C).
If any of these conditions 1, 2, 3 or 4 are met, the appropriate operating mode, 21 (Circuit A) or 22 (Circuit B) will be in
effect.
Override #41: Circuit A High Current Override
Override #42: Circuit B High Current Override — This
override attempts to avoid an overcurrent failure. The algorithm is run every 4 seconds. If the compressor current is greater than 79% of must trip amps (MTA) but less than 85% MTA
then the capacity will be held at current capacity. If the compressor current is greater than 85% MTA then capacity will be
reduced by repositioning the slide valve until the current is less
than 85% MTA (Must Trip Amps, MTA.X).
Override #44: Circuit A High Suction Superheat at Part
Load
Override #45: Circuit B High Suction Superheat at Part
Load — If the compressor of the circuit is on, the compressor
current is no more than 30% of the MTA, main EXV is more
than 90% open and the suction superheat is higher than the
superheat control point for more than 5 minutes, then the circuit will be shut down.
Override #53: Circuit A Delay for Unloading the Slide
Valve
Override #54: Circuit B Delay for Unloading the Slide
Valve — This override prevents the compressor from re-starting with locked rotor failure after being shutdown due to an
alarm or power cycle. The delay varies depending on the size
of the compressor. Refer to Table 34 for compressor nominal
capacities. A delay of 20 minutes will elapse for 182 and
204 ton compressors. The delay allows the slide valve of the
compressor to move back to its fully unloaded position. The
delay is adjusted according to the percent of the compressor
running capacity before it is shut down. If the compressor is
stopped normally, no delay will be applied. If the compressor is
shut down by the locked rotor alarm, a full delay will be applied before the compressor is allowed to re-start.

Override #14: Slow Change Override — This override prevents compressor stage changes when the leaving temperature
is close to the control point and slowly moving towards it.
Override #15: System Manager Capacity Control — If a
Chillervisor module is controlling the unit and multiple chillers, the unit will increase capacity to attempt to load to the demand limited value.
Override #16: Circuit A High Pressure Override
Override #17: Circuit B High Pressure Override — This
override attempts to avoid a high pressure failure. The algorithm is run every 4 seconds. If the Saturated Condensing Temperature for the circuit is above the High Pressure Threshold
(High Pressure Threshold, HP.TH) then the position of slide
valve will be unloaded.
Override #19: Standby Mode — This override algorithm will
not allow a compressor to run if the unit is in Standby mode,
(Heat/Cool Status, HC.ST=2).
Override #22: Minimum On Time Delay — In addition to
Override #13 Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay, for
compressor capacity changes, an additional 90-second delay
will be added to Override #13 delay. No compressor will be
deenergized until 3 minutes have elapsed since the last compressor has been turned ON. When this override is active, the
capacity control algorithm calculations will be performed, but
no capacity reduction will be made until the timer has expired.
A control with higher precedence will override the Minimum
On Time Delay.
Override #23: Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling
Override #24: Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling — If the circuit is operating close to the operational limit of the compressor, the circuit capacity will remain at
the same point or unload to raise the saturated suction temperature. This algorithm will be active if at least 1 compressor in the
circuit is on and one of the following conditions is true:
1. Saturated Suction Temperature is less than the Brine
Freeze Setpoint (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) –6º F
(3.3º C).
2. Saturated Suction Temperature is less than the Brine
Freeze Setpoint (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) and the
circuit approach (Leaving Water Temperature – Saturated
Suction Temperature) is greater than 15º F (8.3º C) and
the Circuit Superheat (Discharge Gas Temperature – Saturated Discharge Temperature) is greater than 25º F
(13.9º C).
NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C) for fresh
water systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=1). The
freeze set point is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze
Setpoint, LOSP), for Medium Temperature Brine
systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2).
If any of these conditions are met, the appropriate operating
mode, 21 (Circuit A) or 22 (Circuit B) will be in effect.
Override #34: Circuit A Low Refrigerant Charge
Override #35: Circuit B Low Refrigerant Charge — The capacity override attempts to protect the compressor from starting with no refrigerant in the circuit. This algorithm runs only
when the circuit is not operational (compressors is OFF). There
are several criteria that will enable this override:
1. The saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge
temperature is less than –13 F (–25 C).
2. All of these conditions must be true:
a. The saturated suction temperature or saturated
discharge temperature is less than leaving fluid
temperature by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).
b. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).

and when the condenser leaving water temperature becomes
greater than the head pressure set point.
Maximum and minimum condenser valve position is configurable. The minimum condenser valve position is very important to avoid condenser freeze risks as condenser freeze protection is ensured by the condenser pump.
To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

Table 34 — 30XW Compressor Nominal Capacity
30XW UNIT SIZE
150
175
200
Compressor Nominal Capacity (tons)
Circuit A
182
182
204
Circuit B
—
—
—

325

350

400

182
182

204
204

Override #59: Circuit A Low Oil Level
Override #60: Circuit B Low Oil Level — This override is
only effective when the circuit is not running. The override will
prevent the circuit from starting up with a low oil level. If this
override occurs three times, the low oil level alarm will be
tripped.
Override #62: Circuit A High Motor Temperature Override
Override #63: Circuit B High Motor Temperature Override
— This override prevents the compressor motor temperature
from rising above the high temperature limit, but still allows
the chiller to run close to the high temperature limit by unloading the compressor. If the motor temperature is greater than
214 F (101.1 C), the compressor will not load. This override
will remain active until the temperature drops below 214 F
(101.1 C). If the motor temperature is greater than 225 F
(107.2 C) for 60 seconds, the circuit capacity will decrease by
one stage. If the motor temperature is greater than 228 F
(108.9), the circuit capacity will decrease by one stage
immediately.
Override #66: Circuit A High Discharge Gas Override
Override #67: Circuit B High Discharge Gas Override —
When the temperature is above the limit minus 2° F (1.1° C) increase in capacity will not be allowed. This override will remain active until the discharge gas temperature drops below
the limit by –3° F (–1.7° C).

DISPLAY NAME
Condenser Water
Val Sel

Service FACTORY

Water Val
Condensing Stp

Setpoint

Service SERVICE1

Recl Valve Min
Position
Recl Valve Max
Position
Prop PID Gain
Varifan
Int PID Gain
Varifan
Deri PID Gain
Varifan

PATH

LINE NO.

VALUE
YES
Range: 80 to120 F
(26.7 to 48.9 C)
Default: 86 F (30 C)
Range: 0 to 50%
Default: 20%
Range: 20 to 100%
Default: 100%
Range: -20 to 20
Default: 2.0
Range: -5.0 to 5.0
Default: 0.2
Range: -20 to 20
Default: 0.4

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:
ITEM

ITEM EXPANSION
Condenser Valve
CON.V Select

Configuration UNIT YES

W.SCT Water Val Cond Stp

Setpoint MISC

Reclaim Water Valve
Min
HR.MA Reclaim Water Valve
Max
Varifan Proportion
HD.PG Gain
Derivative
HD.DG Varifan
Gain
HR.MI

Head Pressure Control — The Main Base Board
(MBB) uses the saturated condensing temperature input from
the discharge pressure transducer to control the head pressure
control signal. Head pressure control is maintained through a
calculated set point which is automatically adjusted based on
actual saturated condensing and saturated suction temperatures
so that the compressor(s) is (are) always operating within the
manufacturer’s specified envelope. The control will automatically reduce the unit capacity as the saturated condensing temperature approaches an upper limit. See capacity overrides
#16-18. The control will indicate through an operating mode
that high ambient unloading is in effect. If the saturated condensing temperature in a circuit exceeds the calculated maximum, the circuit will be stopped. For these reasons, there are
no head pressure control methods or set points to enter. The
control will modulate the 0 to 10v head pressure control output
signal when condensing temperature is below the minimum
head pressure requirement for the compressor. See Table 34 for
compressor nominal capacity.
LOW CONDENSER FLUID TEMPERATURE HEAD
PRESSURE CONTROL OPTION — Units will start and operate down to 65 F (18.3 C) entering condenser water temperature as standard. Operation with entering condenser water temperatures below 65 F (18.3 C) requires a field supplied and installed condenser fluid control valve.
Sequence of Operation — Valve position is controlled
through a 0 to 10 vdc signal provided by the MLV/COND
board, channel 9, to maintain the head pressure set point. Unit
sizes 325-400 use a common condenser so the MBB uses the
highest saturated condensing temperature of either circuit. As a
safety feature, if the circuit is on and if the saturated condensing temperature reaches the condensing set point +10° F, the
valve is opened to its maximum position to avoid a high pressure alarm. The water valve is fully closed when the circuit is
OFF on unit sizes 150-200 and if both circuits are off on unit
sizes 325-400.
If the unit is configured as a heat machine, the valve will be
maintained fully open when the unit operates in heating mode

HD.IG

Varifan Integral Gain

PATH

Configuration SERV
Configuration SERV
Configuration SERV
Configuration SERV
Configuration SERV

VALUE

Range: 80 to140 F
(26.7 to 60 C)
Default: 86 F (30 C)
Range: 0 to 50%
Default: 20%
Range: 20 to 100%
Default: 100%
Range: –10 to 10
Default: 2.0
Range: –10 to 10
Default: 0.4
Range: –10 to 10
Default: 0.2

NOTE: Operation of the head pressure control valve can be
verified by entering Quick Test. From the Navigator display,
go to Service Test\QUIC\FAN.A. From the Touch Pilot display, go to MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1\Q_VFANA.

PRE-START-UP
IMPORTANT: Complete the Start-Up Checklist
for 30XW Liquid Chillers at the end of this publication.
The checklist assures proper start-up of a unit, and
provides a record of unit condition, application
requirements, system information, and operation at
initial start-up.
Do not attempt to start the chiller until the following checks
have been completed.

System Check
1. Check to ensure the unit is level per the installation
instructions.
2. Electrical power source must agree with unit nameplate.
3. Check that auxiliary components, such as the chilled fluid
and condenser fluid circulating pumps, air-handling
equipment, or any other equipment to which the chiller
supplies liquid are operational. Consult manufacturer's instructions. If the unit has field-installed accessories, be
sure all are properly installed and wired correctly. Refer
to unit wiring diagrams.
4. Open compressor suction service valves (if equipped).
5. Open discharge, liquid line, oil line, and economizer (if
equipped) service valves.
46

6. Fill the chiller fluid circuit with clean water (with recommended inhibitor added) or other non-corrosive fluid to
be cooled. Bleed all air out of high points of system. If
unit is exposed to temperatures below 32 F (0° C), sufficient inhibited propylene glycol or other suitable corrosion inhibited antifreeze should be added to the chiller
water and condenser water circuit to prevent possible
freeze-up. The chilled water loop must be cleaned before
the unit is connected. To set the maintenance time for
cleaning and inspecting loop strainers, go to Water Filter
Ctrl (days), W.FIL. Values for this item are counted as
days. Refer to the system pump package literature for
specific internal inspection/cleaning requirements.
7. Check tightness of all electrical connections.
8. Verify power supply phase sequence. The phase sequence
should be A-B-C for proper compressor rotation.

Table 35 — Temperature Limits for Standard Units
TEMPERATURE
Maximum Condenser EWT
Minimum Condenser EWT
Maximum Condenser LWT*
Maximum Cooler EWT†
Maximum Cooler LWT
Minimum Cooler LWT**

F
110
65
118
70
60
40

C
43.3
18.3
47.8
21.1
15.6
4.4

LEGEND
EWT — Entering Fluid (Water) Temperature
LWT — Leaving Fluid (Water) Temperature

*Temperature limit for high condensing/heat reclaim option units are
140 F (60 C).
†For sustained operation, EWT should not exceed 85 F (29.4 C).
**Unit requires brine modification for operation below this
temperature.

VOLTAGE
Main Power Supply — Minimum and maximum acceptable
supply voltages are listed in the Installation Instructions.
Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage — Never operate a motor
where a phase imbalance between phases is greater than 2%.
To determine percent voltage imbalance:

START-UP
CAUTION
Do not manually operate contactors. Serious damage to the
machine may result.

Actual Start-Up — Actual start-up should be done only

% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x

under supervision of a qualified refrigeration technician.
1. Be sure all discharge, oil, and suction valves (if equipped)
and liquid line service valves are open.
2. Using the unit control, set leaving-fluid set point (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1). No cooling range adjustment is
necessary.
3. If optional control functions or accessories are being
used, the unit must be properly configured. Refer to
Configuration Options section for details.
4. Start the chilled fluid and condenser pumps, if unit is not
configured for pump control. (Cooler Pumps Sequence,
PUMP=0; Condenser Pump Sequence, HPUM = No)
5. Complete the Start-Up Checklist to verify all components
are operating properly.
6. Check the cooler flow switch for proper operation. Ensure that the flow switch input indicates closed when the
pump is on and open when the pump is off.
7. Turn Enable/Off/Remote contact switch to Enable position.
8. Allow unit to operate and confirm that everything is
functioning properly. Check to see that leaving fluid
temperature agrees with leaving set point Control Point
(Control Point, CTPT).

max voltage deviation from
avg voltage
average voltage

The maximum voltage deviation is the largest difference
between a voltage measurement across 2 legs and the average
across all 3 legs.
Example: Supply voltage is 240-3-60.
AB = 243v
BC = 236v
AC = 238v
1. Determine average voltage:
Average voltage =
=
=

243+236+238
3
717
3
239

2. Determine maximum deviation from average voltage:
(AB) 243 – 239 = 4 v
(BC) 239 – 236 = 3 v
(AC) 239 – 238 = 1 v
Maximum deviation is 4 v.
3. Determine percent voltage imbalance:

Operating Limitations
TEMPERATURES — Unit operating temperature limits are
listed in Table 35.
Low Condenser Water Temperature Operation — For condenser entering water temperatures between 33 F (0.6 C) and
65 F (18.3 F), field installed accessory head pressure control
valve is required. Contact your Carrier representative for
details.

% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x

4
239

= 1.7%
This voltage imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the
maximum allowable of 2%.

CAUTION

IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact the local electric
utility company immediately. Do not operate unit
until imbalance condition is corrected.

Brine duty application (below 40 F [4.4 C] LCWT) for
chiller normally requires factory modification. Contact a
Carrier Representative for details regarding specific
applications. Operation below 40 F (4.4 C) LCWT without modification can result in compressor failure.

MINIMUM FLUID LOOP VOLUME — To obtain proper
temperature control, loop fluid volume must be at least 3 gallons per ton (3.25 L per kW) of chiller nominal capacity for air
conditioning and at least 6 gallons per ton (6.5 L per kW) for
47

process applications. Refer to application information in Product Data literature for details.
FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS — Standard chillers should
be applied with nominal flow rates within those listed in the
Evaporator and Condenser Flow Rates table. Higher or lower
flow rates are permissible to obtain lower or higher temperature rises. Minimum flow rates must be exceeded to assure
turbulent flow and proper heat transfer in the cooler. See Table
36. See Fig. 27-37 for cooler pressure drop curves.

CAUTION
Operation below minimum flow rate could generate
alarms, which could result in damage to the cooler.
Consult application data section in the Product Data
literature and job design requirements to determine flow rate
requirements for a particular installation.

Table 36 — Evaporator and Condenser Flow Rates

30XW UNIT

150

175

200

325

350

400

Two pass
One pass
Three pass
Two pass
One pass
Three pass
Two pass
One pass
Three pass
Two pass
One pass
Three pass
Two pass
One pass
Three pass
Two pass
One pass
Three pass

EVAPORATOR
Leaving Fluid/Entering Fluid
Minimum
Maximum
40 F (4.4 C)/
60 F (15.6 C)/
45 F (7.2 C)
70 F (21.1 C)
Minimum
Maximum
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
GPM
L/s
GPM
L/s
200
12.6
720
45.4
384
24.2
1520
95.9
120
7.6
480
30.3
213
13.4
765
48.3
408
25.7
1615
101.9
128
8.0
510
32.2
241
15.2
869
54.8
463
29.2
1834
115.7
145
9.1
579
36.5
403
25.4
1149
91.4
773
48.8
3059
193.0
242
15.2
966
60.9
429
27.0
1544
97.4
823
51.9
3259
205.6
257
16.2
1029
64.9
481
30.4
1733
109.3
924
58.3
3658
230.8
289
18.2
1155
72.9

CONDENSER
Leaving Fluid/Entering Fluid
Minimum
Maximum*
70 F (21.1 C)/
118 F (47.8 C)/
65 F (18.3 C)
110 F (43.3 C)
Minimum
Maximum
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
GPM
L/s
GPM
L/s
240
15.1
960
60.6
480
30.3
1600
100.9
—
—
—
—
255
16.1
1020
64.4
510
32.2
1700
107.3
—
—
—
—
290
18.3
1158
731.0
579
36.5
1930
121.8
—
—
—
—
483
30.5
1932
121.9
966
60.9
3220
203.2
—
—
—
—
515
32.5
2058
129.8
1029
64.9
3430
216.4
—
—
—
—
578
36.4
2310
145.7
1155
72.9
3850
242.9
—
—
—
—

NOMINAL
Evaporator

Condenser

Nominal
Flow Rate
GPM
L/s
384
24.2
384
24.2
384
24.2
408
25.7
408
25.7
408
25.7
463
29.2
463
29.2
463
29.2
773
48.8
773
48.8
773
48.8
823
51.9
823
51.9
823
51.9
924
58.3
924
58.3
924
58.3

Nominal
Flow Rate
GPM
L/s
480
30.3
480
30.3
—
—
510
32.2
510
32.2
—
—
579
36.5
579
36.5
—
—
966
60.9
966
60.9
—
—
1029
64.9
1029
64.9
—
—
1155
72.9
1155
72.9
—
—

*Maximum condenser fluid temperature shown for standard condensing
option. High condensing or heat machine option may have leaving fluid temperatures up to 140 F (60 C) and entering up to 128 F (53.3 C).

(kPa)

ft wg

(119.4) 40.00
(104.4) 35.00
3 pass

1 pass

Pressure Drop

(89.5) 30.00
2 pass

(74.6) 25.00
(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9)

5.00

(0)

0.00
0
(0)

500
(31.5)

1000
(63.1)

1500
(94.6)

2000 gpm
(126.2) (L/s)

Evaporator Flow Rate
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over
the entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

Fig. 27 — 30XW150-200 Evaporator Marine Waterbox
48

a30-4833

(kPa) ft wg
(119.4) 40.00
3 pass

(104.4) 35.00

1 pass

Pressure Drop

2 pass

(89.5) 30.00
(74.6) 25.00
(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9) 5.00
(0) 0.00
0
(0)

500
(31.5)

1000
1500
2000
(63.1)
(94.6)
(126.2)
Evaporator Flow Rate

2500
(157.7)

3000 gpm
(189.3) (L/s)

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over
the entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

A30-4691

Fig. 28 — 30XW325-400 Evaporator Marine Waterbox

(kPa)

ft wg

(119.4) 40.00
3 pass

2 pass

(104.4) 35.00
Pressure Drop

1 pass

(89.5) 30.00
(74.6) 25.00
(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9)

5.00

(0)

0.00
0
(0)

LEGEND
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head

500
(31.5)

1000
(63.1)

1500
(94.6)

2000 gpm
(126.2) (L/s)

Evaporator Flow Rate

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the
entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

Fig. 29 — 30XW150-200 Evaporator NIH Flange and NIH Victaulic

A30-4834

(kPa) ft wg
(119.4) 40.00

Pressure Drop

1 pass

3 pass

(104.4) 35.00

2 pass

(89.5) 30.00
(74.6) 25.00
(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9) 5.00
(0) 0.00
0
(0)

500
(31.5)

LEGEND
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head

1000
1500
(63.1)
(94.6)
Evaporator Flow Rate

2000 gpm
(126.2) (L/s)

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the
entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

A30-4692

Fig. 30 — 30XW325-400 Evaporator NIH Flange

(kPa)

ft wg

(119.4) 40.00
3 pass

(104.4) 35.00
Pressure Drop

2 pass

1 pass

(89.5) 30.00
(74.6) 25.00
(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9)

5.00

(0)

0.00
0
(0)

LEGEND
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head

500
(31.5)

1000
1500
2000
(63.1)
(94.6)
(126.2)
Evaporator Flow Rate

2500
(157.7)

3000 gpm
(189.3) (L/s)
A30-4693

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the
entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

Fig. 31 — 30XW325-400 Evaporator NIH Victaulic

(kPa)

ft wg

(119.4) 40.00
(104.4) 35.00
2 pass

Pressure Drop

(89.5) 30.00
(74.6) 25.00
1 pass

(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9)

5.00

(0)

0.00
0
(0)

500
(31.5)

1000
1500
(63.1)
(94.6)
Condenser Flow Rate

2000
(126.2)

gpm
(L/s)

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the
entire range of condenser water flow rates represented.

Fig. 32 — 30XW150-200 Condenser Marine Waterbox

A30-4835

(kPa) ft wg
(119.4) 40.00
(104.4) 35.00

1 pass

Pressure Drop

2 pass

(89.5) 30.00
(74.6) 25.00
(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9) 5.00
(0) 0.00
0
(0)

500
(31.5)

1000
(63.1)

1500
(94.6)

2000
(126.2)

2500
(157.7)

3000
(189.3)

3500 gpm
(220.8) (L/s)

Condenser Flow Rate
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the
entire range of condenser water flow rates represented.
A30-4694

Fig. 33 — 30XW325-400 Condenser Marine Waterbox

(kPa)

ft wg

(119.4) 40.00
(104.4) 35.00

2 pass

Pressure Drop

(89.5) 30.00

1 pass

(74.6) 25.00
(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9)

5.00

(0)

0.00
0
(0)

500
(31.5)

1000
(63.1)

1500
(94.6)

2000
(126.2)

gpm
(L/s)

Condenser Flow Rate
LEGEND
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head
NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the entire
range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

A30-4836

Fig. 34 — 30XW150-200 Condenser NIH Flange

(kPa) ft wg
(119.4) 40.00

Pressure Drop

(104.4) 35.00

2 pass

1 pass

(89.5) 30.00
(74.6) 25.00
(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9) 5.00
(0) 0.00
0
(0)

500
(31.5)

1000
(63.1)

1500
(94.6)

2000
(126.2)

2500 gpm
(157.7) (L/s)

Condenser Flow Rate
LEGEND
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head

A30-4695

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the entire
range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

Fig. 35 — 30XW325-400 Condenser NIH Flange

(kPa)

ft wg

(119.4) 40.00
(104.4) 35.00
2 pass

Pressure Drop

(89.5) 30.00
(74.6) 25.00
(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9)

5.00

(0)

0.00
0
(0)

500
(31.5)

1000
(63.1)

1500
(94.6)

2000
(126.2)

gpm
(L/s)

Fig. 36 — 30XW150-200 Condenser NIH Victaulic

A30-4837

(kPa) ft wg
(119.4) 40.00
(104.4) 35.00
Pressure Drop

2 pass

(89.5) 30.00
(74.6) 25.00
(59.7) 20.00
(44.8) 15.00
(29.8) 10.00
(14.9) 5.00
(0) 0.00
0
(0)

500
(31.5)

1000
(63.1)

1500
(94.6)

2000
(126.2)

2500
(157.7)

3000
(189.3)

3500 gpm
(220.8) (L/s)

Condenser Flow Rate
LEGEND
NIH — Nozzle-In-Head

A30-4696

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the
entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

Fig. 37 — 30XW325-400 Condenser NIH Victaulic

calculation, and will determine which chiller, the lead or lag,
will increase or decrease capacity. When the load reduces, the
lag chiller will be the first chiller to unload. To accomplish this,
the lead chiller set point is decreased by 4° F (2.2° C) until the
lag chiller unloads.
PUMP OPERATION — For parallel chiller pump operation,
the lead chiller’s water pump will be started. The lag chiller’s
water pump will be maintained off if Lag Unit Pump Control,
LAGP=0. The internal algorithm of lead chiller will control capacity of the lead chiller.
For series chiller operation, the pump is always controlled
by the master chiller.

OPERATION
Sequence of Operation — With a command to start
the chiller, the cooler and condenser pumps will start. After
verifying water flow, the control will monitor the entering and
leaving water temperatures. If the need for mechanical cooling
is determined, the control decides which circuit and compressor to start. The control will start the required compressor completely unloaded. The control will continue to load this circuit
by moving the slide valve to satisfy cooling requirements.
Once fully loaded, the control will start an additional circuit to
satisfy the load as required. Shutdown of each circuit under
normal conditions occurs in the opposite sequence to loading.
Once the circuit is fully unloaded the compressor is shut off
and the EXV will close completely.

Operating Modes — Operating modes are override

modes that affect normal operation of the equipment. More
than one operating mode can be in effect at the same time.
Some operating modes have corresponding capacity control
overrides in the Capacity Control Overrides section on
page 43.
For the Touch Pilot display, the status of the operating
modes can be found in the MODES submenu, which is under
the STATUS menu. Each operating mode and its status (Yes =
active, No = inactive) is listed.
For the Navigator display, the status of the operating modes
can be found in the MODE submenu under the OPERATING
MODES menu. The 6 top priority operating modes are displayed in MD01 through MD06. To view the modes with the
Navigator display:

With a
command to start the chiller, the master chiller determines
which chiller will become the lead chiller based on the configuration of Lead Lag Select, LLBL and Lead/Lag Balance Data, LLBD. The lead chiller is always started first and the lag
chiller is held at zero percent capacity by the master chiller
forcing the lag demand limit value to 0%. If Lead Pulldown
Time (Lead Pulldown Time, LPUL) has been configured, the
lead chiller will continue to operate alone for that specified
time. After the Lead Pulldown Time timer has elapsed and
when the lead chiller is fully loaded, either all available compression is on or at the master demand limit value, then the lag
start timer (Lag Start Timer, LLDY) is initiated. When the
pulldown timer and lag start timer has elapsed and the Combined Leaving Chilled Water Temperature is more than 3° F
(1.7° C) above the set point, then the lag chiller is started. If the
lag chiller’s water pump was not started when the machines
went into occupied mode, the lag chiller water pump will be
started. The lag chiller will start with the master chiller forcing
the lag chiller demand limit value (LAG_LIM) to the master’s
demand limit value. If lead/lag capacity balance is selected,
once the lag chiller has started, the master shall try to keep the
difference in capacity between lead and lag less than 20%. The
master shall then be responsible for water loop capacity

Dual Chiller Sequence of Operation —

ITEM
MD01
MD02
MD03
MD04
MD05
MD06

ITEM EXPANSION
First Active Mode
Second Active Mode
Third Active Mode
Fourth Active Mode
Fifth Active Mode
Sixth Active Mode

PATH
Operating modes MODE
Operating modes MODE
Operating modes MODE
Operating modes MODE
Operating modes MODE
Operating modes MODE

VALUE
0-32
0-32
0-32
0-32
0-32
0-32

See Table 37 for a list of operating modes.

Table 37 — 30XW Operating Modes
NAVIGATOR OPERATING
MODE NUMBER
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
24
25
27
28
30
31

NAVIGATOR EXPANSION
Startup Delay in Effect
Second Setpoint in Use
Reset in Effect
Demand Limit Active
Ramp Loading Active
Cooler Heater Active
Cooler Pumps Rotation
Pump Periodic Start
Night Low Noise Active
System Manager Active
Mast Slave Ctrl Active
Auto Changeover Active
Free Cooling Active
Reclaim Active
Electric Heat Active
Heating Low EWT Lockout
Condenser Pumps Rotation
Ice Mode in Effect
Defrost Active on Cir A
Defrost Active on Cir B
Low Suction Circuit A
Low Suction Circuit B
High DGT Circuit A
High DGT Circuit B
High Pres Override Cir A
High Pres Override Cir B
Low Superheat Circuit A
Low Superheat Circuit B

TOUCH PILOT DISCRIPTION
Startup Delay in Effect
Second Setpoint in Use
Reset in Effect
Demand Limit Active
Ramp Loading Active
Cooler Heater Active
Cooler Pumps Rotation
Pump Periodic Start
Night Low Noise Active
System Manager Active
Mast Slave Active
Auto Changeover Active
Free Cooling Active
Reclaim Active
Electric Heat Active
Heating Low EWT Lockout
Condenser Pumps Rotation
Ice Mode in Effect
Defrost Active on Cir A
Defrost Active on Cir B
Low Suction Circuit A
Low Suction Circuit B
High DGT Circuit A
High DGT Circuit B
High Pres Override Cir A
High Pres Override Cir B
Low Superheat Circuit A
Low Superheat Circuit B

TOUCH PILOT
LINE NUMBER
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
28
29
31
32

TOUCH PILOT
VALUE
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

3, 5 of the month). The mode will terminate when the pump
shuts down.
SYSTEM MANAGER ACTIVE — This mode is checked
when the unit is ON or OFF. This mode is active if a System
Manager such as Building Supervisor, Chillervisor System
Manager, or another CCN device is controlling the machine.
When this mode is active, the machine will respond to the
specific commands received from the System Manager. The
mode will be terminated if the System Manager control is
released.
MASTER SLAVE CONTROL ACTIVE — This mode is
checked for if the machine is ON. This mode is active if Master
Slave Control has been enabled. This occurs when two machines are programmed, one as the master (Master/Slave Select, MSSL=1 [Master]) and the other as a slave (Master/
Slave Select, MSSL=2 [Slave]).
Both the master and slave machines will respond to the capacity control commands issued by the master controller. This
may include control point changes and demand limit commands. This mode will terminate when Master Slave Control
has been disabled.
AUTO CHANGEOVER ACTIVE — This mode is not
supported.
FREE COOLING ACTIVE — This mode is not supported.
RECLAIM ACTIVE — This mode is not supported.
ELECTRIC HEAT ACTIVE — This mode is not supported.
HEATING LOW EWT LOCKOUT — This mode is not
supported.
CONDENSER PUMPS ROTATION — This
mode
is
checked for whether the unit is ON or OFF. The mode is active
when the condenser pump sequence (Condenser Pump
Sequence, HPUM = Yes) and the pump rotation delta timer
(Pump Auto Rotation Delay, ROT.P) have expired.
ICE MODE IN EFFECT — This mode is checked for when
the unit is ON. This mode is active when Ice Setpoint (Cooling
Ice Setpoint, CSP.3) is in use. While in this mode, the Active
Setpoint (Current Setpoint, SETP) will show the Cooling Ice
Setpoint, CSP.3 value and the unit will operate to the Ice Setpoint (CSP.3). This mode will terminate when the Ice Setpoint
(CSP.3) is no longer in use.
DEFROST ACTIVE ON CIR A — This mode is not supported.
DEFROST ACTIVE ON CIR B — This mode is not supported.
LOW SUCTION CIRCUIT A
LOW SUCTION CIRCUIT B
These modes are checked when the circuit is ON. The
appropriate circuit mode will be active if one of the following conditions is true:
1. If the circuit’s saturated suction temperature (SST) is
more than 6° F (3.3° C) less than the freeze point and
both the cooler approach (Leaving Water Temperature –
SST) and superheat (Suction Gas Temperature – SST) are
greater than 15° F (8.3° C).
2. If the circuit is ON and the circuit’s SST is more than
18º F (10.0º C) below the freeze point for more than
90 seconds.
3. If the circuit’s saturated suction temperature is more
than 6° F (3.3° C) below the freeze point for more than
3 minutes.
For a fresh water system (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD =1),
the freeze point is 34° F (1.1° C). For medium temperature
brine systems, (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2), the freeze point
is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP).
For criterion 1, no additional capacity will be added. For criteria 2 and 3 capacity will be decreased on the circuit. The
mode will terminate when the circuit’s SST is greater than the
freeze point minus 6° F (3.3° C) or the circuit has alarmed.

STARTUP DELAY IN EFFECT — This mode is checked
for when the unit is started. This mode is active when the Minutes Off Time (Unit Off to On Delay, DELY) timer is active.
The unit will not start until the timer has expired. The mode
will terminate when the timer expires.
SECOND SETPOINT IN USE — This mode is checked for
when the unit is ON. The mode is active when Cooling Setpoint 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint (Cooling
Ice Setpoint, CSP.3) is in use. While in this mode, the Active
Setpoint (Current Setpoint, SETP) will show the CSP.2 or
CSP.3 value.
While in this mode, the unit will operate to the Cooling Setpoint 2 (CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint (CSP.3). The mode will terminate when the Cooling Setpoint 2 (CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint
(CSP.3) is no longer in use.
RESET IN EFFECT — This mode is checked for when the
unit is ON. The mode will be active when Temperature Reset
(Cooling Reset Select, CRST) is enabled either by CRST=1
(Outside Air Temperature), CRST=2 (Return Water), CRST=3
(4-20 mA Input), or CRST=4 (Space Temperature) and reset is
active.
While in this mode, the Active Setpoint (Current Setpoint,
SETP) will be modified according to the programmed information and will be displayed as the Control Point (Control
Point, CTPT). The mode will terminate when the Temperature
Reset is not modifying the active leaving water set point, causing SETP to be the same as CTPT.
DEMAND LIMIT ACTIVE — This mode is checked for
when the unit is ON. The mode is active when Demand Limit
(Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC) is enabled either by
DMDC=1 (Switch), DMDC=2 (4-20 mA Input), or the Night
Time Low Sound Capacity Limit (Capacity Limit, LS.LT).
The Active Demand Limit Value (Active Demand Limit
Val, LIM) will display the current demand limit according to
the programmed information and the unit’s capacity will be reduced to the amount shown or lower. The mode will terminate
when the Demand Limit command has been removed.
RAMP LOADING ACTIVE — This mode is checked for
when the unit is ON. The mode is active when Ramp Loading
(Ramp Loading Select, RL.S) is enabled and the following
conditions are met:
1. The leaving water temperature is more than 4° F (2.2° C)
from the Control Point (Control Point, CTPT), and
2. The rate of change of the leaving water temperature is
greater than the Cool Ramp Loading (Cooling Ramp
Loading, CRMP).
The control will limit the percent capacity increase until one
of the two conditions above are no longer met, then the mode
will terminate.
COOLER PUMPS ROTATION — This mode is checked for
whether the unit is ON or OFF. The mode is active when the
Cooler Pump Sequence (Cooler Pump Run Status,
PUMP=2) (2 Pumps Automatic Changeover) and the Pump
Rotation Delta Timer (Pump Auto Rotation Delay, ROT.P)
have expired.
The control will switch the operation of the pumps. The
lead pump will operate normally. The lag pump will be started,
becoming the lead, and then the original lead pump will be shut
down. This mode will terminate when the pump operation has
been completed.
PUMP PERIODIC START — This mode is active when the
cooler pump is started due to the Periodic Pump Start configuration (Pump Sticking Protection, PM.PS=YES). If the pump
has not run that day, a pump will be started and will run for 2
seconds at 2:00 PM. If the machine is equipped with dual
pumps, Pump no. 1 will run on even days (such as day 2, 4, 6
of the month). Pump no. 2 will run on odd days (such as day 1,
55

Compressor Suction Gas Temperature — On all sizes, this
thermistor is factory-installed in a well located on the compressor of each circuit. There is one thermistor for each circuit.
Compressor Discharge Gas Temperature — On all sizes, this
thermistor is factory-installed in a well located in the discharge
end of the compressor for the circuit. There is one thermistor
for each circuit.
Economizer Temperature (sizes 175,200,350,400 only) —
On all sizes, this thermistor is factory-installed in a friction fit
well located in the economizer line for the circuit. There is one
thermistor for each circuit.
Compressor Motor Temperature — On all sizes, this thermistor is embedded in the motor windings. There are two thermistors in each compressor. One spare is provided.
Remote Space Temperature — This sensor (part no.
33ZCT55SPT) is a field-installed accessory mounted in the indoor space and is used for water temperature reset. The sensor
should be installed as a wall-mounted thermostat would be (in
the conditioned space where it will not be subjected to either a
cooling or heating source or direct exposure to sunlight, and 4
to 5 ft above the floor).
Space temperature sensor wires are to be connected to
terminals in the unit main control box. The space temperature
sensor includes a terminal block (SEN) and a RJ11 female connector. The RJ11 connector is used to access the Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) system at the sensor. See Fig. 39 and 40.
To connect the space temperature sensor (see Fig. 41):
1. Using a 20 AWG twisted pair conductor cable rated for
the application, connect one wire of the twisted pair to
one SEN terminal and connect the other wire to the other
SEN terminal located under the cover of the space
temperature sensor.
2. Connect the other ends of the wires to terminals 7 and 8
on TB6 located in the unit control box.
Units on the CCN can be monitored from the space at the
sensor through the RJ11 connector, if desired. To wire the RJ11
connector into the CCN:
1. Cut the CCN wire and strip ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (If another wire color
scheme is used, strip ends of appropriate wires.)
2. Insert and secure the red (+) wire to terminal 5 of the
space temperature sensor terminal block.
3. Insert and secure the white (ground) wire to terminal 4 of
the space temperature sensor.
4. Insert and secure the black (–) wire to terminal 2 of the
space temperature sensor.

If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for
Alarms 56 and 57 on page 75.
HIGH DGT CIRCUIT A
HIGH DGT CIRCUIT B — The capacity of the affected
circuit may be increased to reduce circuit discharge gas
temperature.
HIGH PRES OVERRIDE CIR A
HIGH PRES OVERRIDE CIR B — This mode is checked
for when the circuit is ON. The appropriate circuit mode will
be active if the discharge pressure for the circuit, Discharge
Pressure Circuit A (Discharge Pressure, DP.A), Discharge
Pressure Circuit B (Discharge Pressure, DP.B), or Discharge
Pressure Circuit C (Discharge Pressure, DP.C), is greater than
the High Pressure Threshold (High Pressure Threshold,
HP.TH).
The capacity of the affected circuit will be reduced. Two
minutes following the capacity reduction, the circuit’s saturated
condensing temperature (SCTt+2) is calculated and stored. The
affected circuit will not be allowed to add capacity for at least 5
minutes following the capacity reduction. If after 5 minutes,
the circuit’s saturated condensing temperature is less than
SCTt+2 –3° F (1.7° C), and then if required, percent capacity
will be added. If additional capacity is required, the control will
look for other circuits to add capacity.
This mode will terminate once the circuit’s saturated condensing temperature is less than SCTt+2 –3° F (1.7° C).
If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for
Alarm A1.03. on page 81.
LOW SUPERHEAT CIRCUIT A
LOW SUPERHEAT CIRCUIT B — This mode is checked
for when the circuit is ON. The appropriate circuit mode will
be active if the circuit’s superheat (discharge gas temperature
— SCT) is less than 18° F (10° C).
No additional capacity will be added until the circuit’s superheat is greater than 18° F (10° C). The control will look for
other circuits to add capacity if additional steps of capacity are
required. This mode will terminate once the affected circuit’s
superheat is greater than 18° F (10° C).
If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for
Alarms P.11 and P.12 on page 77.

Sensors — The electronic control uses up to 13 thermistors

to sense temperatures and up to 8 transducers to sense pressure
for controlling chiller operation. These sensors are outlined
below. See Fig. 38 for thermistor and transducer locations.
THERMISTORS (Tables 38-39B) — Thermistors that are
monitoring the chiller’s operation include: Cooler Entering
Water, Cooler Leaving Water, Condenser Entering Water,
Condenser Leaving Water, Dual Chiller Leaving Water, Compressor Suction Gas Temperature, Compressor Discharge Gas
Temperature, Economizer Temperature, and Compressor Motor
Temperature. These thermistors are 5 kat 77 F (25 C) and are
identical in temperature versus resistance. The Space Temperature Thermistor is 10 kat 77 F (25 C) and has a different temperature vs. resistance. See Fig. 38 for thermistor locations.
Cooler Leaving Water Sensor — On all sizes, this thermistor
is installed in a well in the leaving water nozzle of the cooler.
See Fig. 39 and 40.
Cooler Entering Water Sensor — On all sizes, this thermistor is factory-installed in a well in the entering water nozzle of
the cooler.
Condenser Leaving Water Sensor — On all sizes with heat
machine options, this thermistor is installed in a well in the
leaving water nozzle of the condenser. See Fig. 39 and 40.
Condenser Entering Water Sensor — On all sizes with heat
machine options, this thermistor is factory-installed in a well in
the entering water nozzle of the condenser.

IMPORTANT: The cable selected for the RJ11
connector wiring MUST be identical to the CCN
communication bus wire used for the entire network.
Refer to Table 11 for acceptable wiring.
5. Connect the other end of the communication bus cable to
the remainder of the CCN communication bus.
NOTE: The Energy Management Module (EMM) is required
for this accessory.
TRANSDUCERS — There are four pressure transducers per
circuit (3 per circuit for sizes 150,325), and two different types
of transducers: low pressure (green connector) and high pressure (black connector). See Fig. 38 for transducer locations.
Low-pressure type:
• Suction pressure transducer (SPT)
• Economizer pressure transducer (EPT)
High-pressure type:
• Discharge pressure transducer (DPT)
• Oil pressure transducer (OPT)
56

ECTA
(175, 200, 350, 400 ONLY)

DGTA

EPTA
(175, 200, 350, 400 ONLY)

A30-4838

HPSA

EPTB
(350, 400 ONLY)
ECTB
(350, 400 ONLY)

DGTB

HPSB

OPTB
SGTB

OPTA
SGTA

DGT
DPT
ECT
EPT
HPS
OPT
SGT
SPT

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND
Discharge Gas Thermistor
Discharge Pressure Transducer
Economizer Gas Thermistor
Economizer Pressure Transducer
High-Pressure Switch
Oil Pressure Transducer
Suction Gas Thermistor
Suction Pressure Transducer

*Not visible from angle shown.
SPTB*

SPTA*

DPTB
DPTA

Fig. 38 — Thermistor and Transducer Locations

A30-4839

Table 38 — Thermistor Identification
THERMISTOR ID
EWT
LWT
CEWT
CLWT
SGTA*
SGTB*
DGTA
DGTB
ECTA
ECTB
DUAL
CAMT
CBMT
SPT

DESCRIPTION
Evaporator Entering Water Thermistor
Evaporator Leaving Water Thermistor
Condenser Entering Water Thermistor
Condenser Leaving Water Thermistor
Circuit A Suction Gas Thermistor
Circuit B Suction Gas Thermistor
Circuit A Discharge Gas Thermistor
Circuit B Discharge Gas Thermistor
Circuit A Economizer Thermistor
Circuit B Economizer Thermistor
Dual Chiller LWT Thermistor
Circuit A Motor Temperature
Circuit B Motor Temperature
Space Temperature Thermistor

RESISTANCE AT 77 F (25 C)
5k 
5k 
5k 
5k 
5k 
5k 
5k 
5k 
5k 
5k 
5k 
5k 
5k 
10k 

CONNECTION POINT
MBB-J6-CH2
MBB-J6-CH1
MBB-J6-CH4
MBB-J6-CH5
EXV1-J3-THA
EXV2-J3-THA
CPM-A-J9-CH02
CPM-B-J9-CH02
EXV1-J3-THB
EXV2-J3-THB
MBB-J6-CH3
CPM-A-J9-CH01
CPM-B-J9-CH01
EMM-J6-CH2

*SGTA and SGTB for 30XW150-325 units are connected to the EXV1 board.

Table 39A — 5K Thermistor Temperature (°F) vs Resistance
TEMP
(F)
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
98,010
94,707
91,522
88,449
85,486
82,627
79,871
77,212
74,648
72,175
69,790
67,490
65,272
63,133
61,070
59,081
57,162
55,311
53,526
51,804
50,143
48,541
46,996
45,505
44,066
42,679
41,339
40,047
38,800
37,596
36,435
35,313
34,231
33,185
32,176
31,202
30,260
29,351
28,473
27,624
26,804
26,011
25,245
24,505
23,789
23,096
22,427
21,779
21,153
20,547
19,960
19,393
18,843
18,311
17,796
17,297
16,814
16,346
15,892
15,453
15,027
14,614
14,214

TEMP
(F)
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
13,826
13,449
13,084
12,730
12,387
12,053
11,730
11,416
11,112
10,816
10,529
10,250
9,979
9,717
9,461
9,213
8,973
8,739
8,511
8,291
8,076
7,686
7,665
7,468
7,277
7,091
6,911
6,735
6,564
6,399
6,238
6,081
5,929
5,781
5,637
5,497
5,361
5,229
5,101
4,976
4,855
4,737
4,622
4,511
4,403
4,298
4,196
4,096
4,000
3,906
3,814
3,726
3,640
3,556
3,474
3,395
3,318
3,243
3,170
3,099
3,031
2,964
2,898

TEMP
(F)
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,835
2,773
2,713
2,655
2,597
2,542
2,488
2,436
2,385
2,335
2,286
2,239
2,192
2,147
2,103
2,060
2,018
1,977
1,937
1,898
1,860
1,822
1,786
1,750
1,715
1,680
1,647
1,614
1,582
1,550
1,519
1,489
1,459
1,430
1,401
1,373
1,345
1,318
1,291
1,265
1,240
1,214
1,190
1,165
1,141
1,118
1,095
1,072
1,050
1,029
1,007
986
965
945
925
906
887
868
850
832
815
798
782

TEMP
(F)
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
765
750
734
719
705
690
677
663
650
638
626
614
602
591
581
570
561
551
542
533
524
516
508
501
494
487
480
473
467
461
456
450
445
439
434
429
424
419
415
410
405
401
396
391
386
382
377
372
367
361
356
350
344
338
332
325
318
311
304
297
289
282

Table 39B — 5K Thermistor Temperature (°C) vs Resistance
TEMP
(C)
–32
–31
–30
–29
–28
–27
–26
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2

TEMP
(C)
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
100,260
94,165
88,480
83,170
78,125
73,580
69,250
65,205
61,420
57,875
54,555
51,450
48,536
45,807
43,247
40,845
38,592
38,476
34,489
32,621
30,866
29,216
27,633
26,202
24,827
23,532
22,313
21,163
20,079
19,058
18,094
17,184
16,325
15,515
14,749

O-RING

a30-4079

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
14,026
13,342
12,696
12,085
11,506
10,959
10,441
9,949
9,485
9,044
8,627
8,231
7,855
7,499
7,161
6,840
6,536
6,246
5,971
5,710
5,461
5,225
5,000
4,786
4,583
4,389
4,204
4,028
3,861
3,701
3,549
3,404
3,266
3,134
3,008

TEMP
(C)
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,888
2,773
2,663
2,559
2,459
2,363
2,272
2,184
2,101
2,021
1,944
1,871
1,801
1,734
1,670
1,609
1,550
1,493
1,439
1,387
1,337
1,290
1,244
1,200
1,158
1,118
1,079
1,041
1,006
971
938
906
876
836
805

TEMP
(C)
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
775
747
719
693
669
645
623
602
583
564
547
531
516
502
489
477
466
456
446
436
427
419
410
402
393
385
376
367
357
346
335
324
312
299
285

SERVICE

BRASS NUT 3/8 - 24 FOR
ASSEMBLY ON BRASS WELL

Each
circuit
on
30XW175,200,350,400 units has an economizer assembly. The
30XW150,325 units do not have an economizer and have one
main electronic expansion valve. The 30XW150,325 units are
controlled the same way as units with a separate economizer
assembly. See Fig. 42.

Economizer Assembly —

Fig. 39 — 5K Thermistor
(30RB660036 Thermistor Kit)

Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) — See Fig. 43

for a cutaway view of the EXV. High-pressure liquid refrigerant enters valve through the top. As refrigerant passes through
the orifice, pressure drops and refrigerant changes to a 2-phase
condition (liquid and vapor). The electronic expansion valve
operates through an electronically controlled activation of a
stepper motor. The stepper motor stays in position unless power pulses initiate the two discrete sets of motor stator windings
for rotation in either direction. The direction depends on the
phase relationship of the power pulses.
The motor directly operates the spindle, which has rotating
movements that are transformed into linear motion by the
transmission in the cage assembly. The valve cone is a V-port
type which includes a positive shut-off when closed.
The large number of steps and long stroke results in very accurate control of the refrigerant flow. The stepper motor has either 4260 (main) or 2785 (economizer) steps.
MAIN EXV CONTROL — Each circuit has a thermistor located in a well in the discharge line of the compressor (DGT)
and another one located in the compressor motor cavity (SGT).
Each circuit also has discharge and suction pressure transducer.
Discharge and suction pressure as measured by the transducers
are converted to saturated temperatures. The main control logic
for the EXV uses discharge superheat to control the position of
the EXV. The difference between the temperature of the
discharge gas and the saturated discharge temperature is the
superheat. The EXV module controls the position of the electronic expansion valve stepper motor to maintain the discharge
superheat set point.

1/4-18 NPT

a30-4080

6" MINIMUM
CLEARANCE FOR
THERMISTOR
REMOVAL

1.188 in.
2.315 in.

Fig. 40 — Dual Leaving Water Thermistor Well
(00PPG000008000A)

a30-4081

SENSOR

SEN

TB6
7
8

Fig. 41 — Typical Remote Space Temperature
Sensor (33ZCT55SPT) Wiring

EXV to maintain economizer superheat set point, which is approximately 8° to 12° F (4.4° to 6.7° C). If the circuit capacity is
less than 70%, the economizer EXV will be closed.
The economizer EXV has one override. If the discharge gas
temperature exceeds 195 F (90.6 C) the economizer EXV will
start to open. The EXV will be controlled to maintain discharge
gas temperature at approximately 195 F (90.6 C).
If it appears that main EXV or economizer EXV is not
properly controlling circuit operation to maintain correct superheat, there are a number of checks that can be made using test
functions and initialization features built into the microprocessor control. See the Service Test section to test EXVs.

The EXV control logic has several overrides, which are also
used to control the position of the EXV.
• Approach between SST and LWT
• Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP)
Approach — If the approach (pinch), which is the difference
between leaving fluid temperature and saturated suction temperature, is equal to or less than the pinch set point then the
EXV will not open any further even though discharge superheat set point is not met. Pinch set point is calculated using
suction superheat, discharge superheat and pinch offset. Pinch
offset is used to adjust calculated pinch set point do to accuracy
of transducers and thermistors.
MOP — The EXV is also used to limit cooler saturated suction
temperature to 55 F (12.8 C). This makes it possible for the
chiller to start at higher cooler fluid temperatures without overloading the compressor. This is commonly referred to as MOP
(maximum operating pressure). If the SST is equal to or greater
than the MOP set point then the MBB will try to control the
EXV position to maintain the MOP set point.
The discharge superheat leaving the compressor is maintained between approximately 18 and 25 F (10 and 14 C), or
less. Because EXV status is communicated to the Main Base
Board (MBB) and is controlled by the EXV modules, it is possible to track the valve position. The unit is then protected
against loss of charge and a faulty valve. During initial start-up,
the EXV is fully closed. After an initialization period, valve
position is tracked by the EXV module by constantly monitoring the amount of valve movement.
ECONOMIZER EXV CONTROL — The economizer EXV
is controlled by the circuit EXV board. There is an economizer
gas temperature thermistor and economizer pressure transducer
located in the line, which runs from the economizer assembly to
the compressor. The economizer pressure is converted to saturated temperature and is used to calculate economizer superheat.
Economizer superheat equals economizer temperature minus
saturated economizer temperature. The economizer EXV only
operates during normal conditions when the capacity of the
circuit is greater than 70%. Once the capacity of the circuit is
greater than 70% the MBB will start controlling the economizer

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

MAIN EXV CONNECTOR
6

NAME PLATE
2

ECONOMIZER
EXV CONNECTOR
5

EXV
1
2
3
4
5
6

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND
Electronic Expansion Valve
Fuse Plug Adaptor
High Flow Access Fitting
Filter Drier
Main Expansion Valve
Economizer Expansion Valve
Brazed Plate Heat Exchanger

Fig. 42 — Economizer Assembly

Cable
Glass Seal
Motor Housing
Stepper Motor
Bearing
Lead Screw
Insert
Valve Piston
Valve Seat
Valve Port

a30-4241

Fig. 43 — Cutaway Views of the Electronic Expansion Valve
60

and change Service Test Enable, T.REQ from OFF to
ON. A password may be required. Switch the EOR
switch to the Enable position. Under the COMP submode, enable one of the compressors (CP.xn) for the circuit. Let compressor run until gage on suction pressure
port reads 10 psig (68.9 kPa). Turn the compressor off.
The compressor will turn off. Immediately after the compressor shuts off, manually close the actuated ball valve
(ABV). If the unit is equipped with suction service valves
and economizer service valves, close both valves. Closing the valves will minimize the amount of charge that
will have to be removed from the system after pump
down.
2. Remove any remaining refrigerant from the system low
side using proper recovering techniques. The economizer
assembly has a 1/4-in. access connection which can be
used to remove charge from the inlet of the EXVs. Turn
off the line voltage power supply to the compressors.

EXV TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE — There are
two different economizer EXVs. Both of the economizer
EXVs have a total of 2785 steps. There are three different main
EXVs, which all have a total of 4260 steps. The EXV motor
moves at 150 steps per second. Commanding the valve to
either 0% or 100% will add an additional 160 steps to the
move, to ensure the valve is open or closed completely.
Follow the steps below to diagnose and correct EXV
problems. Check EXV motor operation first. Switch the
Enable/Off/Remote (EOR) Contact switch to the Off position.
Check the appropriate circuit EXV, Circuit A EXV % Open
(Circuit A EXV Position, EXV.A) or Circuit B EXV % Open
(Circuit B EXV Position, EXV.B). The current value of 0 will
be displayed. Increase the EXV position to select 100% valve
position. The actuator should be felt moving through the EXV.
To close the valve, select 0%. The actuator should knock when
it reaches the bottom of its stroke. See Table 40 for a list of
EXV modes and submodes.
If the valve is not working properly, continue with the following test procedure:
Check the 8-position DIP switch on the board for the proper
address (Fig. 10). Check the EXV output signals at appropriate
terminals on the EXV module. For 30XW150,325 units, connect the positive test lead to EXV-J2A terminal 5 for Circuit A
and to EXV-J2B terminal 5 for Circuit B.
For 30XW175,200,350,400 units connect positive test lead
to EXV(X)-J2A terminal 5 for EXV(X) and EXV(X)-J2B terminal 5 for Economizer EXV(X). Using the Service Test procedure on page 83, move the valve output under test to 100%.
DO NOT short meter leads together or pin 5 to any other pin,
as board damage will occur. During the next several seconds,
carefully connect the negative test lead to pins 1,2,3 and 4 in
succession. Digital voltmeters will average this signal and
display approximately 6 vdc. If the output remains at a constant
voltage other than 6 vdc or shows 0 volts, remove the connector to the valve and recheck.
Select 0% to close the valve.
NOTE: When the valve is stationary, the output from the EXV
board is 12-vdc.
See Tables 6 and 7. If a problem still exists, replace the
EXV board. If the reading is correct, the expansion valve and
EXV wiring should be checked. Check the EXV connector and
interconnecting wiring.
1. Check color-coding and wire connections. Make sure
they are connected to the correct terminals at the EXV
board and EXV plug and that the cables are not crossed.
2. Check for continuity and tight connection at all pin
terminals.
Check the resistance of the EXV motor windings. For
30XW150,325 units remove the EXV module plug EXV-J2A
for Circuit A EXV and EXV-J2B for Circuit B EXV. For
30XW175,200,350,400 units remove the EXV module plug
EXV(X)-J2A for main EXV and EXV(X)-J2B for economizer
EXV. Check the resistance of the two windings between pins 1
and 3 for one winding and pins 2 and 4 for the other winding.
The resistance should be 52 ohms (± 5.2 ohms). Also check
pins 1-4 for any shorts to ground.
Inspecting/Opening Electronic Expansion Valves

CAUTION
Ensure refrigerant is removed from both the inlet and outlet
of EXV assemblies. Equipment damage could result.
3. The expansion valve motor is hermetically sealed inside
the top portion of the valve. See Fig. 43. Disconnect the
EXV plug. Carefully unscrew the motor portion from the
body of the valve. The EXV operator will come out with
the motor portion of the device. Reconnect the EXV plug.
4. Enter the appropriate EXV test step under the (QUIC)
Service Test mode Locate the desired item Circuit A
EXV Position, EXV.A or Circuit B EXV Position,
EXV.B. Change the position to 100%. Observe the operation of the lead screw. See Fig. 43. The motor should be
turning, raising the operator closer to the motor. Motor
actuator movement should be smooth and uniform from
fully closed to fully open position. Select 0% and check
open to closed operation. If the valve is properly connected to the processor and receiving correct signals, yet does
not operate as described above, the sealed motor portion
of the valve should be replaced.
Installing EXV Motor
IMPORTANT: Obtain replacement gasket before
opening EXV. Do not re-use gaskets.
If re-installing the motor, be sure to use a new gasket in the
assembly. See Fig. 44. It is easier to install the motor assembly
with the piston in the fully closed position. Insert the motor into
the body of the EXV. Tighten the motor to the body to 36 ft-lb
(50 N-m) and then tighten the valve another 30 degrees.
Moisture Liquid Indicator — Clear flow of liquid refrigerant
indicates sufficient charge in system. Bubbles in the sight glass
indicate undercharged system or presence of noncondensables.
Moisture in system, measured in parts per million (ppm),
changes color of indicator. See Table 41. Change filter drier at
first sign of moisture in system.
IMPORTANT: Unit must be in operation at least
12 hours before moisture indicator can give an accurate reading.
With unit running, indicating element must be in contact with liquid refrigerant to give true reading.

IMPORTANT: Obtain replacement gaskets before
opening EXV. Do not re-use gaskets.
To check the physical operation of an EXV, the following
steps must be performed.
1. Close the liquid line service valve of the circuit to be
checked. Put the Enable/Off/Remote Contact (EOR)
switch in the Off position. Enter the Service Test mode

Filter Drier — Whenever moisture-liquid indicator shows
presence of moisture, replace filter drier(s). There is one filter
drier assembly on each circuit with two cores. Refer to the Carrier Standard Service Techniques Manual, Chapter 1, Refrigerants, for details on servicing filter driers.
61

DISASSEMBLY

CLOSED

27mm / 11/16''

OPEN

NOTE: Open valve in Quick Test sub-mode before disassembling.
OPEN VALVE IN QUICK TEST SUB-MODE BEFORE DISASSEMBLING

ASSEMBLY

CLOSED
50Nm (36 ft-lb)+ 30°

27mm / 11/16''

OPEN
GASKET

EF05BD271 NV 32.5mm
EF05BD331 NV 36mm

NOTES:
1. Push down on valve piston to close valve before assembling.
2. After valve is assembled close valve in Quick Test sub-mode or cycle power before opening service valve.

A30-4072ef

Fig. 44 — Disassembly and Assembly of EXV Motor
Table 40 — EXV Modes and Submodes
EXV TYPE AND CIRCUIT
EXV, Circuit A
EXV, Circuit B
Economizer EXV, Circuit A
Economizer EXV, Circuit B

TOUCH PILOT™ PATH
Main Menu Status QCK_TST1 Q_EXVA
Main Menu Status QCK_TST1 Q_EXVB
Main Menu Status QCK_TST1 Q_ECO_A
Main Menu Status QCK_TST1 Q_ECO_B

Liquid Line Service Valve — This valve is located immediately
ahead of filter drier, and has a 1/4-in. access connection for field
charging. In combination with compressor discharge service
valve, each circuit can be pumped down into the high side for
servicing.

Table 41 — Color Indicators when
Moisture is Present in Refrigerant
COLOR INDICATOR
Green — Dry
Yellow-green — Caution
Yellow — Wet

R-134a,
75 F (24 C)
(ppm)
<30
30-100
>100

NAVIGATOR™ PATH
Service Test Mode QUIC EXV.A
Service Test Mode QUIC EXV.B
Service Test Mode QUIC ECO.A
Service Test Mode QUIC ECO.B

R-134a,
125 F (52 C)
(ppm)
<45
45-170
>170

Compressor Assembly — The 30XW units utilize

screw compressors with a modulating slide valve which varies
capacity from 15% to 100% of compressor capacity for each
circuit. See Fig. 45 for a view of a typical 06T compressor.
The slide valve position is varied by opening and closing the
2 solenoid valves located on the compressor. To unload the
compressor, both solenoids are deenergized. To increase in
capacity both solenoid valves are energized together which
will cause the slide valve to slide towards the fully loaded position. To stop the loading process solenoid 2 is energized and
solenoid 1 is deenergized. This will cause the slide valve to
maintain its current position. There is no feedback for the position of the slide valve. The control utilizes compressor current
as an indicator of the slide valve position. Once the calculated
position of the slide valve reaches 100% circuit capacity, the
control will try to increase capacity again if the compressor
current continues to increase. The control will continue to load
the compressor until the compressor current no longer
increases. At that time the control will energize both solenoids
and the circuit will be considered fully loaded.
COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM — Each compressor/circuit
has its own oil system which includes an oil filter, oil solenoid,
check valve, oil level switch, oil pressure transducer, and an oil
shut-off valve. A typical oil system is shown in Fig. 46. See
Table 42.

2
8

3
4

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Table 42 — Unit Oil Quantities
OIL CHANGE (gal, [liters])
Circuit A
Circuit B
6.0 [22.7]
—
5.0 [18.9]
5.0 [18.9]

30XW UNIT SIZE
150-200
325-400

A30-4842

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND
Oil Pressure Transducer
Oil Solenoid
Oil Filter
1/ in. FL (Female) Access Fitting
4
Shut-Off Valve
Oil Level Sight Glass
Oil Level Switch
1/ in. FL (Female) Access Fitting
4

Fig. 46 — Typical Oil System
SUCTION
TEMPERATURE

DISCHARGE
GAS THERMISTOR
ACCESS
FITTING
MOTOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR 1
COMMON

MOTOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR 2

HIGH PRESSURE
SWITCH

Unloader Piston
Chamber

te xt

Slide Valve

Disc harge
P o rt

D isch arg e
P ort
t ex t

Slide Valve
l

t ext

D is ch ar g e
Po r t

Bleed Line to Low Pressure Suction

High Pressure Oil
De- energized
FLOW
Valve #2 ( NO)

De-energized
NO FLOW
Valve #1 ( NC)

High Pressure Oil
Energized
NO FLOW
Valve #2 (NO)

FULLY UNLOADED OPERATION

Fig. 45 — Typical 06T Compressor
63

Slide
SlidValve
e Valve

Part Load Position

B leed Line to Low Pressure Suction

High Pressure Oil

FULLY LOADED OPERATION

Trapped
Oil at
High
Pressure

Unloaded Position

Bleed Line to Low Pressure S uction

Energized
F L OW
Val ve #1 (NC)

Compression
Process

Loaded
Loaded Position
Posi tion

Energized
NO FLOW
Valve #2 ( NO)

SOLENOID 1

Unloader Pist on
Chamber

Unloader Piston
C ha m b e r

Compression
P rocess
Drain to
Low Pressure

High with
High
Pressure
Oil

SOLENOID 2

De-energiz ed
NO FLOW
Valv e #1 (NC)

MAINTAIN POSITION

A30-4841

(344.7 kPa) then the control will shut down the circuit on
Maximum Oil Filter Differential Pressure Failure.

Oil Charge — When additional oil or a complete charge is
required it must meet the following specifications:
• Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emkarate RL220XL
• Oil Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inhibited polyolester-based
synthetic compressor lubricant for use with screw compressors.
• ISO Viscosity Grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

CAUTION
Compressor oil is pressurized. Use proper safety precautions when relieving pressure.

Do not reuse drained oil or any oil that has been exposed to
the atmosphere.
Oil is available in the following quantities from your local
Carrier representative:
QUANTITY
1 Quart
1 Gallon
5 Gallon

Replacing the Oil Filter — Close the oil line ball valve located in front of the oil filter. Connect a charging hose to the 1/4-in.
access fitting port located downstream of the valve and bleed
off oil trapped between the service valve and the oil solenoid
valve. A quart of oil is typically what is removed during this
process. Remove the charging hose. Unscrew the nuts from
both ends of the oil filter and remove the oil filter. Remove the
protective caps from the new oil filter and install, being careful
not to lose or damage the new O-ring located on the new oil filter. Draw a vacuum at the Schrader port. Remove the charging
hose and open the oil line ball valve. Check both fittings for
leaks.

TOTALINE PART NO.
P903-2325
P903-2301
P903-2305

If unsure if there is low oil charge in the system, follow the
steps below:
1. If the unit shuts off repeatedly from a low oil level alert it
may be an indication of inadequate oil charge; however, it
could also indicate that the oil is not being recovered from
the low-side of the system.
2. Begin running the unit at full load for 11/2 hours. Use the
manual Test Mode feature of Service Test if the unit does
not normally run at full load.
NOTE: An adequate load must be available.
3. After running the unit for 11/2 hours at full load, allow the
unit to restart and run normally. If low oil alarms persist,
continue with the following steps.
4. Close the liquid line service valve and place a pressure
gage on top of the cooler. Enable the Service Test feature
and turn the Enable/Off/Remote switch to the enable position. Start the desired circuit by turning it on under the
TEST function: CP.A for compressor A, CP.B for compressor B, or CP.C for compressor C.
5. When the compressor starts successfully observe the
cooler pressure when the pressure reads 10 psig
(68.9 kPa), turn the Emergency Switch (SW2) to the OFF
position. The compressor should stop.
6. Open the liquid line service valve and allow the unit to
restart normally. If low oil level alarms persist, continue
with the following steps.
7. If none of the previous steps were successful, the unit is
low on oil charge. Add oil to the oil separator using the
1/ in. access fitting that the discharge pressure transducer
4
is mounted to.
8. To facilitate the oil charging process, ensure that the unit
is not running when adding oil. The system is under pressure even when the unit is not running, so it is necessary
to use a suitable pump to add oil to the system.
9. Using a suitable pump, add 1/2 gal (1.9 l) of oil to the
system. Continue adding oil in 1/2 gal (1.9 l) increments
until the problem is resolved, up to a maximum of 1.5 gal
(5.7 l). If it is necessary to add factory oil charge levels to
the system contact your local Carrier representative.
Oil Filter Maintenance — Each circuit has one oil filter located externally to the compressor. Oil line pressure drop is
monitored by the control. Oil line pressure drop is calculated
by subtracting oil pressure (OP) from discharge pressure (DP).
If the oil line pressure drop exceeds 30 psi (206.8 kPa) for
5 minutes the control will generate a High Oil Filter Pressure
Drop alert. The High Oil Filter Pressure Drop alert will
not shut down the compressor, but instead indicates that the
oil filter is dirty. If oil pressure line losses exceed 50 psi

Cooler
SUCTION SERVICE VALVE — The suction service valve
is a factory-installed option for 30XW units. It is located in the
suction outlet of the cooler. The suction service valve is bolted
between the cooler outlet and the suction flange piping. The
suction service valve shaft has a locking device located on the
shaft to lock the valve in either a fully open position or a fully
closed position. The locking device must be pulled out prior to
moving the valve handle to a fully open or a fully closed position. See Fig. 47A and 47B.
A30-4843

CLOSED AND UNLOCKED
SUCTION SERVICE VALVE

Fig. 47A — Suction Service Valve Locking Device,
Closed and Unlocked
A30-4844

OPENED AND LOCKED
SUCTION SERVICE VALVE

Fig. 47B — Suction Service Valve Locking Device,
Open and Locked
64

LOW FLUID TEMPERATURE — Main Base Board is programmed to shut chiller down if leaving fluid temperature
drops below 34 F (1.1 C) for cooler fluid type water or below
Brine Freeze Setpoint (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) for
cooler fluid type brine. The unit will shut down without a
pumpout. When fluid temperature rises to 6° F (3.3° C) above
the leaving fluid set point, safety resets and chiller restarts.
Reset is automatic as long as this is the first occurrence.
LOSS OF FLUID FLOW PROTECTION — All 30XW machines include an integral flow switch that protects the cooler
against loss of cooler flow. In addition, all models ordered for
heat reclaim duty have factory installed condenser water sensors and an integral flow switch.
TUBE PLUGGING — A leaky tube can be plugged until
retubing can be done. The number of tubes plugged determines
how soon the cooler must be retubed. All tubes in the cooler
may be removed. Loss of unit capacity and efficiency as well
as increased pump power will result from plugging tubes.
Failed tubes should be replaced as soon as possible. Up to 10%
of the total number of tubes per pass can be plugged before
retubing is necessary. Fig. 48 shows an Elliott tube plug and a
cross-sectional view of a plug in place. See Tables 43-46 for
plug components. If the tube failure occurs in both circuits
using tube plugs will not correct the problem. Contact your
local Carrier representative for assistance.

Table 45 — Condenser (Sizes 325-400) Plug
Component Parts
COMPONENT
For Tubes
Brass Pin
Brass Ring
For Holes without tubes
Brass Pin
Brass Ring
Loctite
Locquic

COMPONENT
Tube Sheet Hole Diameter
Tube OD
Tube ID after Rolling
(includes expansion due to
clearance.)

23.32 to 23.75

RETUBING — When retubing is required, obtain service of
qualified personnel experienced in boiler maintenance and
repair. Most standard procedures can be followed when retubing the coolers. An 8% crush is recommended when rolling
replacement tubes into the tubesheet.
Place one drop of Loctite No. 675 or equivalent on top of
tube prior to rolling. This material is intended to “wick” into the
area of the tube that is not rolled into the tube sheet, and prevent
fluid from accumulating between the tube and the tube sheet.
New tubes must also be rolled into the center tubesheet to
prevent circuit to circuit leaks.
TIGHTENING COOLER HEAD BOLTS
Preparation — When reassembling cooler heads, always
check the condition of the O-rings first. The O-ring should be
replaced if there is visible signs of deterioration, cuts or
damage. Apply a thin film of grease to the O-ring before
installation. This will aid in holding the O-ring in the groove
while the head is installed. Torque all bolts to the following
specification and in sequence:
3/ -in. Diameter Perimeter Bolts (Grade 5) . . . 200 to 225 ft-lb
4
(271 to 305 N-m)
1. Install all bolts finger tight.
2. Bolt tightening sequence is outlined in Fig. 49. Follow
the numbering or lettering sequence so that pressure is
evenly applied to O-ring.
3. Apply torque in one-third steps until required torque is
reached. Load all bolts to each one-third step before proceeding to next one-third step.
4. No less than one hour later, retighten all bolts to required
torque values.
5. After refrigerant is restored to system, check for refrigerant leaks using recommended industry practices.
6. Replace cooler insulation.

Table 43 — Condenser (Sizes 150-200) and
Evaporator Plug Component Parts
PART NUMBER
853103-1*
853002-657 or 670* (Measure inside
diameter of tube before ordering.)
853103-1A*
853002-738*
No. 675†
“N”†

*Order directly from Elliot Tube Company, Dayton, OH or RCD.
†Can be obtained locally.

Table 44 — Condenser (Sizes 150-200) and
Evaporator Tube Components
SIZE
in.
mm
0.752 to 0.757
19.10 to 19.23
0.742 to 0.748
18.85 to 19.00
0.666 to 0.681

0.918 to 0.935

NOTE: Tubes replaced along heat exchanger head partitions must
be flush with tube sheet (both ends).

Fig. 48 — Elliott Tube Plug

Tube Sheet Hole Diameter
Tube OD
Tube ID after Rolling
(includes expansion due to
clearance.)

SIZE
in.
mm
1.000 to 1.008
25.40 to 25.60
0.992 to 0.998
25.20 to 25.35

LEGEND
ID — Inside Diameter
OD — Outside Diameter

a30-4083

COMPONENT

853103-3*
853002-988*
No. 675†
“N”†

Table 46 — Condenser (Sizes 325-400) Tube
Components

Use extreme care when installing plugs to prevent damage
to the tube sheet section between the holes.

For Holes without Tubes
Brass Pin
Brass Ring
Loctite
Locquic

853103-2A*
853002-918*

*Order directly from Elliot Tube Company, Dayton, OH or RCD.
†Can be obtained locally.

CAUTION

COMPONENT
For Tubes
Brass Pin
Brass Ring

PART NUMBER

16.92 to 17.30

LEGEND
ID — Inside Diameter
OD — Outside Diameter
NOTE: Tubes replaced along heat exchanger head partitions must
be flush with tube sheet (both ends).

3. If the contacts do not close with sufficient flow, then
check the wiring connection to the MBB. If the input signal is not closed, then the switch needs to be replaced.

5
7

12
10

a30-4708
20

9
8

11
6

22
19

A30-4845

Fig. 49 — Cooler Head Recommended
Bolt Torque Sequence
INSPECTING/CLEANING HEAT EXCHANGERS — Inspect and clean cooler tubes at the end of the first operating
season. Because these tubes have internal ridges, a rotary-type
tube cleaning system is necessary to fully clean the tubes. Tube
condition in the cooler will determine the scheduled frequency
for cleaning, and will indicate whether water treatment is
adequate in the chilled water/brine circuit. Inspect the entering
and leaving water thermistor wells for signs of corrosion or
scale. Replace the well if corroded or remove any scale if
found.

WIRING

CAUTION

Fig. 50 — Chilled Water Flow Switch

Hard scale may require chemical treatment for its prevention or removal. Consult a water treatment specialist for
proper treatment procedures.

LWT

WATER TREATMENT — Untreated or improperly treated
water may result in corrosion, scaling, erosion or algae. The
services of a qualified water treatment specialist should be
obtained to develop and monitor a treatment program.

CWFS

EWT
OUT

CAUTION

Water must be within design flow limits, clean and treated
to ensure proper machine performance and reduce the
potential of tubing damage due to corrosion, scaling, and
algae. Carrier assumes no responsibility for cooler damage
resulting from untreated or improperly treated water.
CHILLED WATER FLOW SWITCH — A factory-installed
flow switch is installed in the entering water nozzle for all machines. See Fig. 50 and 51. This is a thermal-dispersion flow
switch. Figure 50 shows typical installation. If nuisance trips of
the sensor are occurring, follow the steps below to correct:
When power is supplied to the device, a warm-up period is
initiated. The warm-up period may take up to 30 seconds.
When enough flow is detected, the switch contacts will close.
The switch closure does not indicate minimum flow requirements have been met for the machine.
1. Check to confirm that all strainers are clean, valves are
open and pumps are running. For the case of variable
frequency drive (VFD) controlled pumps, ensure the
minimum speed setting has not been changed.
2. Measure the pressure drop across the cooler (evaporator).
Use the cooler pressure drop curves in Fig. 27-37 to calculate the flow and compare this to system requirements.

OUT
IN

CLWT

CEWT

CEWT
CLWT
CWFS
EWT
LWT

—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND
Condenser Entering Water Thermistor
Condenser Leaving Water Thermistor
Chilled Water Flow Switch
Entering Water Thermistor
Leaving Water Thermistor

A30-4846

Fig. 51 — Flow Switch (Typical)
66

COOLER PROTECTION
Low Water Temperature — Microprocessor is programmed
to shut the chiller down if the leaving fluid temperature drops
below 34 F (1.1 C) for water or more than 8 F (4.4 C) below
set point for Fluid Type = brine. When the fluid temperature
rises 6 F (3.3 C) above the leaving fluid set point, the safety
resets and the chiller restarts. Reset is automatic as long as this
is the first occurrence of the day.

Refrigerant Circuit
LEAK TESTING — Units are shipped with complete operating charge of refrigerant R-134a or nitrogen (see Physical Data
tables supplied in the 30XW installation instructions) and
should be under sufficient pressure to conduct a leak test. If
there is no pressure in the system, introduce enough nitrogen to
search for the leak. Repair the leak using good refrigeration
practices. After leaks are repaired, system must be evacuated
and dehydrated.
REFRIGERANT CHARGE — Refer to Physical Data tables
supplied in the 30XW installation instructions. Immediately
ahead of filter drier in each circuit is a factory-installed liquid
line service valve. Each valve has a 1/4-in. access connection
for charging liquid refrigerant.
Charging with Unit Off and Evacuated — Close liquid line
service valve before charging. Weigh in charge shown on unit
nameplate. Open liquid line service valve; start unit and allow
it to run several minutes fully loaded. Check for a clear sight
glass. Be sure clear condition is liquid and not vapor.
Charging with Unit Running — If charge is to be added while
unit is operating, loop water temperatures should be near the
ARI rating point (54/44 F evaporator; 85/95 F condenser). At
these conditions and with the circuit at full load, charge to a
clear sightglass and a liquid line temperature of 90 to 93 F (32.2
to 33.9 C).
Add 5 lb (2.3 kg) of liquid charge into the fitting located on
the tube entering the bottom of the cooler. This fitting is located
between the electronic expansion valve (EXV) and the cooler.
Allow the system to stabilize and then recheck the liquid
temperature. If needed, add additional liquid charge, 5 lb
(2.3 kg) at a time, allowing the system to stabilize between
each charge addition. Slowly add charge as the sight glass
begins to clear to avoid overcharging.

IMPORTANT: If unit is installed in an area where
ambient temperatures fall below 32 F (0° C), a suitable corrosion-inhibited antifreeze solution must be
used in the chilled water and condenser water circuit.

Relief Devices — Fusible plugs are located in each cir-

cuit between the condenser and the liquid line shutoff valve.
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES — Valves are installed in each
circuit and are located on all coolers and condensers. These
valves are designed to relieve if an abnormal pressure condition
arises. Relief valves on all coolers relieve at 220 psi (1517 kPa).
These valves should not be capped. If a valve relieves, it should
be replaced. If the valve is not replaced, it may relieve at a lower
pressure, or leak due to trapped dirt from the system which may
prevent resealing. Valves on standard condensers relieve at
220 psi (1517 kPa). Valves on high condensing and heat reclaim
units relieve at 300 psi (2068 kPa).
Pressure relief valves located on shells have 3/4-in. NPT
connections for relief. Some local building codes require that
relieved gases be exhausted to a specific location. This connection allows conformance to this requirement. Refer to Installation Instructions for details.

MAINTENANCE
Recommended Maintenance Schedule — The fol-

lowing are only recommended guidelines. Jobsite conditions
may dictate that maintenance schedule is performed more often
than recommended.
Every month:
• Check moisture indicating sight glass for possible refrigerant loss and presence of moisture.
Every 3 months:
• Check refrigerant charge.
• Check all refrigerant joints and valves for refrigerant leaks;
repair as necessary.
• Check chilled water and condenser flow switch operation.
• Check oil filter pressure drop.
Every 12 months:
• Check all electrical connections; tighten as necessary.
• Inspect all contactors and relays; replace as necessary.
• Check accuracy of thermistors; replace if greater than ±2° F
(1.2° C) variance from calibrated thermometer.
• Check accuracy of transducers; replace if greater than ±5 psi
(34.47 kPa) variance.
• Check to be sure that the proper concentration of antifreeze
is present in the chilled water and condenser loops, if
applicable.
• Verify that the chilled water loop is properly treated.
• Check refrigerant filter driers for excessive pressure drop;
replace as necessary.
• Check chilled water and condenser strainers, clean as
necessary.
• Perform Service Test to confirm operation of all components.
• Check for excessive cooler approach (Leaving Chilled
Water Temperature – Saturated Suction Temperature) which
may indicate fouling. Clean cooler vessel if necessary.
• Obtain oil analysis; change as necessary.

IMPORTANT: When adjusting refrigerant charge, circulate fluid through cooler and condenser continuously to
prevent freezing and possible damage to both. Do not
overcharge, and never charge liquid into the low-pressure
side of system.

Safety Devices — The 30XW chillers contain many

safety devices and protection logic built into the electronic
control. Following is a description of the major safeties.
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION
Motor Overload — The compressor protection modules
(CPM) protect each compressor against overcurrent. Do not
bypass the current transducers or make any changes to the
factory-installed and configured headers. The configuration of
these headers defines the Must Trip Amps (MTA) at which the
CPM will turn the compressors off. Determine the cause for
trouble and correct the problem before resetting the CPM. See
Appendix D for MTA settings and configuration headers.
Each CPM board also reads the status of each compressor’s
high-pressure switch. All compressors have factory-installed
high-pressure switches. See Table 47.
Table 47 — High-Pressure Switch Settings
30XW UNIT
STD
HIGH COND

SWITCH SETTING
psig
kPa
217.6 +7.25, –14.5
1500 +50, –100
304.5 +7.25, –14.5
2099 +50, –100

If the switch opens during operation, the compressor will be
shut down. The CPM will reset automatically when the switch
closes, however, a manual reset of the control is required to
restart the compressor.

TROUBLESHOOTING
See Table 48 for an abbreviated list of symptoms, possible
causes and possible remedies.
67

Table 48 — Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
Unit Does Not Run

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Check for power to unit
Wrong or incorrect unit configuration
Active alarm
Active operating mode

Unit Operates too Long or
Continuously

Circuit Does Not Run

Low refrigerant charge
Compressor or control contacts welded
Air in chilled water loop
Non-condensables in refrigerant circuit.
Inoperative EXV
Load too high
Active alarm
Active operating mode

Circuit Does Not Load

Active alarm
Active operating mode
Low saturated suction temperature
High circuit suction superheat
Low suction superheat

Compressor Does Not Run

Active alarm
Active operating mode
Inoperative compressor contactor

Chilled Water Pump is ON, but
the Machine is OFF

Cooler freeze protection

POSSIBLE REMEDY
• Check overcurrent protection device.
• Check non-fused disconnect (if equipped).
• Restore power to unit.
Check unit configuration.
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow
troubleshooting instructions.
Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow troubleshooting instructions
Check for leak and add refrigerant.
Replace contactor or relay.
Purge water loop.
Remove refrigerant and recharge.
• Check EXV, clean or replace.
• Check EXV cable, replace if necessary.
• Check EXV board for output signal.
Unit may be undersized for application
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow
troubleshooting instructions.
Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow troubleshooting instructions.
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow
troubleshooting instructions.
Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow troubleshooting instructions.
See Operating Modes 21 and 22.
The circuit capacity is not allowed increase if circuit superheat is greater than 36 F
(20 C). See Alarms 74 and 75 for potential causes.
The circuit capacity is not allowed to increase if the circuit superheat is less than
18° F (10° C). See Alarms 74 and 75 for potential causes.
Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow
troubleshooting instructions.
Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow troubleshooting instructions.
• Check control wiring.
• Check scroll protection module.
• Check contactor operation, replace if necessary.
Chilled water loop temperature too low. Check cooler heater.

LEGEND
EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve

Alarms and Alerts — The integral control system constantly monitors the unit and generates warnings when abnormal or fault conditions occur. Alarms may cause either a circuit
(Alert) or the whole machine (Alarm) to shut down. Alarms
and Alerts are assigned codes as described in Fig. 52. The
alarm/alert indicator LED on the Navigator™ module is
illuminated when any alarm or alert condition is present. If an
Alert is active, the Alarm Indicator LED will blink. If an Alarm
is active, the Alarm Indicator LED will remain on. Currently
active Alerts and Alarms can be found in (Current Alarm,
ALRM).
The controller generates two types of alarms. Automatic
reset alarms will reset without any intervention if the condition
that caused the alarm corrects itself. Manual reset alarms
require the service technician to check for the alarm cause and
reset the alarm. The following method must be followed to
reset manual alarms:
Before resetting any alarm, first determine the cause of the
alarm and correct it. To reset the alarm, set R.ALM to YES.
The alarms will be reset. Indicator light will be turned off when
switched correctly. Do not reset the chiller at random without
first investigating and correcting the cause(s) of the failure.
Each alarm is described by a three or four-digit code. The
first one or two digits indicate the alarm source and are listed in
Fig. 52. The last two digits pinpoint the problem. See Table 49.

Alarm
Alarm Descriptor

.01

Alarm Prefix

A1 – Compressor A1 Failure
B1 – Compressor B1 Failure
Co – Communication Failure
FC – Factory Configuration Error
MC – Master Chiller Configuration Error
P – Process Failure
Pr – Pressure Transducer Failure
Sr – Service Notification
th – Thermistor Failure
Alarm Suffix
Code Number to identify source

A30-4847

Fig. 52 — Alarm Description

Table 49 — Alarm Codes
PREFIX
CODE
th

SUFFIX
CODE
01
02
03
04
06
07
08
09
11

CCN
CPM
EMM
EWT
EXV
HPS

—
—
—
—
—
—

ALARM
ALARM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
1
Cooler Entering Fluid
Thermistor
2
Cooler Leaving Fluid
Thermistor
3
Circuit A Defrost Thermistor
4
Circuit B Defrost Thermistor
5
Condenser Entering
Fluid Thermistor
6
Condenser Leaving
Fluid Thermistor
7
Reclaim Condenser
Entering Thermistor
8
Reclaim Condenser
Leaving Thermistor
10
Master/Slave Common Fluid
Thermistor

04
05
07

29
30
32

ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL
Unit be shut down or
not allowed to start

RESET
TYPE
Automatic

None

Automatic

Configuration error

Dual chiller deactivated. Master and
slave machines
operate in standalone mode
Circuit shut down or
not allowed to start

Automatic

Faulty Sensor,
wiring error or failed
main base board

Automatic

Faulty Sensor,
wiring error, failed
EXV or CPM board

Not supported

Automatic

Configuration error

Alarm tripped

Automatic

None

Automatic

Faulty Sensor, wiring
error, failed EMM
board
Configuration error

Circuit economizer
function disabled

Automatic

Faulty Sensor,
wiring error, failed
EXV board

Measured voltage is
Circuit shut down or
0 vdc or SST > EWT and not allowed to start
EXV < 50% for 1 minute

Automatic

Faulty transducer,
wiring error, failed
main base board or
fan board

None

Automatic

Configuration error

Circuit shut down or
not allowed to start

Automatic

Faulty transducer,
wiring error, failed
CPM board

REASON FOR ALARM
Temperature measured
by the controller is
outside of the range
of –40 F to 245 F

Circuit A Suction Gas
Thermistor
Circuit B Suction Gas
Thermistor
Circuit A Discharge Gas
Thermistor
Circuit B Discharge Gas
Thermistor
Circuit A Condenser Subcooling Liquid Thermistor
Circuit B Condenser Subcooling Liquid Thermistor
Space Temperature
Thermistor
Cooler heater feedback
thermistor
Circuit A Economizer Gas
Thermistor
Circuit B Economizer Gas
Thermistor
Circuit A Discharge
Transducer
Circuit B Discharge
Transducer
Circuit A Suction Transducer
Circuit B Suction Transducer
Circuit A Reclaim Pumpdown Pressure Transducer
Circuit B Reclaim Pumpdown Pressure Transducer
Circuit A Oil Pressure
Transducer
Circuit B Oil Pressure
Transducer
Circuit A Economizer
Pressure Transducer
Circuit B Economizer
Pressure Transducer

LEGEND
Carrier Comfort Network®
MLV
Compressor Protection Module
MOP
Energy Management Module
MTA
Entering Water Temperature
SST
Electronic Expansion Valve
UL
High Pressure Switch

—
—
—
—
—

Measured voltage is
0 vdc

Minimum Load Valve
Maximum Operating Pressure
Must Trip Amps
Saturated Suction Temperature
Underwriters Laboratories

PROBABLE CAUSE
Faulty Sensor,
wiring error or failed
main base board

Table 49 — Alarm Codes (cont)
PREFIX
CODE
Co

SUFFIX
CODE
A1
B1

CCN
CPM
EMM
EWT
EXV
HPS

—
—
—
—
—
—

ALARM
ALARM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
53
Loss of communication with
Compressor Board A
54
Loss of communication with
Compressor Board B

REASON FOR ALARM
No communication
with CPM board

ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL
Affected
compressor shut
down

RESET
TYPE
Automatic

Loss of communication with
EXV Board 1
Loss of communication with
EXV Board 2

No communication with
EXV board

Affected
compressor
shut down

Automatic

Loss of communication with
Energy Management Board

No communication with
EMM board

Disable or not allow
EMM functions
3 step and 4-20 mA
and space temperature reset, occupancy override and
ice build)

Automatic

Loss of communication with
AUX Board 6

No communication
with MLV/COND Board

PROBABLE CAUSE
Wrong CPM address,
wrong unit configuration, wiring error, power
loss, failed
CPM board
Wrong EXV board
address, wrong unit
configuration, wiring
error, power loss,
failed EXV board
Wrong board
address, wrong unit
configuration, wiring
error, power loss to
module, failed module

Wrong board
address, wrong unit
configuration, wiring
error, power loss to
module, failed module
Cooler Freeze Protection
Entering or leaving therm- Unit shut down or Automatic, first Faulty thermistor, faulty
istor sensed a tempera- not allowed to start occurrence in wiring, low water flow,
ture at or below freeze
24 hours;
low loop volume, fouled
point
manual if
cooler, or freeze
multiple alarms
conditions
within 24 hours
Condenser Freeze Protection
—
None
Automatic
Configuration error
Circuit A
Condenser Freeze Protection
Circuit B
Circuit A Low Suction
Low saturated suction
Circuit shut down Automatic, first Faulty thermistor, faulty
Temperature
temperatures detected for
occurrence in wiring, low water flow,
a period of time
24 hours;
low loop volume, fouled
Circuit B Low Suction
manual if
cooler, or freeze
Temperature
multiple alarms
conditions
within 24 hours
Circuit A High Suction
EXV>98%,
Circuit shut down
Manual
Faulty transducer,
Superheat
suction superheat > 30 F,
faulty wiring, faulty
and SST1)
Comp B Must Trip Amps
Comp B S1 Config Switch (8->1)
Comp C Must Trip Amps
Comp C S1 Config Switch (8->1)
Compressor A Disable
Compressor A Hours
Compressor A Hours
Compressor A Output
Compressor A Starts
Compressor A Starts
Compressor B Disable
Compressor B Hours
Compressor B Hours
Compressor B Output
Compressor B Starts
Compressor B Starts
Compressor C Disable
Compressor C Hours
Compressor C Hours
Compressor C Output
Compressor C Starts
Compressor C Starts
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

READ/
WRITE

CCN TABLE NAME

ISO_CL_A
ISO_CL_B
ISO_CL_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

22
22
22

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

ISO_OP_A
ISO_OP_B
ISO_OP_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

23
23
23

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

ISO_REFA
ISO_REFB
ISO_REFC
Baud rate
flow_sp
lowestsp
Broadcast
Bus
CHIL_S_S
Q_CATO
CAPT_010
CURR_LIM
CURR_LIM
ll_serie
CHIL_OCC
Q_READY
Q_RUN
CHWSTEMP
T_HEAT_C
lead_cir
RETRY_TM
cpa_mtac
cpa_s1_c
cpb_mtac
cpb_s1_c
cpc_mtac
cpc_s1_c
un_cp_a
hr_cp_a
HR_CP_A
Q_CPA
st_cp_a
st_cp_a
un_cp_b
hr_cp_b
HR_CP_B
Q_CPB
st_cp_b
st_cp_b
un_cp_c
hr_cp_c
HR_CP_C
Q_CPC
st_cp_c
st_cp_c

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\CP_UNABL
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Service\CP_UNABL
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Service\CP_UNABL
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR

21
21
21
9
2
3
10
7
5
46
43
11
24
24
6
41
42
40
38
1
3
2
3
6
7
10
11
2
7
3
3
8
4
3
9
5
5
10
6
4
11
7
7
12
8

RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Configuration Tables\USER
Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration\CP_UNABL
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR
Service Configuration\CP_UNABL
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR
Service Configuration\CP_UNABL
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

Compressor Output
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Compressor Suction Temp
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Condenser Entering Fluid
Condenser Flow Status
Condenser Fluid Type
Condenser Leaving Fluid
Condenser Pump #1 Command
Condenser Pump #1 Hours
Condenser Pump #1 Hours
Condenser Pump #2 Command
Condenser Pump #2 Hours
Condenser Pump #2 Hours
Condenser Pump 1
Condenser Pump 2
Condenser Pumps Rotation
Condenser Pumps Sequence
Condenser Water Val Sel
Control Point
Control Point
Control Type
Controlled Temp Error
Controlled Water Temp
Cool Changeover Setpt
Cooler Entering Fluid
Cooler Entering Fluid
Cooler Exchange DT Cir A
Cooler Exchange DT Cir B
Cooler Exchange DT Cir C
Cooler Flow Setpoint Out
Cooler Flow Switch
Cooler Fluid Type
Cooler Heater Active
Cooler Heater Command
Cooler Heater Delta Spt
Cooler Heater Output
Cooler Heater Select
Cooler Heater Temp
Cooler Leaving Fluid
Cooler Leaving Fluid
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point A
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point B
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point C
Cooler Pump #1 Command
Cooler Pump #1 Hours
Cooler Pump #2 Command
Cooler Pump #2 Hours
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME

TOUCH PILOT PATH

COMP_A
COMP_B
COMP_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

SUCT_T_A
SUCT_T_B
SUCT_T_C
COND_EWT
CONDFLOW
cond_typ
COND_LWT
HPUMP_1
hr_hpum1
hr_hpum1
HPUMP_2
hr_hpum2
hr_hpum2
Q_HPMP1
Q_HPMP2
Mode_17
hpump_seq
cond_val
CTRL_PNT
CTRL_PNT
ctr_type
tp_error
CTRL_WT
cauto_sp
COOL_EWT
COOL_EWT
pinch_a
pinch_b
pinch_c
SET_FLOW
FLOW_SW
flui_typ
Mode_06
COOLHEAT
heatersp
Q_CL_HT
heat_sel
T_HEATER
COOL_LWT
COOL_LWT
pinch_spa
pinch_spb
pinch_spc
CPUMP_1
hr_cpum1
CPUMP_2
hr_cpum2

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR

LINE

READ/
WRITE

CCN TABLE NAME

2
2
2

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

14
14
14
35
14
4
36
23
15
11
24
16
12
39
40
18
7
13
5
28
3
7
29
29
33
33
6
13
20
18
12
1
7
26
17
36
12
37
34
34
7
14
21
20
9
21
10

RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\MODES
Configuration Tables\USER
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

Cooler Pump Run Status
Cooler Pumps Rotation
Cooler Pumps Sequence
Cooling Ice Setpoint
Cooling Ramp Loading
Cooling Reset Deg. Value
Cooling Reset Select
Cooling Setpoint 1
Cooling Setpoint 2
Cooling/FreeCool Timeout
CPump 1 Ctl Delay (days)
CPump 2 Ctl Delay (days)
Current Alarm 1
Current Alarm 2
Current Alarm 3
Current Alarm 4
Current Alarm 5
Current At 100% Load A
Current At 100% Load B
Current At 100% Load C
Current At 30% Load A
Current At 30% Load B
Current At 30% Load C
Current Control
Current Cooling Power
Current Full Reset Value
Current Full Reset Value
Current Limit at 100%
Current Limit Select
Current Mode (1=occup.)
Current Mode (1=occup.)
Current No Reset Value
Current No Reset Value
Current Occup Period #
Current Occup Period #
Current Occupied Time
Current Occupied Time
Current Phase 1 Comp A
Current Phase 1 Comp B
Current Phase 1 Comp C
Current Phase 2 Comp A
Current Phase 2 Comp B
Current Phase 2 Comp C
Current Phase 3 Comp A
Current Phase 3 Comp B
Current Phase 3 Comp C
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME
CPUMPDEF
Mode_07
cpump_seq
ice_sp
cramp_sp
cr_deg
cr_sel
csp1
csp2
fc_tmout
cpump1_c
cpump2_c
alarm_1
alarm_2
alarm_3
alarm_4
alarm_5
cur100_a
cur100_b
cur100_c
cur_30_a
cur_30_b
cur_30_c
on_ctrl
cool_pwr
v_cr_fu
v_hr_fu
curr_ful
curr_sel
MODE
MODE
v_cr_no
v_hr_no
PER-NO
PER-NO
STRTTIME
STRTTIME
cpa_cur1
cpb_cur1
cpc_cur1
cpa_cur2
cpb_cur2
cpc_cur2
cpa_cur3
cpb_cur3
cpc_cur3

TOUCH PILOT PATH
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS
MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS

LINE
13
8
8
4
14
13
19
2
3
7
5
6
14
15
16
17
18
15
16
17
12
13
14
4
4
10
24
31
30
1
1
9
23
2
2
5
5
1
4
7
2
5
8
3
6
9

READ/
WRITE
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO

CCN TABLE NAME
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\MODES
Configuration Tables\USER
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Configuration Tables\USER
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Configuration Tables\USER
Configuration Tables\USER
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE
Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

Current Setpoint
Current Unoccupied Time
Current Unoccupied Time
Current Z Multiplier Val
Customer Shutdown Out
Daylight Sav Ent Day of Week (1=Monday)
Daylight Sav Ent Month
Daylight Sav Ent Week of Month
Daylight Sav Leaving Day of Week (1=Monday)
Daylight Sav Leaving Month
Daylight Sav Leaving Week of Month
Daylight Saving Select
Decription
Defrost Active On Cir A
Defrost Active On Cir B
Defrost Active?
Circuit A
Circuit B
Defrost Duration
Circuit A
Circuit B
Defrost Fan Offset Cal A
Defrost Fan Offset Cal B
Defrost Fan Start Cal A
Defrost Fan Start Cal B
Defrost Number
Circuit A
Circuit B
Defrost Number
Circuit A
Circuit B
Defrost Temperature
Circuit A
Circuit B
Delta - Reference Delta
Circuit A
Circuit B
Delta: OAT - Mean SST
Circuit A
Circuit B
Delta T Full Reset Value
Delta T Full Reset Value
Delta T No Reset Value
Delta T No Reset Value
Demand Limit Active
Demand Limit Type Select
Deri PID Gain Varifan
DGT Cool Solenoid
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME
SP
ENDTIME
ENDTIME
zm
Q_SHUT
startdow
startmon
startwom
stopdow
stopmon
stopwom
dayl_sel
DevDesc
Mode_19
Mode_20

TOUCH PILOT PATH
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES

READ/
LINE WRITE
31
RW
6
RO
6
RO
18
RO
47
RW
10
RW
9
RW
11
RW
14
RW
13
RW
15
RW
7
RW
1
RW
20
RO
21
RO

CCN TABLE NAME
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES

mode[19]
mode[20]

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM

4
21

RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

defr_dua
defr_dub
def_of_a
def_of_b
def_ca_a
def_ca_b

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM

6
23
16
33
15
32

RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

nb_def_a
nb_def_b

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

6
7

RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

nb_def_a
nb_def_b

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

3
4

RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

DEFRT_A
DEFRT_B

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM

5
22

RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

delt_v_a
delt_v_b

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM

13
30

RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

delt_a
delt_b
dt_cr_fu
dt_hr_fu
dt_cr_no
dt_hr_no
Mode_04
lim_sel
hd_dg

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1

11
28
8
22
7
21
5
24
8

RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Status Display Tables\MODES
Configuration Tables\USER
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Q_CDGT_A
Q_CDGT_B
Q_CDGT_C

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

21
28
9

RW
RW
RO

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

DGT Cooling Solenoid
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Discharge Gas Temp
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Discharge Pressure
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Differential Water Temp
Discharge A Gas Limit
Discharge A Temp Average
Discharge A Temp Rate
Discharge B Gas Limit
Discharge B Temp Average
Discharge B Temp Rate
Discharge C Gas Limit
Discharge C Temp Average
Discharge C Temp Rate
Discharge Superheat A
Discharge Superheat B
Discharge Superheat C
DLY 3 - Cooler Pump 1 (days)
DLY 4 - Cooler Pump 2 (days)
DLY 5 - Condenser Pump 1 (days)
DLY 6 - Condenser Pump 2 (days)
DLY 7 - Water Filter (days)
DLY 8 - Cp A Oil Filter (days)
DLY 9 - Cp B Oil Filter (days)
DLY 10 - Cp C Oil Filter (days)
Economizer A Steps Numb
Economizer B Steps Numb
Economizer C Steps Numb
Economizer Position A
Economizer Position B
Economizer Position C
Economizer SH Setpoint A
Economizer SH Setpoint A
Economizer SH Setpoint B
Economizer SH Setpoint B
Economizer SH Setpoint C
Economizer SH Setpoint C
Economizer Superheat A
Economizer Superheat B
Economizer Superheat C
Economizer EXV Pos
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME

TOUCH PILOT PATH

GASCOOLA
GASCOOLB
GASCOOLC

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

DGT_A
DGT_B
DGT_C

LINE

READ/
WRITE

CCN TABLE NAME

8
8
8

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN

10
10
10

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

DP_A
DP_B
DP_C
diff_wt
sdtlim_a
sdt_m_a
sdt_mr_a
sdtlim_b
sdt_m_b
sdt_mr_b
sdtlim_c
sdt_m_c
sdt_mr_c
DSH_A
DSH_B
DSH_C
cpump1_m
cpump2_m
hpump1_m
hpump2_m
wfilte_m
ofilta_m
ofiltb_m
ofiltc_m
eco_cnfa
eco_cnfb
eco_cnfc
EXV_EC_A
EXV_EC_B
EXV_EC_C
ecsh_spa
esh_sp_a
ecsh_spb
esh_sp_b
ecsh_spc
esh_sp_c
eco_sha
eco_shb
eco_shc

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL

3
3
3
3
3
1
2
7
5
6
11
9
10
3
10
17
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
22
23
24
25
29
33
27
21
31
22
35
23
26
30
34

RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RW
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Q_ECO_A
Q_ECO_B
Q_ECO_C

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

6
7
8

RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

Economizer Gas Temp
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Economizer Pressure
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
EHS Ctrl Override
Elec Stage OAT Threshold
Electric Heat Active
Electrical Box Interlock
Electrical Heat Stage
Electrical Heat Stages
Electrical Pulldown Time
Electrical Pulldown?
Element
Emergency Stop
EMM NRCP2 Board
Energy Management Module
Entering Fluid Control
Estimated FreeCool Power
Exchanger Frost Factor
Circuit A
Circuit B
External Temperature
EXV A Maximum Steps Numb
EXV A Superheat Setpoint
EXV B Maximum Steps Numb
EXV B Superheat Setpoint
EXV Board Circuit A
EXV Board Circuit B
EXV Board Circuit C
EXV C Maximum Steps Numb
EXV C Superheat Setpoint
EXV MOP Setpoint
EXV Override Circuit A
EXV Override Circuit A
EXV Override Circuit B
EXV Override Circuit B
EXV Override Circuit C
EXV Override Circuit C
EXV Position Circuit A
EXV Position Circuit B
EXV Position Circuit C
EXV Position
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
EXV Position
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

READ/
WRITE

CCN TABLE NAME

ECO_TP_A
ECO_TP_B
ECO_TP_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN

11
11
11

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

ECON_P_A
ECON_P_B
ECON_P_C
over_ehs
ehs_th
Mode_15
ELEC_BOX
EHS_STEP
ehs_sel
ehs_pull
ehspulld
Element
EMSTOP
EMM_NRCP
emm_nrcp
ewt_opt
fc_pwr

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL

5
5
5
22
34
16
16
19
16
36
24
8
32
9
17
5
5

RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Configuration Tables\USER
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Configuration Tables\USER
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

frost_a
frost_b
OAT
exva_max
sh_sp_a
exvb_max
sh_sp_b
EXV_BRD1
EXV_BRD2
EXV_BRD3
exvc_max
sh_sp_c
mop_sp
oc_eco_a
ov_exv_a
oc_eco_b
ov_exv_b
oc_eco_c
ov_exv_c
EXV_A
EXV_B
EXV_C

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL

2
19
30
18
9
19
10
1
2
3
20
11
15
28
8
32
15
36
22
2
9
16

RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Q_EXVA
Q_EXVB
Q_EXVC

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

3
4
5

RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

EXV_A
EXV_B
EXV_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN

15
15
15

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

EXV Position
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Factory Password
Fan #1 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #1 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #2 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #2 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #3 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #3 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #4 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #4 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #5 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #5 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #6 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #6 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

READ/
WRITE

CCN TABLE NAME

EXV_A
EXV_B
EXV_C
fac_pass

MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY

20
30
40
19

RO
RO
RO
RW

Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

hr_fana1
hr_fanb1
hr_fanc1

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

8
18
28

RW
RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

hr_fana1
hr_fanb1
hr_fanc1

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

5
15
25

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

hr_fana2
hr_fanb2
hr_fanc2

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

9
19
29

RW
RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

hr_fana2
hr_fanb2
hr_fanc2

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

6
16
26

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

hr_fana3
hr_fanb3
hr_fanc3

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

10
20
30

RW
RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

hr_fana3
hr_fanb3
hr_fanc3

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

7
17
27

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

hr_fana4
hr_fanb4
hr_fanc4

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

11
21
31

RW
RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

hr_fana4
hr_fanb4
hr_fanc4

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

8
18
28

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

hr_fana5
hr_fanb5
hr_fanc5

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

12
22
32

RW
RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

hr_fana5
hr_fanb5
hr_fanc5

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

9
19
29

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

hr_fana6
hr_fanb6
hr_fanc6

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

13
23
33

RW
RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

hr_fana6
hr_fanb6
hr_fanc6

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

10
20
30

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

Fan #7 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #7 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #8 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #8 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #9 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #9 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #10 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan #10 Hours
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Cycle Counter
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Output DO #1
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Output DO #2
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Output DO #3
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Output DO #4
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

READ/
WRITE

CCN TABLE NAME

hr_fana7
hr_fanb7
hr_fanc7

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

14
24
34

RW
RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

hr_fana7
hr_fanb7
hr_fanc7

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

11
21
31

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

hr_fana8
hr_fanb8
hr_fanc8

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

15
25
35

RW
RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

hr_fana8
hr_fanb8
hr_fanc8

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

12
22
32

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

hr_fana9
hr_fanb9
hr_fanc9

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

16
26
36

RW
RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

hr_fana9
hr_fanb9
hr_fanc9

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

13
23
33

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

hrfana10
hrfanb10
hrfanc10

MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN

17
27
37

RW
RW
RW

Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

hrfana10
hrfanb10
hrfanc10

MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS

14
24
34

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

fancyc_a
fancyc_b
fancyc_c

MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL

3
7
11

RO
RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

fan_a1
fan_b1
fan_c1

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

11
11
11

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

fan_a2
fan_b2
fan_c2

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

12
12
12

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

fan_a3
fan_b3
fan_c3

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

13
13
13

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

fan_a4
fan_b4
fan_c4

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

14
14
14

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

Fan Output DO #5
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Output DO #6
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Output DO #7
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Output DO #8
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Sequence Started?
Circuit A
Circuit B
Fan Stages
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Staging Number
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Fan Staging Number
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Flow Checked if C Pump Off
Free Cool A Ball Valve
Free Cool A EXV Position
Free Cool B Ball Valve
Free Cool B EXV Position
Free Cool Conditions OK?
Free Cool Pump A Hours
Free Cool Pump B Hours
Free Cool Request?
Free Cooling A Pump Hours
Free Cooling Active
Free Cooling Active
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Free Cooling B Pump Hours
Free Cooling Disable
Free Cooling Disable Sw
Free Cooling Disable?
Free Cooling Heater
Free Cooling OAT Limit
Free Cooling Select
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

READ/
WRITE

CCN TABLE NAME

fan_a5
fan_b5
fan_c5

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

15
15
15

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

fan_a6
fan_b6
fan_c6

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

16
16
16

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

fan_a7
fan_b7
fan_c7

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

17
17
17

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

fan_a7
fan_b7
fan_c7

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

17
17
17

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

def_fa_a
def_fa_b

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM

7
24

RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Q_FAN_A
Q_FAN_B
Q_FAN_C

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

9
10
11

RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

FAN_ST_A
FAN_ST_B
FAN_ST_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

19
19
19

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

FAN_ST_A
FAN_ST_B
FAN_ST_C
pump_loc
Q_FCBVL_A
Q_FCEXVA
Q_FCBVL_B
Q_FCEXVB
fc_ready
hr_fcm_a
hr_fcm_b
fc_reqst
hr_fcp_a
Mode_13

MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES

13
23
33
17
18
16
19
17
8
1
2
9
4
14

RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO

Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Configuration Tables\USER
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FANHOURS
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Status Display Tables\MODES

FC_ON_A
FC_ON_B
FC_ON_C
hr_fcp_b
FC_DSBLE
FC_SW
FC_DSBLE
Q_FC_HTR
free_oat
freecool

MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY

12
22
32
5
12
6
2
15
33
11

RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Configuration Tables\USER
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

Frost Integrator Gain
Circuit A
Circuit B
Head Press Speed
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT A
HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT B
Heat Reclaim Select
Heat Reclaim Select
Heat/Cool Select
Heat/Cool Status
Heating Changeover Setpt
Heating Low EWT Lockout
Heating OAT Threshold
Heating Ramp Loading
Heating Reset Deg. Value
Heating Reset Select
Heating Setpoint 1
Heating Setpoint 2
High DGT Circuit A
High DGT Circuit B
High DGT Circuit C
High Pres Override Cir A
High Pres Override Cir B
High Pres Override Cir C
High Pressure Threshold
High Tiers Display Selec
Holiday Duration (days)
Holiday Start Day
Holiday Start Month
Hot Gas Bypass Select
Head Press Actuator Pos
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Heater Ball Valve
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Hot Gas Bypass Output
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Hot Gas Bypass
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
HPump 1 Ctl Delay (days)
HPump 2 Ctl Delay (days)
HR Condenser Heater
Ice Done Storage Switch
Ice Mode Enable
Ice Mode in Effect
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

READ/
WRITE

CCN TABLE NAME

fr_int_a
fr_int_b

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM

14
31

RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Q_VFANA
Q_VFANB
Q_VFANC
—
—
RECL_SEL
RECL_SET
HC_SEL
HEATCOOL
hauto_sp
Mode_16
heat_th
hramp_sp
hr_deg
hr_sel
hsp1
hsp2
Mode_24
Mode_25
Mode_26
Mode_27
Mode_28
Mode_29
hp_th
highdisp
HOL-LEN
HOL-DAY
HOL-MON
hgbp_sel

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01
MAIN MENU\Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01
MAIN MENU\Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY

12
13
14
9
19
1
11
9
8
30
17
32
26
25
20
17
18
25
26
27
28
29
30
16
18
3
2
1
14

RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RO
RW
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Status Display Tables\MODES
Configuration Tables\USER
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Configuration Tables\USER
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Configuration Tables\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01
Configuration Tables\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01
Configuration Tables\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

hd_pos_a
hd_pos_b
hd_pos_c

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN

16
16
16

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Q_BVL_A
Q_BVL_B
Q_BVL_C

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

19
26
33

RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

HGBP_A
HGBP_B
HGBP_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

9
9
9

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Q_HGBP_A
Q_HGBP_B
Q_HGBP_C
hpump1_c
hpump2_c
Q_CD_HT
ICE_SW
ice_cnfg
Mode_18

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES

20
27
34
7
8
12
11
42
19

RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RO

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Configuration Tables\USER
Status Display Tables\MODES

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

Int PID Gain Varifan
Lag Capacity Limit Value
Lag Minimum Running Time
Lag Start Delay
Lag Start Timer
Lag Unit Pump Control
Language Selection
Lead Lag Select
Lead Pulldown Time
Lead Pulldown?
Lead Unit is the:
Lead/Lad Changeover?
Lead/Lag Balance Delta
Lead/Lag Hours Delta
Limit 4-20mA Signal
Limit Switch 1 Status
Limit Switch 2 Status
Load/Unload Factor
Location
Low Suction Circuit A
Low Suction Circuit B
Low Suction Circuit C
Low Superheat Circuit A
Low Superheat Circuit B
Low Superheat Circuit C
LWT-OAT Delta
mA For 0% Demand Limit
mA For 100% Demand Limit
Machine Operating Hours
Machine Operating Hours
Machine Starts
Machine Starts Number
Master Control Type
Master Control Type
Master Slave Active
Master/Slave Ctrl Active
Master/Slave Error
Master/Slave Select
Max Available Capacity?
MCHX Exchanger Select
Metric Display on STDU
Minutes Left for Start
Model Number
Must Trip Amps
Must Trip Amps
Must Trip Amps
Mean SST Calculation
Circuit A
Circuit B
Motor Current
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME
hd_ig
LAG_LIM
lag_mini
l_strt_d
lstr_tim
lag_pump
LANGUAGE
lead_sel
lead_pul
ll_pull
lead_sel
ll_chang
ll_bal_d
ll_hr_d
LIM_ANAL
LIM_SW1
LIM_SW2
smz
Location
Mode_21
Mode_22
Mode_23
Mode_30
Mode_31
Mode_32
fc_delta
lim_ze
lim_mx
hr_mach
HR_MACH
st_mach
st_mach
ms_ctrl
ms_ctrl
Mode_11
ms_activ
ms_error
ms_sel
cap_max
mchx_sel
DISPUNIT
min_left
ModelNum
cpa_mtam
cpb_mtam
cpc_mtam

MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Config\DISPCONF
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Config\DISPCONF
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN

7
22
20
8
17
21
2
12
18
11
5
10
16
9
42
8
9
19
2
22
23
24
31
32
33
3
29
28
5
1
6
2
7
3
12
4
12
3
13
15
1
7
4
12
16
20

READ/
WRITE
RW
RO
RW
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO

sst_dm_a
sst_dm_b

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM

10
27

RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

CURREN_A
CURREN_B
CURREN_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN

8
8
8

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

CCN TABLE NAME
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Configuration Tables\DISPCONF
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Configuration Tables\USER
Configuration Tables\USER
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Status Display Tables\MODES
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Configuration Tables\DISPCONF
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

Motor Temperature
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Next Sequence Allowed in
Circuit A
Circuit B
Oil Heater
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Oil Heater Output
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Oil Level Input
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Oil Pressure
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Oil Pressure Difference
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Oil Solenoid
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Oil Solenoid Output
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Optimal Fan Count
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Override State
Circuit A
Circuit B
Percent Total Capacity
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Pump Differential Press.
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Pump Inlet Pressure
Circuit A
Circuit B
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

READ/
WRITE

CCN TABLE NAME

CP_TMP_A
CP_TMP_B
CP_TMP_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN

9
9
9

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

def_se_a
def_se_b

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM

20
20

RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Q_HT_A
Q_HT_B
Q_HT_C

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

15
22
29

RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

OIL_HT_A
OIL_HT_B
OIL_HT_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

5
5
5

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

OIL_L_A
OIL_L_B
OIL_L_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

7
7
7

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

OP_A
OP_B
OP_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN

6
6
6

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

DOP_A
DOP_B
DOP_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN

7
7
7

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Q_OILS_A
Q_OILS_B
Q_OILS_C

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

16
23
30

RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

OIL_SL_A
OIL_SL_B
OIL_SL_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

6
6
6

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

fancop_a
fancop_b
fancop_c

MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL

4
8
12

RO
RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

over_d_a
over_d_b

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM

8
25

RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

CAPA_T
CAPB_T
CAPC_T

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN

2
2
2

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

fc_dp_a
fc_dp_b
fc_dp_c

MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL

19
29
39

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

fc_inp_a
fc_inp_b

MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL

17
27

RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

Pump Inlet Pressure
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Pump Outlet Pressure
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
NB Fans on Varifan Cir A
NB Fans on Varifan Cir B
NB Fans on Varifan Cir C
Next Occupied Day
Next Occupied Day
Next Occupied Time
Next Occupied Time
Next Session Allowed In
Next Unoccupied Day
Next Unoccupied Day
Next Unoccupied Time
Next Unoccupied Time
Night Control Capacity Limit
Night Control End Hour
Night Control Start Hour
Night Low Noise Active
OAT Broadcast Bus #
OAT Broadcast Element #
OAT Full Reset Value
OAT Full Reset Value
OAT No Reset Value
OAT No Reset Value
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME
fc_inp_a
fc_inp_b
fc_inp_c
fc_oup_a
fc_oup_b
fc_oup_c
varfan_a
varfan_b
varfan_c
NXTOCDAY
NXTOCDAY
NXTOCTIM
NXTOCTIM
fc_next
NXTUNDAY
NXTUNDAY
NXTUNTIM
NXTUNTIM
nh_limit
nh_end
nh_start
Mode_09
oatbusnm
oatlocad
oatcr_fu
oathr_fu
oatcr_no
oathr_no

LINE

READ/
WRITE

MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL

17
27
37

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS
MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT

18
28
38
5
6
7
7
7
8
8
6
9
9
10
10
41
40
39
10
4
5
6
20
5
19

RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Configuration Tables\USER
Configuration Tables\USER
Configuration Tables\USER
Status Display Tables\MODES
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS
Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

TOUCH PILOT PATH

CCN TABLE NAME

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

100

Occupied From
Occupied Override Switch
Occupied To
Oil Filter A Ctrl (days)
Oil Filter B Ctrl (days)
Oil Filter C Ctrl (days)
On/Off - Remote Switch
OP WARN 1- Refrigerant Charge
OP WARN 2 - Water Loop Size
Operating Type
Optional Space temp
Pass for All User Config
Percent Total Capacity
Period # DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Pinch offset circuit A
Pinch offset circuit B
Pinch offset circuit C
Power Down 1: day-mon-year
Power Down 1: hour-minute
Power Down 2: day-mon-year
Power Down 2: hour-minute
Power Down 3: day-mon-year
Power Down 3: hour-minute
Power Down 4: day-mon-year
Power Down 4: hour-minute
Power Down 5: day-mon-year
Power Down 5: hour-minute
Power Frequency 60HZ Sel
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME
OCCTOD#
OCC_OVSW
UNOCTOD#
oilfil_a
oilfil_b
oilfil_c
ONOFF_SW
charge_m
wloop_m
OPER_TYP
SPACETMP
all_pass
CAP_T
DOW#
p_ofst_a
p_ofst_b
p_ofst_c
date_of1
time_of1
date_of2
time_of2
date_of3
time_of3
date_of4
time_of4
date_of5
time_of5
freq_60H

TOUCH PILOT PATH
MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC01S
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC01S
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC01S
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY

LINE
3
10
4
10
11
12
2
6
7
2
39
44
20
2
12
13
14
3
4
7
8
11
12
15
16
19
20
3

READ/
WRITE
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW

CCN TABLE NAME
Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Configuration Tables\USER
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

101

Power On 1: day-mon-year
Power On 1: hour-minute
Power On 2: day-mon-year
Power On 2: hour-minute
Power On 3: day-mon-year
Power On 3: hour-minute
Power On 4: day-mon-year
Power On 4: hour-minute
Power On 5: day-mon-year
Power On 5: hour-minute
Power Supply Voltage
Prev unoccupied Day
Prev unoccupied Day
Prev unoccupied Time
Prev unoccupied Time
Prop PID Gain Varifan
Pump Auto Rotation Delay
Pump Periodic Start
Pump Sticking Protection
Pumpdown Pressure Cir A
Pumpdown Pressure Cir B
Pumpdown Saturated Tmp A
Pumpdown Saturated Tmp B
Quick EHS for Defrost
Quick Test Enable
Quick Test Enable
Ramp Loading Active
Ramp Loading Select
Ready or Running Status
Realarm Time
Recl Valve Max Position
Recl Valve Min Position
Reclaim Active
Reclaim Condenser Flow
Reclaim Condenser Heater
Reclaim Condenser Pump
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME
date_on1
time_on1
date_on2
time_on2
date_on3
time_on3
date_on4
time_on4
date_on5
time_on5
voltage
PRVUNDAY
PRVUNDAY
PRVUNTIM
PRVUNTIM
hd_pg
pump_del
Mode_08
pump_per
PD_P_A
PD_P_B
hr_sat_a
hr_sat_b
ehs_defr
Q_TSTRQ
Q_TSTRQ
Mode_05
ramp_sel
READY
RE_ALARM
max_3w
min_3w
Mode_14
CONDFLOW
cond_htr
HPUMP_1

TOUCH PILOT PATH
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM

LINE
1
2
5
6
9
10
13
14
17
18
4
11
11
12
12
6
14
9
15
11
21
13
23
37
1
1
6
5
30
4
20
19
15
3
4
2

READ/
WRITE
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO

CCN TABLE NAME
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Configuration Tables\USER
Status Display Tables\MODES
Configuration Tables\USER
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Configuration Tables\USER
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Status Display Tables\MODES
Configuration Tables\USER
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Status Display Tables\MODES
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

102

Reclaim Deadband
Reclaim Entering Fluid
Reclaim Fluid Setpoint
Reclaim Leaving Fluid
Reclaim NRCP2 Board
Reclaim Setpoint
Reclaim Status Circuit A
Reclaim Status Circuit B
Reclaim Valve Position
Reference Number
Refrigerant Charge Ctrl
Remote Heat/Cool Switch
Remote Interlock Status
Remote Reclaim Switch
Remote Setpoint Switch
Requested Electric Stage
Reset Amount
Reset in Effect
Reset Maintenance Alert
Reset/Setpnt 4-20mA Sgnl
Reverse Alarms Relay
Rotate Condenser Pumps?
Rotate Cooler Pumps?
Run Status
Running Status
Reference Delta
Circuit A
Circuit B
Refrigerant Pump Out
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Running Output
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Saturated Condensing Tmp
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Saturated Suction Temp
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Circuit C
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN

37
5
7
6
10
36
10
20
8
6
3
3
15
5
7
23
6
4
1
41
43
25
22
4
31

READ/
WRITE
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO

delt_r_a
delt_r_b

MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM
MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM

12
29

RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM
Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

FC_PMP_A
FC_PMP_B
FC_PMP_C

MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL

16
26
36

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Q_RUN_A
Q_RUN_B
Q_RUN_C

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

43
44
45

RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

SCT_A
SCT_B
SCT_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN

12
12
12

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

SST_A
SST_B
SST_C
Q_SLI_1C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

13
13
13
31

RO
RO
RO
RW

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME
hr_deadb
HR_EWT
RSP
HR_LWT
REC_NRCP
rsp
hrstat_a
hrstat_b
hr_v_pos
RefNum
charge_c
HC_SW
REM_LOCK
RECL_SW
SETP_SW
eh_stage
reset
Mode_03
S_RESET
SP_RESET
al_rever
ROTHPUMP
ROTCPUMP
STATUS
RUNNING

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

CCN TABLE NAME
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Status Display Tables\MODES
Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Configuration Tables\USER
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

103

SCT Candidate
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
SCT Control Point
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Slide Valve 1
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Slide Valve 2
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Slide Valve 1 Output
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Slide Valve 2 Output
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Suction Pressure
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
S1 Config Switch (8 ->1)
S1 Config Switch (8 ->1)
S1 Config Switch (8 ->1)
Second Setpoint in Use
Serial Number
Service Test Enable
Servicing Alert
Setpoint Control
Setpoint Occupied?
Setpoint select
Shutdown Indicator State
Slave Address
Slave Chiller State
Slave Chiller Total Cap
Slave lagstat
Slide Valve Capacity A
Slide Valve Capacity B
Slide Valve Capacity C
Soft Starter Select
Software Part Number
Space T Full Reset Value
Space T No Reset Value
Staged Loading Sequence
Start if Error Higher
Startup Delay in Effect
Stop Pump During Standby
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

READ/
WRITE

CCN TABLE NAME

sct_fu_a
sct_fu_b
sct_fu_c

MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL

2
6
10

RO
RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

sct_sp_a
sct_sp_b
sct_sp_c

MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL

1
5
9

RO
RO
RO

Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Q_SLI_1A
Q_SLI_1B
Q_SLI_1C

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

17
24
31

RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Q_SLI_2A
Q_SLI_2B
Q_SLI_2C

MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1

18
25
32

RW
RW
RW

Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

SLID_1_A
SLID_1_B
SLID_1_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

3
3
3

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

SLID_2_A
SLID_2_B
SLID_2_C

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D

4
4
4

RO
RO
RO

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

SP_A
SP_B
SP_C
cpa_s1_m
cpb_s1_m
cpc_s1_m
Mode_02
SerialNo
Q_STREQ
s_alert
sp_ctrl
SP_OCC
sp_sel
SHUTDOWN
slv_addr
slv_stat
slv_capt
lagstat
Q_SLIA
Q_SLIB
Q_SLIC
softstar
PartNum
spacr_fu
spacr_no
seq_typ
start_dt
Mode_01
pump_sby

MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN
MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT
MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST
MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Config\USER

4
4
4
13
17
21
3
5
1
2
27
26
25
27
11
6
7
14
4
6
8
8
3
12
11
4
19
2
16

RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
RW
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW

Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN
Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Status Display Tables\MODES
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\GENUNIT
Status Display Tables\STATEGEN
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST
Status Display Tables\SERV_TST
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Configuration Tables\USER
Configuration Tables\MST_SLV
Status Display Tables\MODES
Configuration Tables\USER

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION

104

Sub Condenser Temp Cir A
Sub Condenser Temp Cir B
Subcooling Temperature A
Subcooling Temperature B
Suction A Temp Average
Suction B Temp Average
Suction C Temp Average
Suction SH Control Pt A
Suction SH Control Pt B
Suction SH Control Pt C
Suction Superheat A
Suction Superheat B
Suction Superheat C
Switch Limit Setpoint 1
Switch Limit Setpoint 2
Switch Limit Setpoint 3
System Manager Active
TCPM Board Comp A
TCPM Board Comp B
TCPM Board Comp C
Timed Overrider Hours
Timed Overrider Hours
Timed-Override Duration
Timed-Override Duration
Timed-Override in Effect
Timed-Override in Effect
Total Fans NB
Circuit A
Circuit B
Circuit C
Unit Capacity Model
Unit is Master or Slave
Unit Off to On Delay
Unit Type (Heat Pump=2)
Use Password
Valve Actuators Heaters
Water Cond Enter Valv A
Water Cond Enter Valv B
Water Cond Enter Valve A
Water Cond Enter Valve B
Water Cond Leav Valve B
Water Cond Leaving Valve A
Water Cond Leaving Valve B
Water Delta T
Water Exchanger Pump 1
Water Exchanger Pump 2
Water Filter Ctrl (days)
Water Loop Control
Water Pump #1 Hours
Water Pump #2 Hours
Water Val Condensing Stp
Watre Cond Leav Valve A
Wye Delta Start Select
LEGEND
RO — Read Only
RW — Read/Write

TOUCH PILOT
POINT NAME
hr_subta
hr_subtb
hr_subca
hr_subcb
sst_m_a
sst_m_b
sst_m_c
sh_sp_a
sh_sp_b
sh_sp_c
SH_A
SH_B
SH_C
lim_sp1
lim_sp2
lim_sp3
Mode_10
cpa_vers
cpb_vers
cpc_vers
OVR_EXT
OVR_EXT
OVE_HRS
OVE_HRS
OVERLAST
OVERLAST

MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Status\MODES
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN
Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S
MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC02S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

12
22
14
24
4
8
12
5
12
19
4
11
18
33
34
35
11
11
15
19
1
1
4
4
3
3

READ/
WRITE
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO

nb_fan_a
nb_fan_b
nb_fan_c
unitsize
mstslv
off_on_d
unit_typ
use_pass
FC_HTR
Q_HREW_A
Q_HREW_B
hr_ew_a
hr_ew_b
Q_HRLW_B
hr_lw_a
hr_lw_b
delta_t
Q_PMP1
Q_PMP2
wfilte_c
wloop_c
hr_cpum1
hr_cpum2
w_sct_sp
Q_HRLW_A
wye_delt

MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV
MAIN MENU\Config\USER
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY
MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1
MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM
MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR
MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT
MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2
MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY

14
15
16
2
2
6
1
24
10
5
9
16
26
10
18
28
4
37
38
9
4
13
14
38
6
9

RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
RW
RO
RO
RO
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW

TOUCH PILOT PATH

LINE

CCN TABLE NAME
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Status Display Tables\MODES
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN
Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S
Configuration Tables\OCCPC02S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S
Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE
Configuration Tables\USER
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY
Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1
Status Display Tables\FREECOOL
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Status Display Tables\RECLAIM
Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR
Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT
Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2
Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES
MODE — RUN STATUS
ITEM
VIEW

EXPANSION

 EWT

AUTO DISPLAY
Entering Fluid Temp

 LWT

Leaving Fluid Temp

 SETP

Active Setpoint

 CTPT

Control Point

 STAT

Unit Run Status

 OCC
 CTRL

Occupied
Status Unit Control Type

 CAP
 CAP. A
 CAP. B
 CAP. C
 CAP. S
 LIM
 CURR
 CUR.L
 ALRM

Percent Total Capacity
Percent Capacity Cir A
Percent Capacity Cir B
Percent Capacity Cir C
Capacity Indicator
Active Demand Limit Val
Actual Chiller Current
Chiller Current Limit
Alarm State

 EMGY
 CH.SS
 HC.ST

Emergency Stop
CCN Chiller Start Stop
Heat Cool Status

 RC.ST
 TIME
 MNTH

Reclaim Select Status
Time of Day
Month of Year

 DATE
 YEAR
RUN

 HRS.U
 STR.U
 HR.P1
 HR.P2
 HR.P3
HOUR

 HR.A
 HR.B
 HR.C
STRT

 ST.A
 ST.B
 ST.C

Day of Month
Year of Century
MACHINE STARTS/HOURS
Machine Operating Hours
Machine Starts
Water Pump 1 Run Hours
Water Pump 2 Run Hours
Condenser Pump 1 Hours
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS
Compressor A Run Hours
Compressor B Run Hours
Compressor C Run Hours
COMPRESSOR STARTS
Compressor A Starts
Compressor B Starts
Compressor C Starts

UNITS
XXXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

RANGE

COMMENT

WRITE
STATUS

CCN POINT

PAGE
NO.

STATEGEN

COOL_EWT

0-100

STATEGEN

COOL_LWT

0-100

GENUNIT

35, 55

0-100

GENUNIT

CTRL_PNT

GENUNIT

STATUS

22-25

GENUNIT
GENUNIT

CHIL_OCC
ctr_type

22-25
22-25

GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
MAINT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT

CAP_T
CAPA_T
CAPB_T
CAPC_T
OVER_CAP
DEM-LIM
TOT_CURR
CURR_LIM
ALM

GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT

EMSTOP
CHILL_S_S
HEATCOOL

GENUNIT
N/A
N/A

reclaim_sel
TIME
moy

XX
XX

Off
Running
Stopping
Delay
NO/YES
Local Off
Local On
CCN
Remote
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-32
0-100
0-4000
0-4000
0=Normal
1=Partial
2=Shutdown
DSBL/ENBL
DSBL/ENBL
0=Cooling
1=Heating
2=Standby
NO/YES
00:00-23:59
1=January
2=February
3=March
4=April
6=May
6=June
7=July
8=August
9=September
10=October
11=November
12=December
1-31
00-99

N/A
N/A

dom
yoc

XXXX (hours)
XXXX
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)

0-999000*
0-9999*
0-999000*
0-999000*
0-999999*

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

STRTHOUR
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS

hr_mach
st_mach
hr_cpum1
hr_cpum2
hr_hpump1

XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)

0-999000*
0-999000*
0-999000*

forcible
forcible
forcible

STRTHOUR
STRTHOUR
STRTHOUR

hr_cp_a
hr_cp_b
hr_cp_c

XXXX
XXXX
XXXX

0-999000*
0-999000*
0-999000*

forcible
forcible
forcible

STRTHOUR
STRTHOUR
STRTHOUR

st_cp_a
st_cp_b
st_cp_c

XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XX
XXX (%)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)

XX.XX

0-100

CCN TABLE

*As data in all of these categories can exceed 9999 the following display strategy is used:
From 0-9999 display as 4 digits.
From 9999-99999 display xx.xK
From 99900-999999 display as xxxK.

105

Heating and
Standby not
supported.
Not supported.

Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — RUN STATUS
ITEM
FAN

 FR.A1
 FR.A2
 FR.A3
 FR.A4
 FR.A5
 FR.A6
 FR.A7
 FR.A8
 FR.A9
 F.A10
 FR.B1
 FR.B2
 FR.B3
 FR.B4
 FR.B5
 FR.B6
 FR.B7
 FR.B8
 FR.B9
 F.B10
 FR.C1
 FR.C2
 FR.C3
 FR.C4
 FR.C5
 FR.C6
 FR.C7
 FR.C8
 FR.C9
 F.C10
CP.UN

 A.UN
 B.UN
 C.UN
MAIN

 CHRG
 WATE
 PMP.1
 PMP.2
 PMP.3
 PMP.4
 W.FIL
 A.FIL
 B.FIL
 C.FIL
VERS

 APPL
 MARQ
 NAVI
 EXVA
 EXVB
 EXVC
 AUX1
 AUX2
 AUX3
 AUX4
 AUX5
 AUX6
 CPMA
 CPMB
 CPMC
 EMM
 R.BRD

EXPANSION
FAN RUN HOURS
Fan 1 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 2 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 3 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 4 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 5 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 6 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 7 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 8 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 9 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 10 Run Hours Cir A
Fan 1 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 2 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 3 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 4 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 5 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 6 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 7 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 8 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 9 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 10 Run Hours Cir B
Fan 1 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 2 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 3 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 4 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 5 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 6 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 7 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 8 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 9 Run Hours Cir C
Fan 10 Run Hours Cir C
COMPRESSOR DISABLE
Compressor A Disable
Compressor B Disable
Compressor C Disable
PREDICTIVE MAINTENANCE
Refrigerant Charge
Water Loop Size
Pump 1 (Days)
Pump 2 (Days)
Cond Pump 1 (Days)
Cond Pump 1 (Days)
Water Filter
Comp A OIl Filter (days)
Comp B Oil Filter (days)
Comp C Oil Filter (days)
SOFTWARE VERSIONS
CSA-XXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX
XXXXXX-XX-XX

UNITS
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)
XXXX (hours)

RANGE

COMMENT

WRITE
STATUS

CCN TABLE

CCN POINT

0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*
0-999999*

FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS
FANHOURS

hr_fana1
hr_fana2
hr_fana3
hr_fana4
hr_fana5
hr_fana6
hr_fana7
hr_fana8
hr_fana9
hrfana10
hr_fanb1
hr_fanb2
hr_fanb3
hr_fanb4
hr_fanb5
hr_fanb6
hr_fanb7
hr_fanb8
hr_fanb9
hrfanb10
hr_fanc1
hr_fanc2
hr_fanc3
hr_fanc4
hr_fanc5
hr_fanc6
hr_fanc7
hr_fanc8

NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible

CP_UNABL
CP_UNABL
CP_UNABL

un_cp_a
un_cp_b
un_cp_c

SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT
SERMAINT

charge_m
wloop_m
cpump1_m
cpump2_m
hpump1_m
hpump2_m
wfilte_m
ofilta_m
ofiltb_m
ofiltc_m

NO/YES
NO/YES
(days)
(days)
Not supported.
(days)

Press ENTER
and ESCAPE
simultaneously
to read version
information

*As data in all of these categories can exceed 9999 the following display strategy is used:
From 0-9999 display as 4 digits.
From 9999-99999 display xx.xK
From 99900-999999 display as xxxK.

106

PD5_APPL
STDU
Navigator
EXV_BRDA
EXV_BRDB
EXV_BRDC
AUX_BRD1
AUX_BRD2
AUX_BRD3
AUX_BRD4
AUX_BRD5
AUX_BRD6
SPM_CPA
SPM_CPB
SPM_CPC
EMM_NRCP
REC_NRCP

PAGE
NO.

77
77
77

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — SERVICE TEST
ITEM
TEST

EXPANSION

 T.REQ
 CP.A

MANUAL TEST MODE
Manual Sequence
Compressor A Output

 SLI.A

Slide Valve Capacity A

 CP.B
 SLI.B

Compressor B Output
Slide Valve Capacity B

 CP.C
 SLI.C

Compressor C Output
Slide Valve Capacity C

QUIC

QUICK TEST MODE

 Q.REQ
 EXV.A
 EXV.B
 EXV.C
 ECO.A
 ECO.B
 ECO.C
 FAN.A
 FAN.B
 FAN.C
 SPD.A
 SPD.B
 SPD.C
 HT.A
 SL1.A
 SL2.A
 HGP.A
 OLS.A
 DGT.A
 HT.B
 SL1.B
 SL2.B
 HGP.B
 OLS.B
 DGT.B
 HT.C
 SL1.C
 SL2.C
 HGP.C
 OLS.C
 DGT.C
 PMP.1
 PMP.2
 PMP.3
 CL.HT
 BVL.A
 BVL.B
 BVL.C
 Q.RDY
 Q.RUN
 SHUT
 CATO
 ALRM
 ALRT

Circuit A EXV % Open
Circuit B EXV % Open
Circuit C EXV % Open
Circ A ECO EXV %
Circ B ECO EXV %
Circ C ECO EXV %
Circuit A Fan Stages
Circuit B Fan Stages
Circuit C Fan Stages
Cir A Varifan position
Cir B Varifan position
Cir C Varifan position
Oil Heater Circuit A
Slide Valve 1 Cir A
Slide Valve 2 Cir B
Hot Gas Bypass A Output
Oil Solenoid Cir A
DGT Cool Solenoid A
Oil Heater Circuit B
Slide Valve 1 Cir B
Slide Valve 2 Cir B
Hot Gas Bypass B Output
Oil Solenoid Cir A
DGT Cool Solenoid B
Oil Heater Circuit C
Slide Valve 1 Cir C
Slide Valve 2 Cir C
Hot Gas Bypass C Output
Oil Solenoid Cir A
DGT Cool Solenoid C
Water Exchanger Pump 1
Water Exchanger Pump 2
Condenser Pump 1
Cooler Heater Output
Ball Valve Position A
Ball Valve Position B
Ball Valve Position C
Chiller Ready Status
Chiller Running Status
Customer Shutdown Stat
Chiller Capacity in 0-10v
Alarm Relay
Alert Relay

UNITS

RANGE

Remote-OffEnable Switch
must be set to
OFF Position

OFF/ON

OFF/ON
unchanged
increase
decrease
OFF/ON
unchanged
increase
decrease
OFF/ON
unchanged
increase
decrease

XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
X
X
X
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)

COMMENT

OFF/ON
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-8
0-8
0-8
0-100
0-100
0-100
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON

XX.X (vdc)
OFF/ON
OFF/ON

107

Remote-OffEnable Switch
must be set to
ENABLE
Position

Remote-OffEnable Switch
must be set to
OFF Position

Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.

WRITE
STATUS
forcible
forcible

CCN TABLE
N/A
N/A
N/A

forcible

CCN POINT
service_test
comp_serv_a

PAGE
NO.
61, 83
64

comp_ser_sid_a

forcible
forcible

N/A

comp_serv_b
comp_ser_sid_b

forcible
forcible

N/A

comp_serv_c
comp_ser_sid_c

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

61
61
61

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — TEMPERATURE
ITEM
UNIT

 CEWT

EXPANSION
UNIT TEMPERATURES
Cooler Entering Fluid

 CLWT

Cooler Leaving Fluid

 CD.LT

Condenser Entering Fluid

 CD.ET

Condenser Leaving Fluid

 OAT

Outside Air Temperature

 CHWS

Lead/Lag Leaving Fluid

 SPT

Optional Space Temp

 THHR

Cooler Heater Temp

 THR.C

Cooler Heat Temp Cir C

CIR.A

 SCT.A

CIRCUIT A TEMPERATURES
Sat Cond Temp Circ A

 SST.A

Sat Suction Temp Circ A

 DGT.A

Discharge Gas Temp Cir A

 SGT.A

Suction Gas Temp Circ A

 SUP.A
 ECT.A

Superheat Temp Circ A
Economizer Gas Temp A

 ESH.A

Economizer Superheat A

 CTP.A

Motor Temperature Cir A

CIR.B

 SCT.B

CIRCUIT B TEMPERATURES
Sat Cond Temp Circ B

 SST.B

Sat Suction Temp Circ B

 DGT.B

Discharge Gas Temp Cir B

 SGT.B

Suction Gas Temp Circ B

 SUP.B
 ECT.B

Superheat Temp Circ B
Economizer Gas Temp B

 ESH.B

Economizer Superheat B

 CTP.B

Motor Temperature Cir B

 SCT.C

CIR.C

CIRCUIT C TEMPERATURES
Sat Cond Temp Circ C

 SST.C

Sat Suction Temp Circ C

 DGT.C

Discharge Gas Temp Cir C

 SGT.C

Suction Gas Temp Circ C

 SUP.C
 ECT.C

Superheat Temp Circ C
Economizer Gas Temp C

 ESH.C

Economizer Superheat C

 CTP.C

Motor Temperature Cir C

UNITS

RANGE

XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)

XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X (F/C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)

XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X (F/C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X (F/C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

COMMENT

WRITE
STATUS

CCN TABLE
STATEGEN

COOL_EWT

STATEGEN

COOL_LWT

Not supported.
Not supported.

COND_LWT
COND_EWT
GENUNIT
STATEGEN

CHWS
SPACETMP
TH_HEATER
T_HEAT_C

CIRCA_AN
CIRCA_AN

SCT_A
SST_A
DGT_A

CIRCA_AN

SUCT_T_A

CIRCA_AN

SH_A
ECO_TP_A
ECO_SH_A
CP_TMP_A

CIRCB_AN
CIRCB_AN

SCT_B
SST_B
DGT_B

CIRCB_AN

SUCT_T_B

CIRCB_AN

SH_B
ECO_TP_B

–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–45-245 F
(–43-118 C)
–45-245 F
(–43-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–45-245 F
(–43-118 C)

OAT

STATEGEN

–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)
–40-245 F
(–40-118 C)

CCN POINT

ECO_SH_B
CP_TMP_B
CIRCC_AN
CIRCC_AN

SCT_C

CIRCC_AN

SST_C
DGT_C

CIRCC_AN

SUCT_T_C

CIRCC_AN

SH_C
ECO_TP_C
ECO_SH_C
CP_TMP_C

108

PAGE
NO.

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — SET POINTS
ITEM
COOL

EXPANSION

UNITS

 CSP.1

COOLING SETPOINTS
Cooling Setpoint 1

 CSP.2

Cooing Setpoint 2

XXXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

 CSP.3

Ice Setpoint

XXXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

 CRV1

Current No Reset Val

XX.X (mA)

 CRV2

Current Full Reset Val

XX.X (mA)

 CRT1

Delta T No Reset Temp

XXX.X (F/C)

 CRT2

Delta T Full Reset Temp

XXX.X (F/C)

 CRO1

OAT No Reset Temp

XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

 CRO2

OAT Full Reset Temp

XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

 CRS1

Space T No Reset Temp

XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

 CRS2

Space T Full Reset Temp

XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

 DGRC

Degrees Cool Reset

XX.X (F/C)

 CAUT

Cool Changeover Setpt

 CRMP

Cool Ramp Loading

XX.X
(deg F/deg C)
X.X

 HSP.1

HEAT

HEATING SETPOINTS
Heating Setpoint 1

 HSP.2

Heating Setpoint 2

 HRV1
 HRV2
 HRT1
 HRT2
 HRO1

Current to Reset Val
Current Full Reset Val
Delta T No Reset Temp
Delta T Full Reset Temp
OAT No Reset Temp

 HRO2

OAT Full Reset Temp

 DGRH
 HAUT

Degrees Heat Reset
Heat Changeover Setpt

 HRMP

XXXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XX.X (mA)
XX.X (mA)
XXX.X (F/C)
XXX.X (F/C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XX.X (F/C)
XX.X
(deg F/deg C)
X.X

MISC
 DLS1

Heat Ramp Loading
MISC SETPOINTS
Switch Limit Setpoint 1

 DLS2

Switch Limit Setpoint 2

XXX (%)

 DLS3

Switch Limit Setpoint 3

XXX (%)

 W.SCT

Water Val Cond Stp

XXX.X
(deg F/deg C)

XXX (%)

RANGE
–20-70 F
(–29-21 C),
Default = 44.0
–20-70 F
(–29-21 C),
Default = 44.0
–20-70 F
(–29-21 C),
Default = 44.0
0-20,
Default = 0
0-20,
Default = 0
0-125 F
(0-69.4 C),
Default = 0
0-125 F
(0-69.4 C),
Default = 0
0-125 F
(–18-52 C),
Default = 14.0
0-25 F
(–18-52 C),
Default = 14.0
0-125 F
(–18-52 C),
Default = 14.0
0-125 F
(–18-52 C),
Default = 14.0
–30-30 F
(–16.7-16.7 C),
Default = 0
Default = 75.0

COMMENT

Not supported.

0.2-2.0 F
(0.1-1.1 C),
Default = 1.0

WRITE
STATUS

CCN TABLE

CCN POINT

PAGE
NO.

forcible

SETPOINT

csp1

25, 41,
55

forcible

SETPOINT

csp2

25, 41,
55

forcible

SETPOINT

ice_sp

25, 41,
55

forcible

SETPOINT

v_cr_no

forcible

SETPOINT

v_cr_fu

forcible

SETPOINT

dt_cr_no

35, 36

forcible

SETPOINT

dt_cr_fu

35, 36

forcible

SETPOINT

oatcr_no

forcible

SETPOINT

oatcr_fu

forcible

SETPOINT

spacr_no

forcible

SETPOINT

spacr_fu

forcible

SETPOINT

cr_deg

35, 36

forcible

SETPOINT

cauto_sp

forcible

SETPOINT

cramp_sp

Default = 100

Not supported.

forcible

SETPOINT

HSP.1

Default = 100

Not supported.

forcible

SETPOINT

HSP.2

Default = 0
Default = 0
Default = 0
Default = 0
Default = 14.0

Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

SETPOINT
SETPOINT
SETPOINT
SETPOINT
SETPOINT

v_hr_no
v_hr_fu
dt_hr_no
dt_hr_fu
oathr_no

Default = 14.0

Not supported.

forcible

SETPOINT

oathr_fu

Default = 0
Default = 64

Not supported.
Not supported.

forcible
forcible

SETPOINT
SETPOINT

DGRH
hauto_sp

Default = 1.0

Not supported.

forcible

SETPOINT

hramp_sp

forcible

SETPOINT

lim_sp1

39, 40

forcible

SETPOINT

lim_sp2

39, 40

0-100,
Default = 100
0-100,
Default = 100
0-100,
Default = 100
80-140 F
(26.7-60 C)

109

forcible
Not supported.

SETPOINT

lim_sp3

SETPOINT

w_sct_sp

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — PRESSURE
ITEM
PRC.A

 DP.A

EXPANSION
CIRCUIT A PRESSURES
Discharge Pressure Cir A

 SP.A

Suction Pressure Circ A

 OP.A

Oil Pressure Circ A

 DOP.A

Oil Pressure Diff A

 ECP.A

Economizer Pressure A

PRC.B

 DP.B

CIRCUIT B PRESSURES
Discharge Pressure Cir B

 SP.B

Suction Pressure Circ B

 OP.B

Oil Pressure Circ B

 DOP.B

Oil Pressure Diff B

 ECP.B

Economizer Pressure B

PRC.C

 DP.C

CIRCUIT A PRESSURES
Discharge Pressure Cir C

 SP.C

Suction Pressure Circ C

 OP.C

Oil Pressure Circ C

 DOP.C

Oil Pressure Diff C

 ECP.C

Economizer Pressure C

UNITS

RANGE

COMMENT

WRITE
STATUS

XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)

CCN TABLE
CIRCA_AN
CIRCA_AN

CCN POINT
DP_A

PAGE
NO.
56

SP_A
OP_A
DOP_A
ECON_P_A

XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)

CIRCB_AN
CIRCB_AN

DP_B

SP_B
OP_B
DOP_B
ECON_P_B

XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)
XXX.X
(psig/kPa)

CIRCC_AN
CIRCC_AN

DP_C

SP_C
OP_C
DOP_C
ECON_P_C

MODE — INPUTS
ITEM
GEN.I

 ONOF
 LOCK
 COND
 DLS1
 DLS2
 ICE.D
 DUAL
 ELEC
 PUMP
 OCCS
 HC.SW
 RLOC
 OIL.A
 OIL.B
 OIL.C
 CUR.A
 CUR.B
 CUR.C
 DMND
 RSET

EXPANSION
GENERAL INPUTS
On Off Switch
Cooler Interlock
Condenser Flow Switch
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Ice Done
Dual Setpoint Switch
Electrical Box Safety
Pump Run Feedback
Occupancy Override Swit
Heat Cool Switch Status
Remote Interlock Switch
Oil Level Circuit A
Oil Level Circuit B
Oil Level Circuit C
Motor Current Circuit A
Motor Current Circuit B
Motor Current Circuit C
4-20 mA Demand Signal
4-20 mA Reset/Setpoint

UNITS

XXX.X (amps)
XXX.X (amps)
XXX.X (amps)
XXX.X (mA)
XXX.X (mA)

RANGE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
OPEN/CLSE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLSE
LOW/HIGH
LOW/HIGH
LOW/HIGH
0-600
0-600
0-600
4 to 20
4 to 20

110

COMMENT

Not supported.

Not supported.
Not supported.

WRITE
STATUS

CCN TABLE
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN

CCN POINT
ONOF
LOCK_1
CONFLOW
LIM_SW1
LIM_SW2
ICE_SW
SETP_SW
ELEC_BOX
PUMP_DEF
OCC_OVSW
HC_SW
REM-LOCK
OIL_L_A
OIL_L_B
OIL_L_C
CURR_A
CURR_B
CURR_C
LIM_ANAL
SP_RESET

PAGE
NO.

44
39, 40
39, 40

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — OUTPUTS
ITEM
CIR.A

 CP.A
 HT.A
 SL1.A
 SL2.A
 OLS.A
 HGB.A
 FAN.A
 SPD.A
 EXV.A
 ECO.A
 DGT.A
CIR.B

 CP.B
 HT.B
 SL1.B
 SL2.B
 OLS.B
 HGB.B
 FAN.B
 SPD.B
 EXV.B
 ECO.B
 DGT.B
CIR.C

 CP.C
 HT.C
 SL1.C
 SL2.C
 OLS.C
 HGB.C
 FAN.C
 SPD.C
 EXV.C
 ECO.C
 DGT.C
GEN.O

 PMP.1
 PMP.2
 PMP.3
 CO.HT
 BVL.A
 BVL.B
 BVL.C
 CN.HT
 REDY
 RUN
 SHUT
 CATO
 ALRM
 ALRT

EXPANSION
CIRCUIT A OUTPUTS
Compressor A Relay
Oil Heater Circuit A
Slide Valve 1 Cir A
Slide Valve 2 Cir A
Oil Solenoid Cir A
Hot Gas Bypass Cir A
Circuit A Fan Stages
Circ A Varifan Position
Circuit A EXV % Open
Circ A EXV ECO % Open
DGT Cool Solenoid A
CIRCUIT B OUTPUTS
Compressor B Relay
Oil Heater Circuit B
Slide Valve 1 Cir B
Slide Valve 2 Cir B
Oil Solenoid Cir B
Hot Gas Bypass Cir B
Circuit B Fan Stages
Circ B Varifan Position
Circuit B EXV % Open
Circ B EXV ECO % Open
DGT Cool Solenoid B
CIRCUIT C OUTPUTS
Compressor C Relay
Oil Heater Circuit C
Slide Valve 1 Cir C
Slide Valve 2 Cir C
Oil Solenoid Cir C
Hot Gas Bypass Cir C
Circuit C Fan Stages
Circ C Varifan Position
Circuit C EXV % Open
Circ C EXV ECO % Open
DGT Cool Solenoid C
GENERAL OUTPUTS
Water Exchanger Pump 1
Water Exchanger Pump 2
Condenser Pump 1
Cooler Heater Output
Ball Valve Position A
Ball Valve Position B
Ball Valve Position C
Condenser Heat Output
Chiller Ready Status
Chiller Running Status
Customer Shutdown Stat
Chiller Capacity 0-10 v
Alarm Relay
Alert Relay

UNITS

X
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)

RANGE

WRITE
STATUS

COMMENT

CCN POINT

OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
0-6
0-100
0-100
0-100
OFF/ON

CIRCA_D

CP_A
OIL_HT_A
SLID1_A
SLID2_A
OIL_SL_A

CIRCA_D
CIRCA_AN
CIRCA_AN

FAN_ST_A
hd_pos_a
EXV_A
EXV_EC_A
dgt_gascool_a

OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
0-6
0-100
0-100
0-100
OFF/ON

CIRCB_D
CIRCB_D

CP_B
OIL_HT_B
SLID1_B
SLID2_B
OIL_SL_B

CIRCB_D
CIRCB_AN
CIRCB_AN

FAN_ST_B
hd_pos_b
EXV_B
EXV_EC_B
dgt_gascool_b

CIRCC_D
CIRCC_D

CP_C
OIL_HT_C
SLID1_C
SLID2_C
OIL_SL_C

CIRCC_D
CIRCC_AN
CIRCC_AN

FAN_ST_C
hd_pos_c
EXV_C
EXV_EC_C
dgt_gascool_c

STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN

CPUMP_1
CPUMP_2
HPUMP_1
COOLHEAT
ref_iso_a
ref_iso_b
ref_iso_c
cond_htr
READY
RUNNING
SHUTDOWN
CAPT_010
ALARM
ALERT

OFF/ON
OFF/ON

X
XXX (%)
XXX (%)
XXX (%)

CCN TABLE

OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
0-6
0-100
0-100
0-100
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OPEN/CLOSE
OPEN/CLOSE
OPEN/CLOSE
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
OFF/ON

Not supported.
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

XX.X
OFF/ON
OFF/ON

RECLAIM
RECLAIM
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN
STATEGEN

PAGE
NO.

MODE — CONFIGURATION
ITEM
DISP
 TEST
 METR
 LANG

EXPANSION
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection

UNITS

RANGE

COMMENT

OFF/ON
US/METR
English
Espanol
Francais
Portugues
Translated

DEFAULT
OFF
US
English

111

CCN
TABLE

CCN
POINT

N/A
display_test
DISPCONF DISPUNIT
DISPCONF LANGUAGE 8

PAGE NO.

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
UNIT

EXPANSION

UNITS

RANGE

COMMENT

 TYPE

UNIT CONFIGURATION
Unit Type

 TONS

Unit Size

XXX

 VAR.A

Nb Fan on Varifan Cir A

3 = Water-Cooled
4 = Heat Machine
0 to 1800
(nominal size)
0-8

 VAR.B

Nb Fan on Varifan Cir B

0-8

 VAR.C

Nb Fan on Varifan Cir C

0-8

 VOLT

Power Supply Voltage

XXX (volt)

200-690

 60HZ
 STAR
 Y.D.
 MTA.A
 R.MT.A
 MTA.B
 R.MT.B
 MTA.C
 R.MT.C
 C.SW.A
 R.CSA
 C.SW.B
 R.CSB
 C.SW.C
 R.CSC
 RECL
 BOIL
 EMM
 PAS.E
 PASS
 CO.HT
 CON.V
 HGBP
 MCHX
 HI.TI
 H.KIT
 PA.NB
 VLT
 RPM
 H.CON
SERV
 FLUD

60 Hz Frequency
Soft Starter Select
Wye Delta T Start Select
Must Trip Amps Cir A
Read Must Trip Amps A
Must Trip Amps Cir B
Read Must Trip Amps B
Must Trip Amps Cir C
Read Must Trip Amps C
S1 Config Switch Cir A
Read S1 Config Switch A
S1 Config Switch Cir B
Read S1 Config Switch B
S1 Config Switch Cir C
Read S1 Config Switch C
Heat Reclaim Select
Boiler Command Select
EMM Module Installed
Password Enable
Factory Password
Cooler Heater Select
Condenser Valve Select
Hot Gas Bypass Select
MCHX Exchanger Select
High Tiers Display Select
Hydronic Kit Selection
Cooler Pass Number
VLT Fan Drive Select
VLT Fan Drive RPM
High Condensing Select
SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS
Cooler Fluid Type

 CFLU

Condenser Fluid Type

 MOP

EXV MOP Setpoint

 HP.TH

High Pressure Threshold

 SHP.A

Cir A Superheat Setp

 SHP.B

Cir B Superheat Setp

 SHP.C

Cir C Superheat Setp

 HTR

Cooler Heater DT Setp

 EWTO
 AU.SM
 LLWT

Entering Water Control
Auto Start When SM Lost
Brine Minimum Fluid Temp

 LOSP

Brine Freeze Setpoint

 FL.SP
 HD.PG
 HD.DG
 HD.IG
 F.LOA
 AVFA
 AVFB
 AVFC
 EWT.S
 MAXL

Brine Flow Switch Setp
Varifan Proportion Gain
Varifan Derivative Gain
Varifan Integral Gain
Fast Load Select
Fan A Drive Attach
Fan B Drive Attach
Fan C Drive Attach
EWT Probe on Cir A Side
Max Condenser LWT 45DC

XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)
XXX (amps)

XXX

NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
0 to 1500
0 to 1500
0 to 1500
0 to 1500
0 to 1500
0 to 1500
0 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 255
0 to 255
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
ENBL/DSBL
1 to 0150
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
1-3

DEFAULT
Air cooled

Not supported. 0: No low ambient
temperature head
pressure control
1:low ambient
temperature head
pressure control
Not supported. 0: No low ambient
temperature head
pressure control
1: low ambient
temperature head
pressure control
Not supported. 0: No low ambient
temperature head
pressure control
1: low ambient
temperature head
pressure control
Acceptable values
200, 230, 380, 460,
and 575
YES

CCN
TABLE
FACTORY

unit_typ

FACTORY

unitsize

FACTORY

varfan_a

FACTORY

varfan_b

FACTORY

varfan_c

FACTORY

voltage

FACTORY

freq_60H
softstar
wye_delt
cpa_mtac
cpa_mtam
cpb_mtac
cpb_mtam
cpc_mtac
cpb_mtam
cpa_s1_c
cpa_s1_m
cpb_s1_c
cpb_s1_m
cpc_s1_c
cpc_s1_m
recl_opt
ehs_sel
emm_nrcp
pass_enb
fac_pass
heat_sel
cond_val
hgbp_sel
mchx_sel
highdisp

Not supported.
Not supported.

Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported. NO
Not supported. NO
NO
0111

FACTORY
FACTORY
FACTORY
FACTORY
FACTORY

Not supported.
NO
Not supported. NO
Not supported. NO

CCN
POINT

FACTORY
FACTORY

PAGE NO.

46, 76
29, 76

NO
2
Not supported. NONE
Not supported. 0
NO

NO/YES
Water
Brine
WATER
BRINE
XX.X
40-60 F
(deg F/deg C)
(4.4-15.6 C)
XXX.X (psi/kPa) 250-280 psi
(1724-1930 kPa)
XX.X (F/C)
3-14 F
(1.7-7.8 C)
XX.X (F/C)
3-14 F
(1.7-7.8 C)
XX.X (F/C)
3-14 F
(1.7-7.8 C)
XX.X (F/C)
0.5-9 F
(0.3-5.0 C)
NO/YES
NO/YES
XX.X
–20-38 F
(deg F/deg C)
(–28.9-3.3 C)
XX.X
–20-50 F
(deg F/deg C)
(–20-10 C)
0-60
XX.X
–10-10
XX.X
–10-10
XX.X
–10-10
0-4
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

Water

SERVICE1

flui_typ

62.0

SERVICE1

mop_sp

27, 43, 45, 55

cond_typ

290

SERVICE1

hp_th

14.4

SERVICE1

sh_sp_a

14.4

SERVICE1

sh_sp_b

14.4

SERVICE1

sh_sp_c

2.0
38.0
NO
NO

SERVICE1

heatersp

SERVICE1
SERVICE1

ewt_opt
auto_sm

25
25

SERVICE1

lowestsp

27, 43-45, 55

SERVICE
SERVICE1
SERVICE1
SERVICE1

flow_sp
hd_pg
hd_dg
hd_ig
fastload

46
46
46

Not supported.

Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.

1
2.0
0.4
0.2
0
Not supported. NO
Not supported. NO
Not supported. NO
YES
NO

112

ewt_cirA
max_clwt

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
OPTN
 CCNA
 CCNB
 BAUD

EXPANSION
OPTIONS CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate

 LOAD

Loading Sequence Select

 LLCS

Lead/Lag Circuit Select

 RL.S
 DELY
 ICE.M
 HPUM

Ramp Load Select
Minutes Off Time
Ice Mode Enable
Condenser Pumps Sequence

 PUMP

Cooler Pumps Sequence

 ROT.P
 PM.PS
 P.SBY
 P.LOC
 LS.ST
 LS.ND
 LS.LT
 RV.AL
 OA.TH

Pump Rotation Delay
Periodic Pump Start
Stop Pump In Standby
Flow Checked if Pmp Off
Night Low Noise Start
Night Low Noise End
Low Noise Capacity Lim
Reverse Alarms Relay
Heat Mode OAT Threshold

 FREE

Free Cooling OAT Limit

 CUR.S
 CUR.F

UNITS
XXX
XXX

XX (Minutes)
X

XXXX (hours)

XX.XX
XX.XX
XXX (%)

 CRST

 HRST

Heating Reset Type

 DMDC

Demand Limit Select

 DMMX
 DMZE
 MSSL

mA for 100% Demand Limit
mA for 0% Demand Limit
Master/Slave Select

XX.X (mA)
XX.X (mA)

 SLVA
 LLBL

Slave Address
Lead/Lag Balance Select

XXX

 LLBD
 LLDY

Lead/Lag Balance Delta
Lead/Lag Delay

XXX (hours)
XX (minutes)

 LL.ER

Start if Error Higher

 LAG.M

Lag Minimum Running Time

 LAGP

XX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XXX
(min)

Lag Unit Pump Select

 LPUL

Lead Pulldown Time

 SERI

Chillers in Series

COMMENT

1-239
0-239
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
Equal
Staged
Automatic
Cir A Leads
Cir B Leads
Cir C Leads
ENBL/DSBL
1 to 15
ENBL/DSBL
No Pump
1 Pump Only
2 Pumps Auto
PMP 1 Manual
PMP 2 Manual
No Pump
1 Pump Only
2 Pumps Auto
PMP 1 Manual
PMP 2 Manual
24 to 3000
NO-YES
NO-YES
NO-YES
00.00-23.59
00-00-23.59
0-100
NO-YES

XX.X
(deg F/deg C)
XX.X
(deg F/deg C)

Current Limit Select
Current Limit at 100%
XXXX
RESET, DEMAND LIMIT, MASTER/SLAVE
Cooling Reset Type

RSET

RANGE

XX (minutes)

DEFAULT

CCN TABLE

CCN POINT

PAGE NO.

1
0
9600

N/A
N/A
N/A

CCNA
CCNB
BAUD

EQUAL

USER

lead_cir

AUTOMATIC

USER

seq_typ

29, 55

DSBL
1
DSBL
NO PUMP

USER
USER
USER

ramp_sel
off_on_d
ice_cnfg
hpum_seq

35
29
41
47

NO PUMP

USER

pump_seq

28, 47

USER
USER
USER
USER
USER
USER
USER
USER
USER

pump_del
pump_per
pump_sby
pump_loc
nh_start
nh_end
nh_limit
al_rever
heat_th

28, 55
28, 55

Not supported.

48
NO
NO
YES
00.00
00.00
100
NO
5F

Not supported.

32.0

USER

free_oat

Not supported.

Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.

NO/YES
0 to 5000

NO
2000

No Reset
Out Air Temp
Delta T Temp
4-20 mA Input
Space Temp
No Reset
Out Air Temp
Delta T Temp
4-20 mA Input
None
Switch
4-20 mA Input

NO RESET

28
55

curr_sel
curr_ful

39-41
40-41

USER

cr_sel

33, 36, 55

NO RESET

USER

hr_sel

NONE

USER

lim_sel

39-41, 55

Disable
Master
Slave
1-236
Always Lead
Lag if Fail
Runtime Sel
40-400
2-30

0.0
0.0
DISABLE

USER
USER
MST_SLV

lim_mx
lim_ze
ms_sel

40, 41
40, 41
32-35, 55

2
Always
Lead

MST_SLV
MST_SLV

slv_addr
ll_bal

29, 32-35
29, 32-35,
54

168
10

MST_SLV
MST_SLV

ll_bal_d
lsrt_tim

3-18

MST_SLV

start_dt

29, 32-35
30, 32-35,
54
30, 32-35

0-150

MST_SLV

lag_mini

30, 32-35

OFF if U stp
ON if U stp
0-60

OFF if U stp

MST_SLV

lag_pump

MST_SLV

30, 32-35,
54
30, 32-35,
54
29, 32-35

NO/YES

Not supported.

lead_pul
ll_serie

113

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — TIMECLOCK
ITEM
TIME

EXPANSION

UNITS

DATE
 MNTH

TIME OF DAY
Hour and Minute
DAY, DATE
Month

 DOM
 DAY

Day of Month
Day of Week

Year of Century
SCHEDULE 1
Period 1 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 2 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 3 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 4 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 5 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 6 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select

 HH.MM

 YEAR
SCH1
 PER.1
 PER.1 OCC.1
 PER.1 UNO.1
 PER.1 MON.1
 PER.1 TUE.1
 PER.1 WED.1
 PER.1 THU.1
 PER.1 FRI.1
 PER.1 SAT.1
 PER.1 SUN.1
 PER.1 HOL.1
 PER.2
 PER.2 OCC.2
 PER.2 UNO.2
 PER.2 MON.2
 PER.2 TUE.2
 PER.2 WED.2
 PER.2 THU.2
 PER.2 FRI.2
 PER.2 SAT.2
 PER.2 SUN.2
 PER.2 HOL.2
 PER.3
 PER.3 OCC.3
 PER.3 UNO.3
 PER.3 MON.3
 PER.3 TUE.3
 PER.3 WED.3
 PER.3 THU.3
 PER.3 FRI.3
 PER.3 SAT.3
 PER.3 SUN.3
 PER.3 HOL.3
 PER.4
 PER.4 OCC.4
 PER.4 UNO.4
 PER.4 MON.4
 PER.4 TUE.4
 PER.4 WED.4
 PER.4 THU.4
 PER.4 FRI.4
 PER.4 SAT.4
 PER.4 SUN.4
 PER.4 HOL.4
 PER.5
 PER.5 OCC.5
 PER.5 UNO.5
 PER.5 MON.5
 PER.5 TUE.5
 PER.5 WED.5
 PER.5 THU.5
 PER.5 FRI.5
 PER.5 SAT.5
 PER.5 SUN.5
 PER.5 HOL.5
 PER.6
 PER.6 OCC.6
 PER.6 UNO.6
 PER.6 MON.6
 PER.6 TUE.6
 PER.6 WED.6
 PER.6 THU.6
 PER.6 FRI.6
 PER.6 SAT.6
 PER.6 SUN.6
 PER.6 HOL.6

XX.XX

RANGE

COMMENT

WRITE
STATUS

CCN TABLE

CCN POINT

PAGE
NO.

00.00-23.59

forcible*

N/A

HH.MM

1=January
2=February
3=March
4=April
5=May
6=June
7=July
8=August
9=September
10=October
11=November
12=December
1-31
1=Monday
2=Tuesday
3=Wednesday
4=Thursday
5=Friday
6=Saturday
7=Sunday
00-99

forcible*

N/A

MNTH

forcible*
forcible*

N/A
N/A

DOM
DAY

forcible*

N/A

YEAR

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCCTOD1
UNOCTOD1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCCTOD2
UNOCTOD2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S

OCCTOD3
UNOCTOD3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S

OCCTOD4
UNOCTOD4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S

OCCTOD5
UNOCTOD5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S
OCC1P01S

OCCTOD6
UNOCTOD6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6

*Password protected.

114

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — TIMECLOCK (cont)
ITEM
SCH1

 PER.7
 PER.7 OCC.7
 PER.7 UNO.7
 PER.7 MON.7
 PER.7 TUE.7
 PER.7 WED.7
 PER.7 THU.7
 PER.7 FRI.7
 PER.7 SAT.7
 PER.7 SUN.7
 PER.7 HOL.7
 PER.8
 PER.8 OCC.8
 PER.8 UNO.8
 PER.8 MON.8
 PER.8 TUE.8
 PER.8 WED.8
 PER.8 THU.8
 PER.8 FRI.8
 PER.8 SAT.8
 PER.8 SUN.8
 PER.8 HOL.8
SCH2

 PER.1
 PER.1 OCC.1
 PER.1 UNO.1
 PER.1 MON.1
 PER.1 TUE.1
 PER.1 WED.1
 PER.1 THU.1
 PER.1 FRI.1
 PER.1 SAT.1
 PER.1 SUN.1
 PER.1 HOL.1
 PER.2
 PER.2 OCC.2
 PER.2 UNO.2
 PER.2 MON.2
 PER.2 TUE.2
 PER.2 WED.2
 PER.2 THU.2
 PER.2 FRI.2
 PER.2 SAT.2
 PER.2 SUN.2
 PER.2 HOL.2
 PER.3
 PER.3 OCC.3
 PER.3 UNO.3
 PER.3 MON.3
 PER.3 TUE.3
 PER.3 WED.3
 PER.3 THU.3
 PER.3 FRI.3
 PER.3 SAT.3
 PER.3 SUN.3
 PER.3 HOL.3
 PER.4
 PER.4 OCC.4
 PER.4 UNO.4
 PER.4 MON.4
 PER.4 TUE.4
 PER.4 WED.4
 PER.4 THU.4
 PER.4 FRI.4
 PER.4 SAT.4
 PER.4 SUN.4
 PER.4 HOL.4
 PER.5
 PER.5 OCC.5
 PER.5 UNO.5
 PER.5 MON.5
 PER.5 TUE.5
 PER.5 WED.5
 PER.5 THU.5
 PER.5 FRI.5
 PER.5 SAT.5
 PER.5 SUN.5
 PER.5 HOL.5
 PER.6
 PER.6 OCC.6
 PER.6 UNO.6
 PER.6 MON.6
 PER.6 TUE.6
 PER.6 WED.6
 PER.6 THU.6
 PER.6 FRI.6
 PER.6 SAT.6
 PER.6 SUN.6
 PER.6 HOL.6

EXPANSION
SCHEDULE 1
Period 7 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 8 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
SCHEDULE 2
Period 1 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 2 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 3 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 4 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 5 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 6 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select

UNITS

RANGE

COMMENT

WRITE
STATUS

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

XX.XX
XX.XX

CCN TABLE

CCN POINT

PAGE
NO.

OCCTOD7
UNOCTOD7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S
OCCP01S

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S

OCCTOD1
UNOCTOD1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1
DOW1

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S

OCCTOD
UNOCTOD2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2
DOW2

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S

OCCTOD
UNOCTOD3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3
DOW3

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S

OCCTOD4
UNOCTOD4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4
DOW4

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S

OCCTOD5
UNOCTOD5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5
DOW5

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S
OCC2P02S

OCCTOD6
UNOCTOD6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6
DOW6

115

OCCTOD8
UNOCTOD8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — TIMECLOCK (cont)
ITEM

EXPANSION

 HOL.1
 HOL.1 MON.1

Period 7 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
Period 8 Occ/Unocc Sel
Occupied Time
Unoccupied Time
Monday Select
Tuesday Select
Wednesday Select
Thursday Select
Friday Select
Saturday Select
Sunday Select
Holiday Select
HOLIDAYS*
Holiday 1 Configuration
Holiday Start Month

 HOL.1 DAY.1
 HOL.1 DUR.1
 HOL.1 HOL.2
 HOL.1 MON.2

Holiday Start Day
Holiday Duration in Days
Holiday 2 Configuration
Holiday Start Month

 HOL.2 DAY.2

Holiday Start Day

 HOL.2 DUR.2

Holiday Duration in Days

 HOL.16 HO.16
 HOL.16 MO.16

Holiday 16 Configuration
Holiday Start Month

 HOL.16 DA.16

Holiday Start Day

 HOL.16 DU.16

Holiday Duration in Days

HOLI

MCFG

 AL.SV
 CHRG
 WATE
 PMP.1
 PMP.2
 PMP.3
 PMP.4
 W.FIL
 A.FIL
 B.FIL
 C.FIL
 RS.SV

UNITS

RANGE

COMMENT

WRITE
PAGE
STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT NO.

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

XX.XX
XX.XX

00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

1=January
2=February
3=March
4=April
5=May
6=June
7=July
8=August
9=September
10=October
11=November
12=December
1 to 31
1 to 99

forcible

HOLDY_01

HOL_MON

forcible
forcible

HOLDY_01
HOLDY_01

HOL_DAY
HOL_LEN

See
HOL.1 MON.1
See
HOL.1 DAY.1
See
HOL.1 DUR.1

forcible

HOLDY_02

HOL_MON

24
24
24
24

forcible

HOLDY_02

HOL_DAY

forcible

HOLDY_02

HOL_LEN

See
HOL.1 MON.1
See
HOL.1 DAY.1
See
HOL.1 DUR.1

forcible

HOLDY_16

forcible

HOLDY_16

forcible

HOLDY_16

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
MAINTCFG
SERMAINT

XX
XX

SERVICE MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION
Service Warning Select
Refrigerant Charge
Water Loop Size
Pump 1 (days)
XXXX (days)
Pump 2 (days)
XXXX (days)
Cond Pump 1 (days)
XXXX (days)
Cond Pump 2 (days)
XXXX (days)
Water Filter (days)
XXXX (days)
Comp A Oil Filter (days)
XXXX (days)
Comp B Oil Filter (days)
XXXX (days)
Comp C Oil Filter (days)
XXXX (days)
Servicing Alert Reset

NO/YES
NO/YES
NO/YES
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0-65,500
0=Default
1=Refrigerant Charge
2=Water loop size
3=Not used
4=Pump 1
5=Pump 2
6=Reclaim Pump (not used)
7=Reclaim Pump (not used)
8=Water Filter
9=Compressor A Oil Filter
10=Compressor B Oil Filter
11=Compressor C Oil Filter
12=Reset All

DEFAULT=NO
DEFAULT=NO
DEFAULT=NO
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT=0
DEFAULT=0

*Holidays range from 1-16. Item has same structure, with the only difference being the two-number identifier.

116

OCC2P02S

OCCTOD7
UNOCTOD7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
DOW7
OCCTOD8
UNOCTOD8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8
DOW8

s_alert
charge_a
wloop_c
pump1_c
pump2_c
hpump1_c
hpump2_c
wfilte_c
ofilta_c
ofiltb_c
ofiltc_c
s_reset

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — OPERATING MODE
ITEM
SLCT

EXPANSION*

 OPER

OPERATING CONTROL TYPE
Operating Control Type

 SP.SE

Setpoint Select

 HC.SE

Heat Cool Select

MODE*

 MD01
 MD02
 MD03
 MD04
 MD05
 MD06

UNITS

RANGE
Switch Ctrl
Time Sched
CCN Control
Setpoint Occ
Setpoint1
Setpoint2
4-20mA Setp
Dual Setp Sw
Cooling
Heating
Auto Chgover
Heat Cool Sw

OPERATING MODES
First Active Mode
Second Active Mode
Third Active Mode
Fourth Active Mode
Fifth Active Mode
Sixth Active Mode

COMMENT

WRITE
STATUS

CCN TABLE

CCN POINT

PAGE
NO.

Default = Switch forcible
Ctrl

N/A

24, 25

Default =
Setpoint Occ

N/A

25-27,
32

GENUNIT

HC_SEL

forcible

Default = Cooling forcible
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.

0-32
0-32
0-32
0-32
0-32
0-32

MODES
MODES
MODES
MODES
MODES
MODES

*Up to six current operating modes will be displayed.
NOTE: See Operating Modes starting on page 54.

MODE — ALARMS
ITEM
R.ALM
ALRM†

H.ALM**

EXPANSION*
RESET ALL CURRENT ALARM
CURRENTLY ACTIVE ALARMS
Current Alarm 1
Current Alarm 2
Current Alarm 3
Current Alarm 4
Current Alarm 5
ALARM HISTORY
Alarm History #1
Alarm History #2
Alarm History #49
Alarm History #50

UNITS

RANGE
NO/YES

*Expanded display will be actual alarm description.
†History of up to five past alarms will be displayed.
**History of fifty past alarms will be displayed.

117

COMMENT

WRITE
STATUS
forcible

CCN TABLE

CCN POINT

N/A

GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT
GENUNIT

alarm_1
alarm_2
alarm_3
alarm_4
alarm_5

ALRMHIST
ALRMHIST
ALRMHIST
ALRMHIST

alm_history_01
alm_history_02
alm_history_49
alm_history_50

PAGE
NO.

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE
CIRCA_AN

CIRCA_D

CIRCB_AN

CIRCB_D

DISPLAY NAME
CIRCUIT A ANALOG VALUES
Percent Total Capacity
Discharge Pressure
Suction Pressure
Economizer Pressure
Oil Pressure
OIl Pressure Difference
Motor Current
Motor Temperature
Discharge Gas Temp
Economizer Gas Temp
Saturated Condensing Tmp
Saturated Suction Temp
Compressor Suction Temp
EXV Position
Head Press Actuator Pos
CIRCUIT A DISCRETE
Compressor Output
Slide Valve 1 Output
Slide Valve 2 Output
Oil Heater Output
Oil Solenoid Output
Oil Level Input
DGT Cooling Solenoid
Hot Gas Bypass Output
FANS OUTPUT
Fan Output DO # 1
Fan Output DO # 2
Fan Output DO # 3
Fan Output DO # 4
Fan Output DO # 5
Fan Output DO # 6
Fan Output DO # 7
Fan Output DO # 8
Fan Staging Number
MISCELLANEOUS
Ball Valve Position
Ball Valve Closing Out
Ball Valve Opening Out
4 Way Refrigerant Valve*
CIRCUIT B ANALOG VALUES
Percent Total Capacity
Discharge Pressure
Suction Pressure
Economizer Pressure
Oil Pressure
Oil Pressure Difference
Motor Current
Motor Temperature
Discharge Gas Temp
Economizer Gas Temp
Saturated Condensing Tmp
Saturated Suction Temp
Compressor Suction Temp
EXV Position
Head Press Actuator Pos
CIRCUIT B DISCRETE
Compressor Output
Slide Valve 1 Output
Slide Valve 2 Output
Oil Heater Output
Oil Solenoid Output
Oil Level Input
DGT Cooling Solenoid
Hot Gas Bypass Output
FANS OUTPUT
Fan Output DO # 1
Fan Output DO # 2
Fan Output DO # 3
Fan Output DO # 4
Fan Output DO # 5
Fan Output DO # 6
Fan Output DO # 7
Fan Output DO # 8
Fan Staging Number
MISCELLANEOUS
Ball Valve Position
Ball Valve Closing Out
Ball Valve Opening Out
4 Way Refrigerant Valve*

RANGE
0 - 100
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
0 - 100
0 - 100

UNITS
%
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
AMPS
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
%
%

POINT NAME
CAPA_T
DP_A
SP_A
ECON_P_A
OP_A
DOP_A
CURREN_A
CP_TMP_A
DGT_A
ECO_TP_A
SCT_A
SST_A
SUCT_T_A
EXV_A
hd_pos_a

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Low/High
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

COMP_A
SLID_1_A
SLID_2_A
OIL_HT_A
OIL_SL_A
OIL_L_A
GASCOOLA
HGBP_A

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-10

fan_a1
fan_a2
fan_a3
fan_a4
fan_a5
fan_a6
fan_a7
fan_a8
FAN_ST_A

OPEN/CLSE
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

ISO_REFA
ISO_CL_A
ISO_OP_A
RV_A

0 - 100
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
0-100
0-100

%
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
AMPS
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
%
%

CAPB_T
DP_B
SP_B
ECON_P_B
OP_B
DOP_B
CURREN_B
CP_TMP_B
DGT_B
ECO_TP_B
SCT_B
SST_B
SUCT_T_B
EXV_B
hd_pos_b

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Low/High
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

COMP_B
SLID_1_B
SLID_2_B
OIL_HT_B
OIL_SL_B
OIL_L_B
GASCOOLB
HGBP_B

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-10

fan_b1
fan_b2
fan_b3
fan_b4
fan_b5
fan_b6
fan_b7
fan_b8
FAN_ST_B

OPEN/CLSE
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

ISO_REFB
ISO_CL_B
ISO_OP_B
RV_B

*Not supported.

118

WRITE STATUS

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
CIRCC_AN

CIRCC_D

DISPLAY NAME
CIRCUIT C ANALOG VALUES
Percent Total Capacity
Discharge Pressure
Suction Pressure
Economizer Pressure
Oil Pressure
Oil Pressure Difference
Motor Current
Motor Temperature
Discharge Gas Temp
Economizer Gas Temp
Saturated Condensing Tmp
Saturated Suction Temp
Compressor Suction Temp
EXV Position
Head Press Actuator Pos
CIRCUIT C DISCRETE
Compressor Output
Slide Valve 1 Output
Slide Valve 2 Output
Oil Heater Output
Oil Solenoid Output
Oil Level Input
DGT Cooling Solenoid
Hot Gas Bypass Output
FANS OUTPUT
Fan Output DO # 1
Fan Output DO # 2
Fan Output DO # 3
Fan Output DO # 4
Fan Output DO # 5
Fan Output DO # 6
Fan Output DO # 7
Fan Output DO # 8
Fan Staging Number
MISCELLANEOUS
Ball Valve Position
Ball Valve Closing Out
Ball Valve Opening Out

RANGE
0-100
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnn.n
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
0-100
0-100

UNITS
%
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
AMPS
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
%
%

POINT NAME
CAPC_T
DP_C
SP_C
ECON_P_C
OP_C
DOP_C
CURREN_C
CP_TMP_C
DGT_C
ECO_TP_C
SCT_C
SST_C
SUCT_T_C
EXV_C
hd_pos_c

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
Low/High
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

COMP_C
SLID_1_C
SLID_2_C
OIL_HT_C
OIL_SL_C
OIL_L_C
GASCOOLC
HGBP_C

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-10

fan_c1
fan_c2
fan_c3
fan_c4
fan_c5
fan_c6
fan_c7
fan_c8
FAN_ST_C

OPEN/CLSE
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

ISO_REFC
ISO_CL_C
ISO_OP_C

FAN HOURS
Free Cool A Pump Hours*
Free Cool B Pump Hours*
Circuit A Defrost Number*
Circuit B Defrost Number*
Circuit A Fan #1 Hours
Circuit A Fan #2 Hours
Circuit A Fan #3 Hours
Circuit A Fan #4 Hours
Circuit A Fan #5 Hours
Circuit A Fan #6 Hours
Circuit A Fan #7 Hours
Circuit A Fan #8 Hours
Circuit A Fan #9 Hours
Circuit A Fan #10 Hours
Circuit B Fan #1 Hours
Circuit B Fan #2 Hours
Circuit B Fan #3 Hours
Circuit B Fan #4 Hours
Circuit B Fan #5 Hours
Circuit B Fan #6 Hours
Circuit B Fan #7 Hours
Circuit B Fan #8 Hours
Circuit B Fan #9 Hours
Circuit B Fan #10 Hours
Circuit C Fan #1 Hours
Circuit C Fan #2 Hours
Circuit C Fan #3 Hours
Circuit C Fan #4 Hours
Circuit C Fan #5 Hours
Circuit C Fan #6 Hours
Circuit C Fan #7 Hours
Circuit C Fan #8 Hours

nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn

*Not supported.

119

hours
hours
—
—
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours

hr_fem_a
hr_fem_b
ub_def_a
ub_def_b
hr_fana1
hr_fana2
hr_fana3
hr_fana4
hr_fana5
hr_fana6
hr_fana7
hr_fana8
hr_fana9
hrfana10
hr_fanb1
hr_fanb2
hr_fanb3
hr_fanb4
hr_fanb5
hr_fanb6
hr_fanb7
hr_fanb8
hr_fanb9
hrfanb10
hr_fanc1
hr_fanc2
hr_fanc3
hr_fanc4
hr_fanc5
hr_fanc6
hr_fanc7
hr_fanc8

WRITE STATUS

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
GENUNIT

DISPLAY NAME
Operating Type
Control Type

Run Status

CCN Chiller Start/Stop
Chiller Occupied?
Minutes Left for Start
Heat/Cool Status

Heat/Cool Select
Heat Reclaim Select
Free Cooling Selct
Alarm State
Current Alarm 1
Current Alarm 2
Current Alarm 3
Current Alarm 4
Current Alarm 5
Percent Total Capacity
Active Demand Limit Val
Lag Capacity Limit Value
Actual Chiller Current
Chiller Current Limit
Current Setpoint
Setpoint Occupied?
Setpoint Control

MODES

Control Point
Controlled Water Temp
External Temperature
Emergency Stop
Startup Delay in Effect
Second Setpoint in Use
Reset in Effect
Demand Limit Active
Ramp Loading Active
Cooler Heater Active
Cooler Pumps Rotation
Pump Periodic Start
Night Low Noise Active
System Manager Active
Master Slave Active
Auto Changeover Active
Free Cooling Active
Reclaim Active
Electric Heat Active
Heating Low EWT Lockout
Condenser Pumps Rotation
Ice Mode in Effect
Defrost Active On Cir A
Defrost Active On Cir B
Low Suction Circuit A
Low Suction Circuit B
Low Suction Circuit C
High DGT Circuit A
High DGT Circuit B
High DGT Circuit C
High Pres Override Cir A
High Pres Override Cir B
High Pres Override Cir C
Low Superheat Circuit A
Low Superheat Circuit B
Low Superheat Circuit C

RANGE
L-Off-Local Off
(ComfortLink Controls= On/Off Switch=Opened)
L-On-Local On
L-Sched-Local On/Off State based on Time Schedules
CCN-Unit is in CCN Control
Remote-On/Off Based on Remote Contact
(not applied to ComfortLink Display)
Master-Unit Operation in Lead/Lag and it is a Master
Local
CCN
Remote
0 = Off
1 = Running
2 = Stopping
3 = Delay
4 = Tripout
5 = Ready
6 = Override
7 = Defrost
8 = Run Test
9 = Test
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
0-15
0 = Cool
1 = Heat
2 = Stand-by
3 = Both
0 = Cool
1 = Heat
2 = Auto
Yes/No
Yes/No
0 = Normal
1 = Partial
2 = Shutdown
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnn
nnn
nnn
nnn
nnn
±nnn.n
Yes/No
Setpt 1
Setpt 2
Ice_sp
4-20mA
Auto
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

*Not supported.
†The forced value will be used.

120

UNITS

POINT NAME
OPER_TYP

WRITE STATUS

ctr_type
STATUS

min

%
%
%
amps
amps
°F

°F
°F
°F
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

CHIL_S_S
CHIL_OCC
min_left
HEATCOOL

forcible
forcible

HC_SEL

forcible

RECL_SEL
FC_DSBLE
ALM

forcible*
forcible

alarm_1
alarm_2
alarm_3
alarm_4
alarm_5
CAP_T
DEM_LIM
LAG_LIM
TOT_CURR
CURR_LIM
SP
SP_OCC
sp_ctrl

CTRL_PNT
CTRL_WT
OAT
EMSTOP
Mode_01
Mode_02
Mode_03
Mode_04
Mode_05
Mode_06
Mode_07
Mode_08
Mode_09
Mode_10
Mode_11
Mode_12
Mode_13
Mode_14
Mode_15
Mode_16
Mode_17
Mode_18
Mode_19
Mode_20
Mode_21
Mode_22
Mode_23
Mode_24
Mode_25
Mode_26
Mode_27
Mode_28
Mode_29
Mode_30
Mode_31
Mode_32

forcible*
forcible†
forcible
forcible

forcible*

forcible

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
QCK_TST1

DISPLAY NAME
Quick Test Enable
Circuit A EXV Position
Circuit B EXV Position
Circuit C EXV Position
Cir A Economizer EXV Pos
Cir B Economizer EXV Pos
Cir C Economizer EXV Pos
Circuit A Fan Stages
Circuit B Fan Stages
Circuit C Fan Stages
Circuit A Head Press Speed
Circuit B Head Press Speed
Circuit C Head Press Speed
Circuit A Oil Heater
Circuit A Oil Solenoid
Circuit A Slide Valve 1
Circuit A Slide Valve 2
Cir A Heater Ball Valve
Cir A Hot Gas Bypass
Cir A DGT Cool Solenoid
Circuit B Oil Heater
Circuit B Oil Solenoid
Circuit B Slide Valve 1
Circuit B Slide Valve 2
Cir A Heater Ball Valve
Cir B Hot Gas Bypass
Cir B DGT Cool Solenoid
Circuit C Oil Heater
Circuit C Oil Solenoid
Circuit C Slide Valve 1
Circuit C Slide Valve 2
Cir C Heater Ball Valve
Cir C Hot Gas Bypass
Cooler Heater Output
Water Exchanger Pump 1
Water Exchanger Pump 2
Condenser Pump 1
Condenser Pump 2*
Chiller Ready Output
Chiller Running Output
Cir A Running Output
Cir B Running Output
Cir C Running Output*
Chiller Capacity in 0-10v
Customer Shutdown Out
Alarm Relay Output
Alert Relay Output

RANGE
no/Yes
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0-10
0-10
0-10
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
0 – 10.0
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On

UNITS
—
%
%
%
%
%
%
—
—
—
%
%
%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
volt
—
—
—

POINT NAME
Q_TSTRQ
Q_EXVA
Q_EXVB
Q_EXVC
Q_ECO_A
Q_ECO_B
Q_ECO_C
Q_FAN_A
Q_FAN_B
Q_FAN_C
Q_VFANA
Q_VFANB
Q_VFANC
Q_HT_A
Q_OILS_A
Q_SLI_1A
Q_SLI_2A
Q_BVL_A
Q_HGBP_A
Q_CDGT_B
Q_HT_B
Q_OILS_B
Q_SLI_1B
Q_SLI_2B
Q_BVL_B
Q_HGBP_B
Q_CDGT_B
Q_HT_C
Q_OILS_C
Q_SLI_1C
Q_SLI_2C
Q_BVL_C
Q_HGBP_C
Q_CL_HT
Q_PMP1
Q_PMP2
Q_HPMP1
Q_HPMP2
Q_READY
Q_RUN
Q_RUN_A
Q_RUN_B
Q_RUN_C
Q_CATO
Q_SHUT
Q_ALARM
Q_ALERT

WRITE STATUS

UNITS

POINT NAME
Q_TSTRQ
Q_HREA_A
Q_HRLA_A
Q_HREW_A
Q_HRLW_A
Q_HREA_B
Q_HRLA_B
Q_HREW_B
Q_HRLW_B
Q_CD_HT
Q_RV_A
Q_RV_B
Q_FC_HTR
Q_FCEXVA
Q_FCEXVB
Q_FCBVL_A
Q_FCBVL_B

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

POINT NAME
Q_STREQ
Q_CPA
Q_SLIA
Q_CPB
Q_SLIB
Q_CPC
Q_SLIC

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

*Not supported.
NOTE: Disable quick test: all the quick test parameters shall be reset to 0.
TABLE
QCK_TST2*

DISPLAY NAME
Quick Test Enable
Air Cond Enter Valve A
Air Cond Leaving Valv A
Water Cond Enter Valv A
Water Cond Leav Valve A
Air Cond Enter Valve B
Air Cond Leaving Valv B
Water Cond Enter Valv B
Water Cond Leav Valve B
HR Condenser Heater
4 way Valve Circuit A
4 way Valve Circuit B
Free Cooling Heater
Free Cool A EXV Position
Free Cool B EXV Position
Free Cool A Ball Valve
Free Cool B Ball Valve

RANGE
no/Yes
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
On/Off
0 - 100
0 - 100
Off/On
Off/On

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
%
%
—
—

WRITE STATUS

*Not supported.
NOTE: Disable quick test: all the quick test parameters shall be reset to 0.
TABLE
SERV_TST

DISPLAY NAME
Service Test Enable*
Compressor A Output
Slide Valve Capacity A
Compressor B Output
Slide Valve Capacity B
Compressor C Output
Slide Valve Capacity C

RANGE
no/Yes
Off/On
0 - 2†
Off/On
0 - 2†
Off/On
0 - 2†

*Yes = service test function enable.
†0 = capacity frozen (unchanged).
1 = capacity increase.
2 = capacity decrease.

121

UNITS
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

WRITE STATUS

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
FREECOOL*

DISPLAY NAME
GENERAL PARAMETERS
Free Cooling Disable ?
LWT – OAT Delta
Current Cooling Power
Estimated FreeCoo Power
Next Session Allowed In
Cooling/FreeCool Timeout
Free Cool Conditions OK ?
Free Cool Request ?
Valve Actuators Heaters ?
CIRCUIT A
Free Cooling Active
Fan Staging Number
3 Way Valve Position
3 Way Valve Status
Refrigerant Pump Out
Pump Inlet Pressure
Pump Outlet Pressure
Pump Differential Pressure
EXV Position
CIRCUIT B
Free Cooling Active
Fan Staging Number
3 Way Valve Position
3 Way Valve Status
Refrigerant Pump Out
Pump Inlet Pressure
Pump Outlet Pressure
Pump Differential Pressure
EXV Position
CIRCUIT C
Free Cooling Active
Fan Staging Number
3 Way Valve Position
3 Way Valve Status
Refrigerant Pump Out
Pump Inlet Pressure
Pump Outlet Pressure
Pump Differential Pressure
EXV Position

RANGE

UNITS

POINT NAME

Yes/No
±nnn.n
nnn
nnn
nn
nn
Yes/No
Yes/No
On/Off

—
°F
°F
°F
minutes
minutes
—
—
-

FC_DSBLE
fc_delta
cool_pwr
fc_pwr
fc_next
fc_tmout
fc_ready
fc_reqst
FC_HTR

Yes/No
1 to 6
nnn
Opening/Closing/...
On/Off
±nnn
±nnn
±nnn
nnn.n

—
—
%
—
—
kPa
kPa
kPa
%

fc_on_a
FAN_ST_A
fc_vlv_a
FC_VLV_A
fc_pmp_a
fc_inp_a
fc_oup_a
fc_dp_a
EXV_A

Yes/No
1 to 6
nnn
Opening/Closing/...
On/Off
±nnn
±nnn
±nnn
nnn.n

—
—
%
—
—
kPa
kPa
kPa
%

fc_on_b
FAN_ST_B
fc_vlv_b
FC_VLV_B
fc_pmp_b
fc_inp_b
fc_oup_b
fc_dp_b
EXV_B

Yes/No
1 to 6
nnn
Opening/Closing/...
On/Off
±nnn
±nnn
±nnn
nnn.n

—
—
%
—
—
kPa
kPa
kPa
%

fc_on_c
FAN_ST_C
fc_vlv_c
FC_VLV_C
fc_pmp_c
fc_inp_c
fc_oup_c
fc_dp_c
EXV_C

*Not supported.

122

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
RECLAIM*

STATEGEN

STRTHOUR

DISPLAY NAME
Heat Reclaim Select
Reclaim Condenser Pump
Reclaim Condenser Flow
Reclaim Condenser Heater
Reclaim Entering Fluid
Reclaim Leaving Fluid
Reclaim Fluid Setpoint
Reclaim Valve Position
HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT A
Reclaim Status Circuit A
Pumpdown Pressure Cir A
Sub Condenser Temp Cir A
Pumpdown Saturated Tmp A
Subcooling Temperature A
Air Cond Entering Valv A
Water Cond Enter Valve A
Air Cond Leaving Valve A
Water Cond Leaving Val A
HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT B
Reclaim Status Circuit B
Pumpdown Pressure Cir B
Sub Condenser Temp Cir B
Pumpdown Saturated Tmp B
Subcooling Temperature B
Air Cond Entering Valv B
Water Cond Enter Valve B
Air Cond Leaving Valve B
Water Cond Leaving Val B
UNIT DISCRETE IN
On/Off – Remote Switch
Remote Heat/Cool Switch
Current Control
Remote Reclaim Switch
Free Cooling Disable Switch*
Remote Setpoint Switch
Limit Switch 1 Status
Limit Switch 2 Status
Occupied Override Switch
Ice Done Storage Switch
Cooler Flow Switch
Cooler Pump Run Status
Condenser Flow Status
Remote Interlock Status
Electrical Box Interlock*
UNIT DISCRETE OUT
Cooler Flow Setpoint Out*
Electrical Heat Stage*
Cooler Pump #1 Command
Cooler Pump #2 Command
Rotate Cooler Pumps ?
Condenser Pump #1 Out
Condenser Pump #2 Out*
Rotate Condenser Pumps?*
Cooler Heater Command*
Shutdown Indicator State
Alarm Relay Status
Alert Relay Status
Ready or Running Status*
Running Status
UNIT ANALOG
Cooler Entering Fluid
Cooler Leaving Fluid
Condenser Entering Fluid
Condenser Leaving Fluid
Cooler Heater Temp*
Circuit C Heater Temp*
Optional Space Temp
CHWS Temperature
Reset /Setpnt 4-20mA Sgnl
Limit 4-20mA Signal
Chiller Capacity Signal
Machine Operating Hours
Machine Starts Number
Compressor A Hours
Compressor A Starts
Compressor B Hours
Compressor B Starts
Compressor C Hours
Compressor C Starts
WATER PUMPS
Cooler Pump #1 Hours
Cooler Pump #2 Hours
Condenser Pump #1 Hours
Condenser Pump #2 Hours*

RANGE
Yes/no
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

UNITS

°F
°F
°F
%

psi
°F
°F
^F

POINT NAME
RECL_SEL
CONDPUMP
CONDFLOW
cond_htr
HR_EWT
HR_LWT
RSP
hr_v_pos

hrstat_b
PD_P_B
hr_subtb
hr_sat_b
hr_subcb
hr_ea_b
hr_ew_b
hr_la_b
hr_lw_b

RECL_SW
FC_SW
SETP_SW
LIM_SW1
LIM_SW2
OCC_OVSW
ICE_SW
FLOW_SW
CPUMPDEF
CONDFLOW
REM_ LOCK
ELEC_BOX

On/Off
0-4/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Yes/No
On/Off
On/Off
Yes/No
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

SET_FLOW
EHS_STEP
CPUMP_1
CPUMP_2
ROTCPUMP
HPUMP_1
HPUMP_2
ROTHPUMP
COOLHEAT
SHUTDOWN
ALARMOUT
ALERT
READY
RUNNING

ONOFF_SW
HC_SW
on_ctrl

±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nn.n
±nn.n
±nn.n
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn

°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
ma
ma
volts
hours

nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn
nnnnn

hours
hours
hours
hours

123

forcible

hrstat_a
PD_P_A
hr_subta
hr_sat_a
hr_subca
hr_ea_a
hr_ew_a
hr_la_a
hr_lw_a

Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Off, On Cool, On Heat,
On Auto
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
Open/Clse
On/Off
Open/Clse
Open/Clse

*Not supported.

WRITE STATUS

hours
hours
hours

COOL_EWT
COOL_LWT
COND_EWT
COND_LWT
HEATER
T_HEAT_C
SPACETMP
CHWSTEMP
SP_RESET
LIM_ANAL
CAPT_010
HR_MACH
st_mach
HR_CP_A
st_cp_a
HR_CP_B
st_cp_b
HR_CP_C
st_cp_c
hr_cpum1
hr_cpum2
hr_hpum1
hr_hpum2

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
CONFIGURATION TABLES
TABLE
!CtlrID/PD5_XAXQ

DISPLAY NAME
Device Name
Description
Location
Software Part Number
Model Number
Serial Number
Reference Number
CCN Bus Number
CCN Element Number
CCN Baud Rate

ALARMDEF/
ALARMS01

BRODEFS/
BROCASTS

Alarm Routing Control
Alarm Equipment Priority
Comm Failure Retry Time
Realarm Time
Alarm System Name
Activate

OAT Broadcast
Bus #
Element #

HOLIDAY/HOLDY_nn
nn = 01 to 16
OCCDEFCS/
OCCnP0nS
n = 1 or 2

DAYLIGHT SAVING SELECT
ENTERING
Month
Day of week* (1=Monday)
Week Number of Month†
LEAVING
Month
Day of week* (1=Monday)
Week Number of Month†
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (days)
Timed Override Hours
Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 6 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 7 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 8 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To

RANGE
8 chars
24 chars
24 chars
16 chars
20 chars
12 chars
24 chars
0-239
1-239
9600
19200
38400
0-11111111
0-7
1-240
1-255
8 chars
0=Unused
1=Broadcast time,
date, holiday flag and
OAT.
2=For Standalone
chiller. Daylight savings
time & holiday determination will be done
without broadcasting
through the bus.

DEFAULT
30XW
PRO-DIALOG 5
30XA XQ XW

UNITS

POINT NAME
DevDesc

0
1
9600

Location
PartNum
ModelNum
SerialNo
RefNum
CCNB
CCNA
BAUD

00000000
4
10
30
PRO_XAXQ
2

ALRM_CNT
EQP_TYP
RETRY_TM
RE_ALARM
ALRM_NAM
ccnbroad

CSA-SR-20C47nnnn

min
min
—

0 to 239
0 to 239

0
0

oatbusnm
oatlocad

Disable/Enable

Disable

dayl_sel

1 to 12
1 to 7
1 to 5

3
7
5

startmon
startdow
startwom

1 to 12
1 to 7
1 to 5
0-12
0-31
0-99
0-4
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0/1
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00

10
7
5
0
0
0
0
11111111
00:00
24:00
11111111
00:00
00:00
00000000
00:00
00:00
00000000
00:00
00:00
00000000
00:00
00:00
00000000
00:00
00:00
00000000
00:00
00:00
00000000
00:00
00:00

Stopmon
Stoptdow
stopwom
HOL_MON
HOL_DAY
HOL_LEN
OVR_EXT
DOW1
OCCTOD1
UNOCTOD1
DOW2
OCCTOD2
UNOCTOD2
DOW3
OCCTOD3
UNOCTOD3
DOW4
OCCTOD4
UNOCTOD4
DOW5
OCCTOD5
UNOCTOD5
DOW6
OCCTOD6
UNOCTOD6
DOW7
OCCTOD7
UNOCTOD7
DOW8
OCCTOD8
UNOCTOD8

*Day of week where daylight savings time will occur in the morning (at
2:00 am). Daylight savings time occurs on Sunday (7) morning, 1 hour shall
be added when entering and 1 hour subtracted when leaving.
†Date once selected (from 1) shall occur in the week number entered. 1: If day
of week selected is 7 (Sunday) time change will occur the first Sunday (week
number 1) in the month. 5: If day of week selected is 7 (Sunday) time change
will occur the last Sunday of the month (week number 4 or 5).
NOTE: nn is software version.

124

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)
TABLE
CFG_TABn
(n = 1 to 8)

DISPCONF

MST_SLV

DISPLAY NAME
Display x table number 1
Display n var number 1
Display n table number 2
Display n var number 2
Display n table number 3
Display n var number 3
Display n table number 4
Display n var number 4
Display n table number 5
Display n var number 5
Display n table number 6
Display n var number 6
Display n table number 7
Display n var number 7
Display n table number 8
Display n var number 8
Display n table number 9
Display n var number 9
Metric Display on STDU
Language Selection

MASTER SLAVE CONTROL
Master/Slave Select
Master Control Type
Slave Address
Lead Lag Select

Lead/Lag Balance Delta
Lag Start Timer
Lead Pulldown Time
Start if Error Higher
Lag Minimum Running Time
Lag Unit Pump Control
Chiller in Series

RANGE

Yes/No
0=English
1=Espanol
2=Francais
3=Portugues
4=Translated
0=Disable
1=Master
2=Slave
1=Local Control
2=Remote Control
3=CCN Control
1 to 236
0=Always Lead
1=Lag Once
Failed Only
2=Lead/Lag
Runtime Sel
40 to 400
2 to 30
0 to 60
0=Stop if Unit Stops
1=Run if Unit Stops
Yes/No

125

85
4
85
20
85
21
85
28
85
29
85
30
92
33
92
34
0
0
No
0

DEFAULT

POINT NAME
tab_nb_1
var_nb_1
tab_nb_2
var_nb_2
tab_nb_3
var_nb_3
tab_nb_4
var_nb_4
tab_nb_5
var_nb_5
tab_nb_6
var_nb_6
tab_nb_7
var_nb_7
tab_nb_8
var_nb_8
tab_nb_9
var_nb_9
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE

ms_sel

ms_ctrl

2
0

slv_addr
lead_sel

168
10
0
4
0
0
No

UNITS

hours
min
min
^F
min

ll_bal_d
lstr_tim
lead_pul
start_dt
lag_mini
lag_pump
II_serie

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)
TABLE
USER

DISPLAY NAME
Circuit Loading Sequence

Staged Loading Sequence
Ramp Loading Select
Unit Off to On Delay
Condenser Pumps Sequence
Cooler Pumps Sequence

Pump Auto Rotation Delay
Pump Sticking Protection
Stop Pump During Standby
Flow Checked if Pump Off
Auto Changeover Select*
Cooling Reset Select
Heating Reset Select*

Demand Limit Type Select

mA For 100% Demand Limit
mA For 0% Demand Limit
Current Limit Select
Current Limit at 100%
Heating OAT Threshold*
Free Cooling Delta T Th*
Full Load Timeout
HSM Both Command Select
NIGHT CONTROL
Start Hour
End Hour
Capacity Limit
Ice Mode Enable
Reverse Alarms Relay
Cooler pump off in heat
Cond pump off in cool

RANGE
0-3
0=Auto,
1=A Lead
2=B Lead,
3 =C Lead
No/Yes
No/Yes
1-15
0-4†
0-4
0=No Pump
1=One Pump Only
2=Two Pumps Auto
3=Pump#1 Manual
4=Pump#2 Manual
24-3000
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
0-4
0-4
1 =OAT*,
0=None
2=Delta T,
3=4-20mA Control
4=Space Temp
0-2
0=None
1=Switch Control
2=4-20mA Control
0-20
0-20
No/Yes
0 to 2000
-4-32
14.4-27
20-300
No/Yes
00:00-24:00
00:00-24:00
0-100
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes

DEFAULT

UNITS

No
No
1
0
0

48
No
No
No
No
0
0

min

hours

0
10
No
2000
5
18
30
No
00:00
00:00
100
No
No
No
No

POINT NAME
lead_cir

seq_typ
ramp_sel
off_on_d
hpumpseq
cpumpseq

pump_del
pump_per
pump_sby
pump_loc
auto_sel
cr_sel
hr_sel

lim_sel

ma
ma
amps
°F
°F
min

lim_mx
lim_ze
curr_sel
curr_ful
heat_th
free_dt
fc_tmout
both_sel
nh_start
nh_end
nh_limit
ice_cnfg
al_rever
stopheat
stopcool

function shall be ignored. Configuration 3 (4-20mA Control) and 4 (Space
Temperature) shall require an Energy Management Module.
3. Configuration 2 (4-20mA Control) shall require an Energy Management
Module. Configuration 1 Switch Demand limit provides 3 step demand limit
if an Energy Management Module is present. Otherwise, only one step is
allowed.
4. Reverse Alarms Relay configuration will be deenergized when an alarm
and alert relay is present and will be energized when no alarm is present.

*Not supported.
†Only condenser pump sequence 1 is supported.
NOTES:
1. Flow checked if pump off needed when a command is sent to the primary
pump to prevent cooler from freezing in winter conditions. Command will
set the cooler flow switch to closed while the controls stop the cooler
pump. The controls may then generate an alarm. If this decision is active,
the cooler flow switch is not checked when the cooler pump is stopped.
2. If cooling reset select set point has been selected the set point based on
4-20mA input signal through ComfortLink™ control, then a 4-20 mA reset

126

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
SETPOINT CONFIGURATION TABLES
TABLE
SETPOINT

DISPLAY NAME
COOLING
Cooling Setpoint 1
Cooling Setpoint 2
Cooling Ice Setpoint
OAT No Reset Value
OAT Full Reset Value
Delta T No Reset Value
Delta T Full Reset Value
Current No Reset Value
Current Full Reset Value
Space T No Reset Value
SpaceT Full Reset Value
Cooling Reset Deg. Value
Cooling Ramp Loading
HEATING*
Heating Setpoint 1
Heating Setpoint 2
OAT No Reset Value
OAT Full Reset Value
Delta T No Reset Value
Delta T Full Reset Value
Current No Reset Value
Current Full Reset Value
Heating Reset Deg. Value
Heating Ramp Loading
AUTO CHANGEOVER*
Cool Changeover Setpt
Heat Changeover Setpt
MISCELLANEOUS
Switch Limit Setpoint 1
Switch Limit Setpoint 2
Switch Limit Setpoint 3
Reclaim Setpoint*
Reclaim Deadband*
Water Val Condensing Stp

RANGE

DEFAULT

UNITS

POINT NAME

–20-70
–20-70
–20-70
14-125
14-125
0-25
0-25
0-20
0-20
14-125
14-125
–30-30
0.2-2.0

44.0
44.0
44.0
14.0
14.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
14.0
14.0
0.0
1.0

°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
^F
^F
ma
ma
°F
°F
^F
^F

csp1
csp2
ice_sp
oatcr_no
oatcr_fu
dt_cr_no
dt_cr_fu
v_cr_no
v_cr_fu
spacr_no
spacr_fu
cr_deg
cramp_sp

80-140
80-140
14-125
14-125
0-25
0- 25
0-20
0-20
–30-30
0.2-2.0

100.0
100.0
14.0
14.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0

°F
°F
°F
°F
^F
^F
ma
ma
^F
^F

hsp1
hsp2
oathr_no
oathr_fu
dt_hr_no
dt_hr_fu
v_hr_no
v_hr_fu
hr_deg
hramp_sp

39-122
32-115

75.0
64.0

°F
°F

cauto_sp
hauto_sp

0-100
0-100
0-100
95-140
5-27
80 to 120

100
100
100
122.0
9.0
86

%
%
%
°F
°F
°F

lim_sp1
lim_sp2
lim_sp3
rsp
hr_deadb
w_sct_sp

*Not supported.

MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE
BOARD_PN

CUR_PHASE

DEFROSTM*

DISPLAY NAME
EXV Board Circuit A
EXV Board Circuit B
EXV Board Circuit C
AUX Board #1 Part Number
AUX Board #2 Part Number
AUX Board #3 Part Number
AUX Board #4 Part Number
AUX Board #5 Part Number
EMM NRCP2 Board
Reclaim NRCP2 Board
TCPM Board Comp A
Must Trip Amps
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
TCPM Board Comp B
Must Trip Amps
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
TCPM Board Comp C
Must Trip Amps
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
Current Phase 1 Comp A
Current Phase 2 Comp A
Current Phase 3 Comp A
Current Phase 1 Comp B
Current Phase 2 Comp B
Current Phase 3 Comp B
Current Phase 1 Comp C
Current Phase 2 Comp C
Current Phase 3 Comp C
CIR A DEFROST CONTROL
Exchanger Frost Factor
Next Sequence Allowed in
Defrost Active?
Defrost Temperature
Defrost Duration
Fan Sequence Started ?
Override State
Mean SST Calculation
Delta: OAT - Mean SST
Reference Delta
Delta - Reference Delta
Frost Integrator Gain
Defrost Fan Start Cal A
Defrost Fan Offset Cal A
CIR B DEFROST CONTROL
Exchanger Frost Factor
Next Sequence Allowed in
Defrost Active?
Defrost Temperature
Defrost Duration
Fan Sequence Started?
Override State
Mean SST calculation
Delta: OAT - Mean SST
Reference Delta
Delta - Reference Delta
Frost Integrator Gain
Defrost Fan Start Cal B
Defrost Fan Offset Cal B

RANGE
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
0-600
00000000
nnnn
0-600
00000000
XXXXXXXX
0-600
00000000
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-600
0-100
nnn
True/False
±nnn.n
nnn
n
nn
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
n.n
0.00
0.00
0-100
nnn
True/False
±nnn.n
nnn
n
nn
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
n.n
0.00
0.00

*Not supported.
NOTES: Tables for display only. Forcing shall not be supported on this maintenance screen.

127

UNITS

amps
0
amps
0
amps
0
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
%
minutes
°F
minutes
°F
^F
^F
°F
psi
psi
%
minutes
°F
minutes
°F
^F
^F
^F
psi
psi

POINT NAME
exv_brda
exv_brdb
exv_brdc
aux_brd1
aux_brd2
aux_brd3
aux_brd4
aux_brd5
emm_nrcp
rec_nrcp
cpa_vers
cpa_mtam
cpa_s1_m
cpb_vers
cpb_mtam
cpb_s1_m
cpc_vers
cpc_mtam
cpc_s1_m
cpa_cur1
cpa_cur2
cpa_cur3
cpb_cur1
cpb_cur2
cpb_cur3
cpc_cur1
cpc_cur2
cpc_cur3
frost_a
def_se_a
mode[19]
DEFRT_A
defr_dua
def_fa_a
over_d_a
sst_dm_a
delt_a
delt_r_a
del_v_a
fr_int_a
def_ca_a
def_of_a
frost_b
def_se_b
mode[20]
DEFRT_B
defr_dub
def_fa_b
over_d_b
sst_dm_b
delt_b
delt_r_b
del_v_b
fr_int_b
def_ca_b
def_of_b

WRITE STATUS

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
FANCTRL*

LAST_POR

LOADFACT

EXV_CTRL

DISPLAY NAME
Cir A SCT Control Point
Cir A SCT Candidate
Cir A Fan Cycle Counter
Cir A Optimal Fan Count
Cir B SCT Control Point
Cir B SCT Candidate
Cir B Fan Cycle Counter
Cir B Optimal Fan Count
Cir C SCT Control Point
Cir C SCT Candidate
Cir C Fan Cycle Counter
Cir C Optimal Fan Count
Power On 1: day-mon-year
Power On 1: hour-minute
PowerDown 1:day-mon-year
PowerDown 1:hour-minute
Power On 2: day-mon-year
Power On 2: hour-minute
PowerDown 2:day-mon-year
PowerDown 2:hour-minute
Power On 3: day-mon-year
Power On 3: hour-minute
PowerDown 3:day-mon-year
PowerDown 3:hour-minute
Power On 4: day-mon-year
Power On 4: hour-minute
PowerDown 4:day-mon-year
PowerDown 4:hour-minute
Power On 5: day-mon-year
Power On 5: hour-minute
PowerDown 5:day-mon-year
PowerDown 5:hour-minute
CAPACITY CONTROL
Average Ctrl Water Temp
Differential Water Temp
Water Delta T
Control Point
Reset Amount
Controlled Temp Error
Actual Capacity
Actual Capacity Limit
Actual Chiller Current
Chiller Current Limit
Current At 30% Load A
Current At 30% Load B
Current At 30% Load C
Current At 100% Load A
Current At 100% Load B
Current At 100% Load C
Current Z Multiplier Val
Load/Unload Factor
Active Capacity Override
EHS CAPACITY CONTROL
EHS Ctrl Override
Requested Electric Stage
Electrical Pulldown?
EXV CONTROL
EXV Position Circuit A
Discharge Superheat A
Suction Superheat A
Suction SH Control Pt A
Cooler Exchange DT Cir A
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point A
EXV Override Circuit A
EXV Position Circuit B
Discharge Superheat B
Suction Superheat B
Suction SH Control Pt B
Cooler Exchange DT Cir B
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point B
EXV Override Circuit B
EXV Position Circuit C
Discharge Superheat C
Suction Superheat C
Suction SH Control Pt C
Cooler Exchange DT Cir C
Cooler Pinch Ctl Point C
EXV Override Circuit C
ECONOMIZER CONTROL
Economizer Position A
Economizer Superheat A
Economizer SH Setpoint A
EXV Override Circuit A
Economizer Position B
Economizer Superheat B
Economizer SH Setpoint B
EXV Override Circuit B
Economizer Position C
Economizer Superheat C
Economizer SH Setpoint C
EXV Override Circuit C

RANGE
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
nnnnnn
nnnn
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
nnn
nnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
±n.n
±nnn.n
nn

UNITS
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F

ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
ddmmyy
hhmm
°F
°F
^F
°F
^F
^F
%
%
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
amps
0/0

nn
nn
True/False
%
%
^F
^F
^F
^F

nnn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn
nnn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn
nnn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn

%
^F
^F

%
%
^F
^F
^F
^F
%
%
^F
^F
^F
^F

%
^F
^F
%
^F
^F

128

ctrl_avg
diff_wt
delta_t
CTRL_PNT
reset
tp_error
cap_t
cap_lim
TOT_CURR
CURR_LIM
cur_30_a
cur_30_b
cur_30_c
cur100_a
cur100_b
cur100_c
zm
smz
over_cap
over_ehs
eh_stage
ehspulld

nnn.n
nnn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn
nnn.n
nnn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn
nnn.n
nnn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn.n
nn

*Not supported.

POINT NAME
sct_sp_a
sct_fu_a
fancyc_a
fancop_a
sct_sp_b
sct_fu_b
fancyc_b
fancop_b
sct_sp_c
sct_fu_c
fancyc_c
fancop_c
date_on1
time_on1
date_of1
time_of1
date_on2
time_on2
date_of2
time_of2
date_on3
time_on3
date_of3
time_of3
date_on4
time_on4
date_of4
time_of4
date_on5
time_on5
date_of5
time_of5

EXV_A
DSH_A
SH_A
sh_sp_a
pinch_a
pinch_spa
ov_exv_a
EXV_B
DSH_B
SH_B
sh_sp_b
pinch_b
pinch_spb
ov_exv_b
EXV_C
DSH_C
SH_C
sh_sp_c
pinch_c
pinch_spc
ov_exv_c
EXV_EC_A
eco_sha
ecsh_spa
ov_eco_a
EXV_EC_B
eco_shb
ecsh_spb
ov_eco_b
EXV_EC_C
eco_shc
ecsh_spc
ov_eco_c

WRITE STATUS

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
MSTSLAVE

DISPLAY NAME
MASTER/SLAVE CONTROL
Unit is Master or Slave
Master Control Type*
Master/Slave Ctrl Active
Lead Unit is the:
Slave Chiller State†

Slave Chiller Total Cap
Lag Start Delay**
Lead/Lag Hours Delta*
Lead/Lag Changeover?**
Lead Pulldown?
Master/Slave Error
Max Available Capacity?††
Slave Lagstat

RANGE
Disable/Master/Slave
Local/Remote/CCN
True/False
Master/Slave
0=Chiller is off
1=Valid Run State in
CCN Mode
2=Unused for this control
3=Chiller is in local mode
4=Power fail restart in
progress
5=Shudown due to fault
6=Communication failure
0-100
1-30
±nnnnn
Yes/No
Yes/No
nn
True/False
0=Unit not configured
as a slave chiller
1=Slave pump
configuration error
(ms_error=1)
2=Unit configured as
slave chiller with
lwt_opt=no (entering
water control) with
pump control
(lag_pump=0)
3=Unit configured as slave
chiller with lwt_opt=yes
(leaving water control)
with pump control
(lag_pump=0)
4=Unit Configured as slave
chiller with lwt_opt=no
(entering water control)
with no pump control
(lag_pump=1)
5=Unit configured as slave
chiller with lwt_opt=yes
(leaving water control)
with no pump control
(lag_pump=1)

UNITS

POINT NAME

WRITE STATUS

mstslv
ms_ctrl
ms_activ
lead_sel
slv_stat

%
minutes
hours

slv_capt
l_strt_d
ll_hr_d
ll_chang
ll_pull
ms_error
cap_max
lagstat

*Always CCN for the slave chiller.
†Slave chiller chillstat value
**This decision is consistent for master chiller only. It shall be set by default to 0 for the slave chiller.
††This item is true when chiller has loaded its total available capacity tonnage.
TABLE
OCCMAINT

TABLE
PR_LIMIT

DISPLAY NAME
Current Mode (1=occup.)
Current Occp Period #
Timed-Override in Effect
Timed-Override Duration
Current Occupied Time
Current Unoccupied Time
Next Occupied Day
Next Occupied Time
Next Unoccupied Day
Next Unoccupied Time
Prev Unoccupied Day
Prev Unoccupied Time

RANGE
0/1
1 to 8
Yes/No
0-4
00:00-23:59
00:00-23:59
Mon-Sun
00:00-23:59
Mon-Sun
00:00-23:59
Mon-Sun
00:00-23:59

UNITS

POINT NAME
MODE
PER_NO
OVERLAST
OVR_HRS
STRTTIME
ENDTIME
NXTOCDAY
NXTOCTIM
NXTUNDAY
NXTUNTIM
PRVUNDAY
PRVUNTIM

WRITE STATUS

DISPLAY NAME
Discharge A Temp Average
Discharge A Temp Rate
Discharge A Gas Limit
Suction A Temp Average
Discharge B Temp Average
Discharge B Temp Rate
Discharge B Gas Limit
Suction B Temp Average
Discharge C Temp Average
Discharge C Temp Rate
Discharge C Gas Limit
Suction C Temp Average

±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n
±nnn.n

UNITS

POINT NAME
sdt_m_a
sdt_mr_a
sdtlim_a
sst_m_a
sdt_m_b
sdt_mr_b
sdtlim_b
sst_m_b
sdt_m_c
sdt_mr_c
sdtlim_c
sst_m_c

WRITE STATUS

UNITS

POINT NAME
S_RESET

WRITE STATUS
forcible

Normal/Low/Disable
Normal/Low/Disable

charge_m
wloop_m

0-1000/Alert/Disable
0-1000/Alert/Disable
0-1000/Alert
0-1000/Alert
0-1000/Alert/Disable
0-1000/Alert
0-1000/alert
0-1000/Alert

cpump1_m
cpump2_m
hpump1_m
hpump2_m
wfilte_m
oilfa_m
oilfilb_m
oilfic_m

hours

RANGE
°F
^F
°F
°F
°F
^F
°F
°F
°F
^F
°F
°F

NOTE: Table for display only. Used for Cooling and Heat Pump Compressor Envelope.
TABLE
SERMAINT

DISPLAY NAME
Reset Maintenance Alert
1 to 11: reset individually
12: reset all
OPERATION WARNINGS
1 — Refrigerant Charge
2 — Water Loop Size
GENERAL SERVICING DELAYS
3 — Cooler Pump 1 (days)
4 — Cooler Pump 2 (days)
5 — Condenser Pump 1 (days)
6 — Condenser Pump 2 (days)
7 — Water Filter (days)
8 — Cp A Oil Filter (days)
9 — Cp B Oil Filter (days)
10 — CP.C Oil Filter (days)

RANGE

129

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE CONFIGURATION TABLES
TABLE

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

DEFAULT

TABLE USED FOR DISABLE COMPRESSORS (see notes)
CP_UNABL
Compressor A Disable
No/Yes
(See Notes)
Compressor B Disable
No/Yes
Compressor C Disable
No/Yes
FACTORY
Unit Type
1 (Cooling Only)
(See Notes)
2 (Heat Pump)*
3 (Water Cooled)
4 (Heat Machine)
Unit Capacity
0 to 1800
Power Frequence 60HZ Sel
Yes/No
Power Supply Voltage
200 to 660
NB Fans on Varifan Cir A
0 to 6
NB Fans on Varifan Cir B
0 to 6
NB Fans on Varifan Cir C
0 to 6
Soft Starter Select
Yes/No
Wye Delta Start Select
Yes/No
Air Cooled Reclaim Sel
Yes/No
Free Cooling Select
Yes/No
Cooler Heater Select
Yes/No
Condenser Water Val Sel*
Yes/No
Hot Gas Bypass Select
Yes/No
MCHX Exchanger Select
Yes/No
Boiler Command Select
Yes/No
Energy Management Module
Yes/No
High Tiers Display Selec
No = Use Navigator™
display as user interface
(factory installed)
Yes = Use Touch Pilot™
Display as user interface
(factory installed)
Factory Password
0 to 9999
Hydraulic Transducer Kit
Yes/No
Cooler Pass Number
1 to 3
VLT Fan Drive Select*
VLT Fan Drive rpm*
High Condensing Select
Yes/No
Max Condenser LWT=45degC Yes/No
FACTORY2
Compressor A Config
Must Trip Amps
0 to 600
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
00000000 (8 position dip
switch configuration)
Compressor B Config
Must Trip Amps
0 to 600
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
00000000 (8 position dip
switch configuration)
Compressor C Config
Must Trip Amps
0 to 600
S1 Config Switch (8 to 1)
00000000 (8 position dip
switch configuration)
Circuit A Total Fans NB
2 to 8
Circuit B Total Fans NB
2 to 8
Circuit C Total Fans NB
0 to 8
EXV A Maximum Steps Numb
0/15000
EXV B Maximum Steps Numb
0/15000
EXV C Maximum Steps Numb
0/15000
Economizer A Steps Numb
0/15000
Economizer B Steps Numb
0/15000
Economizer C Steps Numb
0/15000

UNITS

POINT NAME

No
No
No
1

un_cp_a
un_cp_b
un_cp_c
unit_typ

Nominal Unit Size
Yes
460
1
1
0
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No

unitsize
freq_60H
voltage
varfan_a
varfan_b
varfan_c
softstar
wye_delt
recl_opt
freecool
heat_sel
cond_val
hgbp_sel
mchx_sel
boil_sel
emm_nrcp
highdisp

volts

111
No
2
0
0
No
No

fac_pass
kithydro
cpass_nb
vlt_sel
vlt_rpm
highcond
max_clwt

Refer to Appendix D
Refer to Appendix D

cpa_mtac
cpa_s1_c

Refer to Appendix D
Refer to Appendix D

cpb_mtac
cpb_s1_c

0
0

cpc_mtac
cpc_s1_c

0
0
0
4260
4260
0
2785†
2785†
0

nb_fan_a
nb_fan_b
nb_fan_c
exva_max
exvb_max
exvc_max
eco_cnfa
eco_cnfb
eco_cnfc

WRITE
STATUS

4. Used for extra functions with the purpose of energy management such as
occupancy override switch, ice storage, setpoint reset, and demand limit.
5. Compressor capacity will be automatically determined if unit size entered
in FACTORY table matches the values in the unit compressor configuration table.
6. Total number of fans includes fans controlled by a variable speed fan. This
value will be automatically populated if unit size entered in FACTORY
table matches the values in the unit compressor configuration table.

*Not supported.
†0 = No economizer.
NOTES:
1. Table used to disable compressors for maintenance purposes. The
capacity control will consider that these compressors (once set to YES)
are failed manually (no alarm will appear).
2. Enter unit size. This item allows the controls to determine capacity of each
compressor and the total number of fans on each circuit based on a compressor arrangement array (can be viewed in table FACTORY2). It is not
necessary to enter compressor capacity and number of fans on each circuit. See the 30XW Installation Instructions for more information.
3. Number of fans controlled directly by a variable speed fan actuator using
0 to 10 vdc signal. This will enable the controls to determine the remaining
discrete fan staging outputs from the total fans on each circuit.

130

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)
TABLE
MAINTCFG

DISPLAY NAME
MAINTENANCE CONFIG
Servicing Alert
Refrigerant Charge Ctrl
Water Loop Control
CPump 1 Ctl Delay (days)
CPump 2 Ctl Delay (days)
HPump 1 Ctrl Delay (days)*
HPump 2 Ctrl Delay (days)*
Water Filter Ctrl (days)
Oil Filter A Ctrl (days)
Oil Filter B Ctrl (days)
Oil Filter C Ctrl (days)

RANGE

DEFAULT

Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
0-1000
0-1000
0-1000
0-1000
0-1000
0 to 1000
0 to 1000
0 to 1000

UNITS

Disable
Disable
Disable
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

POINT NAME

WRITE STATUS

s_alert
charge_c
wloop_c
cpump1_c
cpump2_c
hpump1_c
hpump2_c
wfilte_c
oilfia_c
oilfib_c
oilfic_c

*Not supported.

TABLE
SERVICE1

DISPLAY NAME
Cooler Fluid Type
Flow Switch SP*
Brine Freeze Setpoint
Brine Minimum Fluid Temp
Condenser Fluid Type
Entering Fluid Control
Prop PID Gain Varifan
Int PID Gain Varifan
Deri PID Gain Varifan
Maximum Ducted Fan Speed
EXV A Superheat Setpoint
EXV B Superheat Setpoint
EXV C Superheat Setpoint
Pinch offset circuit A
Pinch offset circuit B
Pinch offset circuit C
EXV MOP Setpoint
High Pressure Threshold
Cooler Heater Delta Spt
Auto Start When SM Lost
3way Valve Min Position
3way Valve Max Position
Economizer SH Setpoint A
Economizer SH Setpoint B
Economizer SH Setpoint C
Fast Loading Sequence
EWT Probe on Cir A Side

RANGE
1/2
1=Water
2=Brine
0-60
–20.0-34.0
10.0-34.0
1/2
1=Water
2=Brine
Yes/No
–20.0-20.0
–5.0-5.0
–20.0-20.0
20-100
12.6-44
12.6-44
12.6-44
–3.0-3.0
–3.0-3.0
–3.0-3.0
40-55
200-290
1-6
Enable/Disable
0-50
20-100
5-15
5-15
5-15
0-4
Yes/No

DEFAULT

UNITS

1
1
34
38
1

WRITE STATUS

flow_sp
freezesp
mini_lwt
cond_typ

°F
°F

No
2.0
0.2
0.4
100
14.4
14.4
14.4
0
0
–3.6
62
275.5
2
Disable
0
100
10.8
10.8
10.8
0
Yes

POINT NAME
flui_typ

%
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
°F
psi
^F
%
%
^F
^F
^F

ewt_opt
hd_pg
hd_ig
hd_dg
fan_max
sh_sp_a
sh_sp_b
sh_sp_c
p_ofst_a
p_ofst_b
p_ofst_c
mop_sp
hp_th
heatersp
auto_sm
min_3w
max_3w
esh_sp_a
esh_sp_b
esh_sp_c
fastload
ewt_cirA

*Not supported. Must be configured at default.
NOTE: This table shall be downloadable at any time. However, modified value shall not be used by tasks until the unit is in OFF state. This shall not apply to the Varifan
gains that shall be modified at any time and used immediately by the head pressure control tasks even if the unit is in operation.

TABLE
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
TABLE TO BE USED FOR RUN TIMES UPDATE IN CASE OF CONTROL RETROFIT
UPDHRFAN*
Free Cooling A Pump Hours
0
Free Cooling B Pump Hours
0
Circuit A Defrost Number
0
Circuit B Defrost Number
0
Circuit A Fan #1 Hours
0
Circuit A Fan #2 Hours
0
Circuit A Fan #3 Hours
0
Circuit A Fan #4 Hours
0
Circuit A Fan #5 Hours
0
Circuit A Fan #6 Hours
0
Circuit A Fan #7 Hours
0
Circuit A Fan #8 Hours
0
Circuit A Fan #9 Hours
0
Circuit A Fan #10 Hours
0
Circuit B Fan #1 Hours
0
Circuit B Fan #2 Hours
0
Circuit B Fan #3 Hours
0
Circuit B Fan #4 Hours
0
Circuit B Fan #5 Hours
0
Circuit B Fan #6 Hours
0
Circuit B Fan #7 Hours
0
Circuit B Fan #8 Hours
0
Circuit B Fan #9 Hours
0
Circuit B Fan #10 Hours
0
Circuit C Fan #1 Hours
0
Circuit C Fan #2 Hours
0
Circuit C Fan #3 Hours
0
Circuit C Fan #4 Hours
0
Circuit C Fan #5 Hours
0
Circuit C Fan #6 Hours
0
Circuit C Fan #7 Hours
0
Circuit C Fan #8 Hours
0

UNITS

hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours

POINT NAME

WRITE STATUS

hr_fcp_a
hr_fcp_b
nb_def_a
nb_def_b
hr_fana1
hr_fana2
hr_fana3
hr_fana4
hr_fana5
hr_fana6
hr_fana7
hr_fana8
hr_fana9
hrfana10
hr_fanb1
hr_fanb2
hr_fanb3
hr_fanb4
hr_fanb5
hr_fanb6
hr_fanb7
hr_fanb8
hr_fanb9
hrfanb10
hr_fanc1
hr_fanc2
hr_fanc3
hr_fanc4
hr_fanc5
hr_fanc6
hr_fanc7
hr_fanc8

*Not supported.
NOTE: This table shall be used for purposes of transplanting the devices on time in the event of a module hardware failure or software upgrade via downloading. It shall
be usable only if all items are still null. Afterwards, its access shall be denied.

131

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)
TABLE
DISPLAY NAME
RANGE
TABLE TO BE USED FOR RUN TIMES UPDATE IN CASE OF CONTROL RETROFIT
UPDTHOUR
Machine Operating Hours
0
Machine Starts
0
Compressor A Hours
0
Compressor A Starts
0
Compressor B Hours
0
Compressor B Starts
0
Compressor C Hours
0
Compressor C Starts
0
Water Pump #1 Hours
0
Water Pump #2 Hours
0
Condenser Pump #1 Hours
0
Condenser Pump #2 Hours
0

UNITS
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours

POINT NAME

WRITE STATUS

hr_mach
st_mach
hr_cp_a
st_cp_a
hr_cp_b
st_cp_b
hr_cp_c
st_cp_c
hr_cpum1
hr_cpum2
hr_hpum1
hr_hpum2

NOTE: This table shall be used for purposes of transplanting the devices on time in the event of a module hardware failure or software upgrade via downloading. It shall
be usable only if all items are still null. Afterwards, its access shall be denied.

132

APPENDIX D — 30XW150-400 CPM DIP SWITCH ADDRESSES
ACROSS-THE-LINE START — STANDARD CONDENSING
CIRCUIT A

30XW
VOLTAGE
CPM DIP
UNIT SIZE (3 ph, 60Hz) SWITCHES
575
150,325

460
380
575

175,350

460
380
575

200,400

460
380

S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2

OFF ON OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF ON ON
OFF ON OFF OFF ON
ON ON ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF ON
OFF ON ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF ON ON
OFF ON OFF OFF ON
ON ON ON OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF ON
OFF ON ON OFF ON
OFF ON OFF OFF ON
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
OFF ON OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

CIRCUIT B
6

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON

OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON

OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

MTA
MTA
SETTING SETTING
CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B
220

220

278

338

220

278

338

254

314

378

ACROSS-THE-LINE START — HIGH CONDENSING/HEAT MACHINE
CIRCUIT A

30XW
VOLTAGE
CPM DIP
UNIT SIZE (3 ph, 60Hz) SWITCHES
575
150,325

460
380
575

175,350

460
380
575

200,400

460
380

S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2

CIRCUIT B

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON

ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF

OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON

ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON

ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF

OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON

ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

LEGEND
CPM — Compressor Protection Module
DIP — Dual In-Line Package
MTA — Must Trip Amps
NOTE: Sizes 150-200 are Circuit A only.

133

MTA
MTA
SETTING
SETTING
CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B
282

282

354

426

282

354

426

322

402

486

APPENDIX D — 30XW150-400 CPM DIP SWITCH ADDRESSES (cont)
WYE-DELTA START — STANDARD CONDENSING
30XW UNIT VOLTAGE
SIZE
(3 ph, 60Hz)
575
460
150,325

380
230
200
575
460

175,350

380
230
200
575
460

200,400

380
230
200

CIRCUIT A

CIRCUIT B

CPM DIP
SWITCHES

S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2
S1
S2

ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF

OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON

ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF

OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON

OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF